FACULTY OF ENGINEERING HANDBOOK 1978
THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE NEW SOUTH WALES 2308
ISSN 031 3 - 0002
Telephone - Newcastle 68 0401
One dollar fifty Recommended price AN INTRODUCrrON TO THE FACULTY AND ITS DEPARTMENTS A Message from the Dean On behalf of the staff of the Faculty of Engineering, I wish to extend a very warm welcome to all students - those who are entering the University and the Faculty for the first time and those who are returning to commence another year of studies. To new and prospective students may I begin by briefly 'acquainting you of the structure of the Faculty of Engineering. The Faculty comprises five Departments: Chemical, Civil, Electrical and Mech anical Engineering and Metallurgy. In addition to the Bachelors degree programmes offered in these five major areas, the Department of Electrical Engineering offers the B.E. in Computer Engineering, the Department of Mechanical Engineering the B.E. in Industrial Engineering, while the Deparment of Civil Engineering now offers a complete four year Bachelor of Surveying course. Courses are available on a full-time or part-time basis, or a combination of these, and, in 1978 Sandwich Patterns will be available in the Electrical and Mechanical degree courses. In each degree programme the opportunity for some specialization exists in the later course years through a wide selection of technical electives. The Faculty is also active at the post graduate level, offering formal courses leading to the Diploma in Industrial Engineering and Master of Engineering Science, as well as providing opportunities for postgraduate research at Masters and Doctorate levels. Through the specialized research interests of the various Departments, a wide range of study areas is available. The Engineering Faculty is conscious of the need to maintain pro fessional standards and is continually up-dating course material, critically evaluating teaching and assessment methods, and introducing many innovations to meet the current demands and future requirements of the professions and society. Whilst students are required to gain an in-depth knowledge of the fundamental principles of their chosen field, it is also important that they gain some breadth of understanding in other subject areas. Besides the essential core material, our degree programmes provide some flexibility in the choice of electives with the opportunity to study subjects in other faculties. For those seeking a wider educational experience, opportunities exist for study in one of the several five-year full-time combined degree programmes the Engineering Faculty has introduced in conjunction with the Faculties of Arts, Science, Mathematics, and Economics and Commerce. As part of the degree requirements, all students are to obtain a period of industrial experience. Full-time students 'are encouraged to gain this experience during University vacations; part-time students in appropriate employment have the opportunity of taking Industrial Experience Elective Units which count towards their degree. These units encourage students in industry to gain a great deal more benefit CONTENTS from their work experience 'as well 'as providing important feed-back to the members of the Engineering Faculty on the relationship of the Faculty of Engineering academic work of the University with students' work assignments in industry. The colour band on the spine of this handbook is the lining colour of the hood worn by Bachelors of Engineering of this University. Besides the emphasis given to meeting academic requirements, it is essential that students gain a well rounded tertiary educational exper Page ience. The University environment, with its excellent campus and 3 Foreword facilities, together with the many extra-curricula activities, creates an 7 Faculty Staff opportunity for obtaining a total experience, indeed a unique 10 Departments experience in one's lifetime. For this reason I would encourage you A. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES to take full advantage of the opportunities available to you and, where Degree Requirements time permits, take an active interest in the various facets of University 15 General life. 17 Bachelor of Engineering 17 Bachelor of Metallurgy The staff of the Faculty will do everything possible to make your work 18 Bachelor of Surveying both interesting and enjoyable and will be anxious to help you with 18 Bachelor of Science (Engineering) any problems you may have. I personally would be most happy to 18 Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) assist you wherever I can and would be grateful for any feed-back of 18 Combined Degree Courses 19 Elective Requirements a constructiVe nature that you may wish to offer. 19 Relaxing Clause In conclusion, I wish you well in your studies at this University. There 19 AppendiX A-Elective Requirements is no doubt that a course of study leading to an Engineering or 23 Appendix B-Transition Arrangements Metallurgy degree requires a great deal of dedication and perseverance, Schedules of Subjects 25 Chemical Engineering but the task is certainly a rewarding one. 27 Civil Engineering A. W. Roberts 28 Surveying 30 Electrical Engineering Dean 31 Computer Engineering 34 Mechanical Engineering Faculty 01 Engineering 35 Industrial Engineering 37 Naval Architecture 39 Metallurgy B. POSTGRADUATE COURSES Diploma in Industrial Engineering 41 General 42 Diploma Requirements 44 Schedule of Subjects 45 Granting of Standing HIGHER DEGREES 45 Introduction Master of Engineering Sclenc:e 46 General 47 Degree Requirements 49 Recommended Programmes Master of Engineering 53 } Degree Requlretnmlts 54 Master of Sc:ienc:e Faculty Policies 56 Award of Merit & Honours 57 Honours gradings 59 Academic Progress By-laws 60 Mutually Exclusive Subjects 60 Year/Stage Classification s 4 CONTENTS FACULTY OF ENGINEERING Page Dean Professor A. W. Roberts 61 Faculty Board Minutes 61 Electronic Calculators Snb-Dean 61 Project Reports Associate Professor G. C. Goodwin 61 Special Consideration/Special Examinations 62 Faculty Secretary Alternative Subjects R. J. Archer 62 Technical College Certificate Holders 63 Industrial Training Professor of Engineering 63 Units D. W. George, BSc, BE, PhD (Sydney), FTS, FIEE, FIMechE, FIEAust, FAIP (Vice- 64 New Students Chancellor and Principal) (Personal Chair) Subject Entries 64 Guide CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 66 Professor Chemical Engineering J. G. Jameson, BSc(New South Waies), PhD (Cambridge), ASTC 79 M.Eng.Sc. 84 Civil Engineering Senior Lecturen 104 M.Eng.Sc. B. D. Henry MSc(New South Wales), PhD(Loughborough), CEng, MIChemE, 114 Electrical Engineering MIE(Aust) 131 'M.Eng.Sc. W. G. Kirchner, MSc, PhD (New South Wales), ASTC, CEng. MIChemE, MIRE(Aust), 133 'MIEAust General Engineering Subjects K. Lyne-Smith, BE(Sydney), MSc(New South Wales), PhD 134 Mechanical Engineering 157 J. Roberts, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, ARACI M.Eng.Sc. T. F. Wall, PhD, FRMIT(Chem Eng), CEng, MIE(Aust), AMInstF, MCombl 166 Diploma in Industrial Engineering 167 Metallurgy Departmental Office Staff 191 M.Eng.Sc. Jean M. Ley 197 Naval Architecture Honorary Professor 198 Surveying I. McC. Stewart, ME(Queensland), SM(Massachusetts Institute of Technology), CEng, 209 Subjects offered by non-engineering departments FInstF, MAusIMM, MCombl, Emertus Professor Combined Degree Conrses 234 Student Advisor Arts/Engineering Dr W. G. Kirchner 238 Commerce/Engineering CIVIL ENGINEERING 243 Economics/Engineering Professor 248 Mathematics/Engineering F. M. Henderson, MSc, BE(New Zealand), MICE, MASCE, FIEAust, MNZIE 253 Mathematics/Metallurgy Associate Professor 255 Science/Engineering A. Herzog, DipEng(Budapest), PhD(New South Wales), FIEAust, MASCE 259 Computer Numbers Senior Lecturen N. O. Betts, BSc(South Africa), BSc(Eng) (Capetown), MSc(Cranfield), MEngSc(New South Wales), MICE, MIEAust, MSAICE F. L. Clarke, BSurv(New South Wales), LS, MISAust(Surveying) W. G. Field, BE(New South Wales), PhD, ASTCLS, MISAust J. G. Fryer, B,Surv, PhD(New South Wales), MISAust B. S. Heaton, BE(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, MIEAust B. L. Karlhaloo, BSc(Eng) (Ranchi), MTech(IIT, Bombay), PhD(Moscow) P. W. Kleeman, BE(Adelaide), FSASM Lecturers M. H. Elfick, Dip.SurvSc(Sydney) H. L. Mitchell, BSurv, PhD(New South Wales) A. W. Page, BE(New South Wales), ASTC, MIEAust J. C. Small, BSc(Eng) (London) B. J. Williams, BE(Adelaide), MEngSc(New South Wales), MIRAuat Professional Officer R. G. Hanson, BE (Canterbury), DipBusStud, MIEAust, GradNZIE Administrative Assistant Lesley R. Brown, BSc, BE(New South Wales) Departmeninl Office Staff Margaret J. Hanley Janette G. Stones 6 7 ELECTRICAL ENGINEEmNG Administrative Assistunt Prof_n B. J. Kelleher, BE, BCom B. D. O. Anderson, BSe, BE(Sydney), PhD (Stanford), FAA, FlEEE, FIEAust, MBIAM Departmental Oft'ice Staff I. B. Moore, BE, MEngSc(Queensland), PhD(Santa Clara), SMIEEE (Head of Marcia M. Couper Department) Isabel Sherwood Associate Professor Honorary Associate G. C. Goodwin, BSe, BE, PhD(New South Wales}, MIEE, MIEAust W. Anderson, DipMEE(Queensland) Senior Lecturers METALLURGY I. G. Alva, BSe(Durham), MSc(Eng) (London) CEng, MlEEE E. O. Hall, MSc(New Zealand), PhD (Cambridge), FInstP, MAusIMM, FIM(Lond.), A. Cantoni, BE, PhD(Westem Australia) FAIP, FRSA p. J. Moylan, BE(Melbourne), ME, PhD, MIEEE, AMACS Associate Professor Lecturers W. A. Oates, BMet(Sheffield), MSc B. J. Cook, HNr>(Elect) (Plymouth Polytechnic), PhD(Bristol) F. J. Lidgey, BSc(Borough Polytechnic), PhD(Sydney), MlEEE Senior Lednrers J. D. Browne, BSc(London), MSc(New South Wales), PhD(Monash), AAIP K. K. Saluja, BE(Roorkee), MS, PhD(lowa), MIEEE, MACM D. Jaffrey, BSc(Queensland), MSc(MeMaster), PhD(Cambridge) Professional OftIcers J. E. McLennan, MSc(New South Wales), ASTC, AlM(Lond.) R. W. Goodhew, BE(New South Wales), ASTC, MIEAust, AMIEE N. A. Molloy, BE(QueensIand) B. A. Thomas, BSc(Eng), GradlEAust, EngAssoclREEAust Professional Officers AdmInistrative Assistunt J. A. Grahame, ASTC Lesley R. Brown, BSc, BE(New South Wales) D. D. Todd, MSc(New South Wales), PhD, ASTC, ARACI, DipOen(ORI Surrey) Departmental OIflce Stall Depurtmental Office Staff Elizabeth M. Fewlngs Elizabeth M. Burns Maureen E. Patrick Dlanne E. Piefke Studeut Adnsor ME~CALENGINEER1NG J. E. McLennan Professors R. A. Antonia, BE, MEngSc, PhD(Sydney) A. W. Roberts BE, PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FIEAust, MIMechE (HeaD of Department,t AssocIate Professors E. Betz, ME PhD(New South Wales), ASTC, FlEAust, MASME A. K. Johnston, BE (Sydney), MS(lowa), PhD(New South Wales), FlEAust Senior Ledurers L. W. B. Browne, BE(Sydney), PhD G. D. Butler, BE(New South Wales), MSc(Cranfield) ASTC, MIEAust A. J. Chambers, BE(New South Wales), ME; PhD (Stanford), GradlEAust M. J. Hallinan, ASTC J. W. Hayes, BE, MEngSc(Sydney), MIEAust, AMAusIMM K. L. Hitz, BE(New South Wales), PhD, GradlEAust D. S. R. S. Karamchetty, BE(Andhra), MTech, PhD(Kharagpur), MAMSE, MIE(I), 'MIEAust, MASEE, AAFPA H. A. Willems, BE(New South Wales), ME; DiplNaval Arch MTS(Dordrecht), ASTC, MRINA Lectureni D. R. A. Budney, MSc(AIberta), PhD(New South Wales) R. D. ParberY, ME, BSc B. T. Valaire, BSc(Tech) (New South Wales), ME, GradIEAust SenIor Tutors B. J. Hill, BSc(Eng), MEngSc,GradlEAust N. Wang, BSc(Eng), MEngSc Professional Officers J. A. Lewis, BSc(New South Wales), ME, ASTC, MIEAust, AMAusIMM M. Ooms, BE R. 1. Scobie, ASTC O. J. Scott, BE .
8 9 The Departments in the Faculty engineering practice. He must combine this with experience and judgement, and the knowledge and personality necessary to control Department of Chemical Engineering large organisations of workers. This profession offers to a young man a Chemical Engineering is the "enhgin~rlinghof ~:ocAesses id~ ~hl~Ch considerable variety of types of work ranging from specialised research terials undergo chemical or p YSlca c ange. s a ISClP me and investigations, through routine design and construction work to ~:emical Engineering may claim to be among the most modem of higher positions which are largely managerial and organisational in the branches of Engineering, having developed mainly since about their nature. 1920. Chemical Engineers are now being recognised as "process The Department of Civil Engineering currently offers the following Engineers" in the widest sense and are engaged in the preparation first degree courses in Civil Engineering - Bachelor of Engineering in and smelting of metaliferous ores, in power-production, in food Civil Engineering, Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor processing and ceramics and. as fuel-engineers, as well as in t~e· of Science/Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor industries producing conventional "chemicals". The new fields of bIO of Engineering, Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Engineering, and chemical and bio-medical engineering apply chemical engineering Bachlor of Mathematics/Bachelor of Engineering. These courses are principles to bacterial processes and to research into the functions of arranged so that all students receive training in the basic principles of and artificial substitution for such systems as kidneys and other organs. mathematics and science, and in the fundamentals of engineering The "energy crisis" is creating a large demand for Chemical Engineers applications of such work to surveying, hydraulics, foundation engin in the fuel processing industry. eering, structural design, and constructional work in the field. Ancillary Currently there is a heavy demand for Chemical Engineers in the subjects from other branches of engineering are also included, such as whole range of fields from research and development, through electrical engineering and mechanical engineering. During the course operations and administration to techn.ical sales. A num.ber of cadet each student is required to complete at least 20 weeks of industrial ships are available, but a large proportIOn of firms recrUit at graduate training, and to submit detailed reports on each training period. In the level and broad opportunities are available for students who read final year, the full-time student completes a project covering some independently for a full-time course. aspect of supervised research, and delivers a seminar paper on some Three types of course are available:- selected topic. Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) may be read as 3: fonr year f~ll-time course or with up to five years part-time and one final year full-time (or eqwvalent). A conrse of tw.o The Department also offers a complete Bachelor of Surveying degree vears part-time followed by three years full-time is an excellent pa~tern. The dellree. 18 course. recognised for the full academic requirements of corpo.rate mel)lbershlp of The ~~t1tutlon of Engineers, Australia and The Institution of ChemIcal Engllleers (Great Bntain). The first two years of this University's Bachelor of Engineering Combined Degrees - B.A./B.E.• B.Com./B.E., B.Sc./B.E., for honours level stu~ents are nonnally five years full-time. The combined Science degree may be taken WIth a degree in Civil Engineering is accepted by the University of New major in Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology or Geology. South Wales as exemption from the first two years of that University'S Bachelor of Science (Engineering) is nonnally a six year part-time degree. 11!e syllabus Bachelor of Engineering degree course in Mining Engineering. has been developed to provide for some ~pecial!zation in .the. fields of APl?lied Chem istry. Fuel Technology or Mineral Processlllg WIth the oble~tive of p!,ofesslofl!ll recog Postgraduate study in Civil Engineering can be directed either towards nition in these fields. It is recognised by the Royal A,ustraltan Ch~ml~ InstItute Il;l1d the Institute of Fuel. The Institution of Chemical Engllleers recogruses It as exempting the M.Eng.Sc. degree, consisting principally of course work and some from two of their examinations. project work, or towards the M.E. or Ph.D. degrees, which are All courses are broadly based on a foundation of Chemistry, M?the essentially research degrees in which the student is required to carry matics, Physics and general Engineering Science .. In .his prof~slo?al out an investigation having some element of novelty and originality, subjects, the Chemical Engineer studies the apphca~lOn of SClen!lfic and to write a thesis on the results. method 'and knowledge to chemical processes and eqUipment. Electives are available permitting students to widen their education or deepen Department 01 ElectricaZ Engineering their specialist ability by selection from subjects throughout the whole Electrical Engineering is a rapidly expanding branch of engineering. 'Z It includes such fields as computer and information science, switching university. Department 0 1 C'IVI E'ngmeermg . theory, the theory and design of automatic control systems, electronics, Civil Engineering is the application of science to the improvement of and the study of electrical power generation and distribution. the community's environment. It is concerned with the design and construction of water supply and conservation projects, hydro-electric In preparation for a career in any branch of Electrical Engineering, development, roads, railways, bridges, tunnels, large buildings, irri the student must acquire a knowledge of the basic sciences of Math gation, sewerage, and harbour and river development. The Civil ematics and Physics. Electrical Engineering, perhaps more than most Engineer "adapts the forces of nature for the use and convenience of other branches of engineering, is closely linked with the pure sciences mankind." His academic training includes the study of science and and requires a scientific outlook and approach for the proper under standing of the problems involved. 10 11 During the early stages of the undergradua~e c~urses, st~dents concen (iii) Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering degree courSe in Mechanical Engineering trate on acquiring a knowledge of the basIC SCIence subjects of math AND . (iv) Bachelor of ArtsjBachelor of Engineering degree conrse in Indnstrial Engineering ematics, physics and chemistry, together with an intr~uction. to comprising 5 years of fuJI-time study in the Faculties of Arts & Engineering. engineering. Then students are introduced to the basIC electncal These courses (iii) & (iv) have been designed for those engineers who require a broader base to their education and training programme. This broader base is considered engineering subjects, including electric circuit theory, electric power important in the areas of planning, organisation and management. engineering and electronics. Advanced stude~ts study spe~iali~ed (v) Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering degree course In Mechanical Engineer ing AND subjects on power, control, computers, electrorucs or commumcatlOn (vi) Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering degree conrse in Industrial Engineering in their final year. Final year students may also broaden their know comprising 5 years of fUll-time study in the Faculties of Science & Engineering. ledge by taking courses such as Industrial Law, Production Control, (vii) Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Engineering degree courses in Mechanical Engineering AND Economics or Accounting. (viii) Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Economics/Bach~lor of Engineering degree conrses in Industrial Engineering comprising 5 years of full-ttme Towards the end of his final year, the full-time undergraduate prepares study in the Faculties of Economics & Commerce, & Engineering. a report covering some aspect of a supervised project, and delivers a (ix) Bachelor of Mathematics/Bachelor of Engineering degree in Mechanieal Engineering seminar paper on a selected topic. (x) Bachelor of Mathematics/Bachelor of Engineering degree course in Ind,!strial Engineering comprising 5 years of full-time study in the Faculties of MathematICS & Postgraduate students are prepared for the degrees of Master of Engineering. Students are required to gain as much industrial experience as possible by working in Engineering, Master of Engineering Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Industry during long vacations. Their work includes formal lecture courses, seminars and research in (xi) Diploma in Industrial Engineering both practical and theoretical aspects of their specialisations. This is a two-year part-time course for graduates in any branch of Engineering or Applied Science with appropriate experience or for persons otherwise acceptably qualified. The successful completion of the course leads to the award of a diploma in Department of Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engineering. Those wishing to enrol in this course should write to the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering for further details. The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers courses in Mech The course may, with the pennission of the Faculty Board, be completed in one anical and Industrial Engineering leading to the award of the degree full-time year. Note of Bachelor of Engineering. These courses involve a total of 4 years The first two years of this University's Bachelor of Engineering degree in Mechanical is accepted by the University of New South Wales as exemption from the first two fUll-time study or 7 years part-time study. Normally part-time students years of that University's degree course in Naval Architecture. complete their courses in under 7 years by completing one or more The Bachelor of Science (Engineering) degrees are being phased out. No student is permitted to enrol or re-enrol in these courseS unless he was enrolledi in the course years on a full-time basis. prior to 1st January, 1974. Mechanical Engineering is essentially concerned with the creative use A student is permitted to continue in the course for as long as he has passed sufficient subjects in the course to enable him to complete all requirements for admission to the of materials, motion and energy. degree before the end of the 1979 academic year. Mechanical engineering is probably the broadest in scope of all the Department oj M.etallurgy branches of engineering. Basically it is concerned with all aspects of The field of knowledge, experience and practice covered by the term the production and use of mechanical energy. This involves activities metallurgy is one that has expanded and developed greatly in the past such as the design and operation of machinery and mechanisms but and is still doing so today. Briefly metallurgy is concerned with the the range of activities for which mechanical engineers are responsible extraction of metals from their ores, their properties, fabrication and is much wider covering many fields. fundamental structure. Embracing such a wide field the subject gives Industrial engineering is closely related to mechanical engineering but scope for many types of interest and allows the inter-action of many the emphasis is shifted towards management science, industrial disciplines. psychology and economics. The industrial engineer is concerned with The courses available in metallurgy endeavour to set a broad common the design improvement and installation of integrated systems of men, base for all these interests in the early years and allow the possibility materials and equipment. of some specialization in later years. Courses of study currently available in the Department are: Two degrees at Bachelor level in Metallurgy are available in the (i) Bachelor of Engineering degree conrse in Mechanical Engineering This course is designed to give a basic training in the activities follow~d by pro.fessional Faculty of Engineering. These are the B.Sc.(Met.) and the B.Met. mechanical engineers. It is oriented towards design, p~ant opera~~m. and control, manufacturing methods, material usage and energy converSIOn and utilIsation. The B.Sc.(Met.) is a part-time degree and may be taken out after the (Ii) Bachelor of Engineering degre" course iu Industrial Engineering . . successful completion of the equivalent of three years full-time study Years I and II of this course are similar to the full-time degree cout:"e 10 Mechantcal Engineering. and fulfilment of the requirements of industrial experience. Candidates In the later years the course is oriented towards the study of production techniques and achieving a high overall standard may be awarded the degree with their control and the application of scientific principles to administral!on and indust~ management. The course is thus designed for !hose. engine~rs wh.o WIsh to ~ake thell Merit. The standard required is calculated on a grade point 'average career in the planning, supervision and admlntstratlon of mdustnal undertakings. ~ystem.
12 13 The B.Met. may be studied as a full-time or part-time degree and A. UNDERGRADUATE COURSES may be taken out after the successful completion of the equivalent of four years full-time study and fulfilment of the requirements of DEGREE REQUIREMENTS industrial experience. Candidates achieving a high overall standard may be awarded the degree with Honours. The standard required is Contents: 1 - General calculated on a grade point average system. 2 - Bachelor of Engineering Various combinations of full- and part-time study are available for 3 - Bachelor of Metallurgy both these degree courses. Details may be obtained from the Student 4 - Bachelor of Surveying Advisor. 5 - Bachelor of Science (Engineering) Facilities exist for studies and/ or research leading to the degrees of 6 - Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) M.Eng.Sc., M.Sc., M.E. and Ph.D. 7 - Combined Courses Degre.es with Merit and Honours 8 - Elective Requirements The award of Merit for B.Sc.(Met.) and Honours for B.Met. is 9 - Relaxing Clause broadly guided by the grade point average score for the student. In Appendix A - Elective Requirements this system each unit is weighted according to the (full-time) year of Appendix B - Transition Arrangements the course it belongs to. The weightings for first, second, third and 1. GENERAL fourth year are 1, 1, 2 and 3 respectively. 1. Definitions The points are awarded on grading such that fail, pass (and pass In these Requirements, unless the contrary intention appears: conceded), credit, distinction and high distinction attract 0, 1, 2, 3 "the Faculty" means the Faculty of Engineering and "the Faculty and 4 points respectively. Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engineering; The grade point average corresponding to Merit in B.Sc.(Met.) is "the Dean" means the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering and equal or greater than 2.0. "the Department" means the Department responsible for the The grade point averages corresponding to Honours Class 1, Honours course in which the candidate is enrolled. Class II level one, Honours Class II level two are 2.5, 2.0 and 1.5 2. Grading of Degrees respectively. (a) (i) Each of the degrees of Bachelor of Engineering Industrial Experience Requirements and Bachelor of Metallurgy may be conferred either as Industrial experience requirement for the B.Sc.(Met.) degree is that an ordinary degree or as a degree with honours. the student should have had three years of full-time approved indus Oi) There shall be two classes of Honours, namely Class I trial employment. A year's industrial experience is reckoned from and Class II. Class II shall have two divisions, namely November 1st to October 31st. To be recorded the student must Division I and Division II. supply: (iii) In each degree course, the most distinguished of the 1. a form signed by his industrial supervisor indicating that he has been employed for candidates being awarded First Class Honours may be the approved period. The form is available from the departmental office. 2. a substantial report concerning the industrial experience and its relation to the awarded a University Medal. industry concerned. These will be submitted between October 31st and January 31st following the period of employment. (b) Each of the degrees of Bachelor of Science (Engineering) B.Met. industrial experience required is that the student should have and Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) may be conferred had at least twenty weeks full-time approved industrial employment. either as an ordinary degree or as a degree with merit. To be recorded the student must supply: 3. Approval of Enrolment 1. a form signed by his industrial supervisor indicating the period of full-time employ ment. In any year a candidate shall enrol only in those subjects in which 2. a substantial report concerning the industrial experience and its relation to the his enrolment has been approved by the Dean or a nominee. of the industry concerned. This is to be submitted by March 1st following the employment period. Dean on the recommendation of the Head of Department in Only a student transferring from the degree of B.Sc.(Met.) to which the candidate is enrolling B.Mer. may claim his industrial experience as appropriate Met092-096 4. Timetable Requirements Industrial Experience units. A candidate may not enrol in any year in any combination of subjects which is incompatible with the requirements of the time table for that year. 14 15 II. Prerequisites and Corequisites 5. A Subject (a) To complete a subject qualifying towards a degree, herein A candidate may not enrol in any subject unless he has satisfied after called a subject, a candidate shall attend such lectures, the requirements for prerequisites and has enrolled in or has tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes and field work and already passed the corequisite prescribed for that subject except carry out such other work as the Department offering the with the permission of the Dean acting on the recommendation of subject may require. the Head of Department offering the subject. (b) To pass a subject, a candidate shall satisfy the requirements 12. Standing of sub-section (a) of this section to the satisfaction of the (i) A candidate may be granted standing in subjects prescribed examiners and pass such examinations as the Faculty Board for the course in which he is enrolled in recognition of work shall require. completed in this University or another institution subject to (c) Subjects for which the course of instruction extends over the the provisions of By-law 5.8.1.3. first half of the academic year only, the second half of the (ii) A candidate may be granted credit for elective units in academic year only, the whole or the substantially greater recognition of subjects passed elsewhere which are not offered part of the academic year, shall be classified as Type A, in this University. Type B and Type AB subjects respectively. 13. Progression 6. Annual Examinations (i) Progression in the course shall be by subject. The Annual Examination in each subject may be held at any time (ii) Except with the permission of the Dean a candidate may not after the end of the course of instruction in that subject as the enrol for a programme having a greater work load than a Faculty Board may determine. Such Examination may be written, normal year's programme as set out in the Schedules attached. oral or practical, or any combination of these, and may be sup plemented or replaced by progressive assessments made during 14. Mutually Exclusive Subjects or Part Subjects the course of instruction. A candidate may not have counted towards the degree units derived from more than one of such subjects or part subjects as 7. Special and De/erred Examinations the Faculty Board may deem to be mutually exclusive. A candidate may be granted special or deferred examinations in accordance with the provisions of By-law 5.9.3. 15. Alternative Subjects 8. Examination Grades A candidate may, with the permission of the Head of Depart ment, substitute for any subject another subject deemed by the (a) The results of successful candidates at Annual Examinations Faculty Board to be an acceptable alternative. and Special Examinations shall be classified: Pass, Credit, Distinction, High Distinction. 2. BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (b) The result of a successful candidate at a Deferred Examin To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, ation shall be classified only as a Pass. a candidate shall satisfy the requirements of one of the following courses, as prescribed in the Schedules to these Requirements, and 9. Withdrawal satisfy the industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the (a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by Faculty Board. notifying the Secretary to the University in writing and the Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering Schedule 1.1 withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such Bachelor of Engineering in Civil Engineering Schedule 1.2 notification in writing. Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering Schedule 1.3 Bachelor of Engineering in Industrial Engineering Schedule 1.4 (b) A candidate who after: Bachelor of Engineering in Mechanical Engineering Schedule 1.5 the eighth Monday in First Tenn, in the case of a Type A subject; Bachelor of Engineering in Naval Architecture Schedule 1.6 the sixth Monday in Second Term, in the case of a Type AB subject; Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering Schedule 1.7 the second Monday in Third Term, in the case of a Type B subject; withdraws from any subject shall be deemed to have failed in that subject, 3. BACHELOR OF METALLURGY unless granted pennission by the Dean to withdraw without penalty. To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy, 10. U nsatis/actory Progress a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for the course as A candidate whose progress is unsatisfactory will be dealt with prescribed in Schedule 2.1 to these Requirements and satisfy the under the provisions of By-laws 5.4.1, 5.4.2 and 5.4.3. 17 16 industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty (iv) Bachelor ot Engineering Board. A candidate may satisfy the requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in any specialisation 4. BACHELOR OF SURVEYING together with the requirements for admission to the degree To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Surveying, of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor a candidate shall satisfy the requirements for that degree as pres of Economics, or Bachelor of Mathematics or Bachelor of cribed in Schedule 4.1 to these Requirements. Science by completing a combined degree course approved by the appropriate Faculty Boards. 5. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) (v) Bachelor ot Metallurgy (a) To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science A candidate may satisfy the requirements for admission to (Engineering) a candidate shall satisfy, normally by part the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy together with the time study, the requirements of one of the following courses requirements for admission to the degree of Bachelor of as prescribed in the Schedules to these Requirements and Mathematics by completing a combined course approved by satisfy the industrial experience requirements prescribed by the Faculty Board, Faculty of Engineering 'and the Faculty the Faculty Board. Board, Faculty of Mathematics. Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Chemical Engineering - Schedule 3.1 Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Civil Engineering - Scheduule 3.2 8. ELECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Electrical Engineering - Schedule 3.3 Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Industrial Engineering - Schedule 3.4 The Elective subjects included in the courses shall be selected in Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Mechanical Engineering- Schedule 3.5 accordance with the Elective requirements as set out in Appendix Bachelor of Science (Engineering) in Naval Architecture - Schedule 3.6 A to these Requirements. (b) The following additional requirements shall appJy to the Bachelor of Science (Engineering) course in Civil, Electrical, 9. RELAXING CLA USE Mechanical and Industrial Engineering and Naval Arch In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in itecture. particular cases, the Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty (i) No candidate shall be permitted to enrol or re-enrol in these ceurses unless Board, may relax any provision of these Requirements. he was enrolled in the course prior to the 1st January, 1974. (ii) A candidate who was enrolled in the course prior to the 1st January, 1974. may either Appendix A - Elective Requirements (a) transfer to the Bachelor of Engineering course with the transition arrangements as set out in Appendix B to the Requirements or Elective units must be selected with the approval of the Head of (b) continue in the course to enable him to complete all requirements for admission to the degree before the end of the 1979 academic year. Department and the Dean in accordance with the following rules. Where a student elects to take an Industrial Experience unit, the 6. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY) responsibility for organising the necessary facilities shall rest entirely To qualify for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Science with the student, subject to the approval of the arrangements by the (Metallurgy) a candidate shall satisfy, normally by part-time study, Head of Department concerned. The University can accept no the requirements for the first three years of the course as set out responsibility for organising suitable employment. in Schedule 2.1 to these Requirements and satisfy the industrial experience requirements as prescribed by the Faculty Board. 1. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 7. COMBINED DEGREE COURSES Elective I (i) Admission to a combined course shall normally be at the Elective I requires the completion of professionally relevant topics of end of the first year and shall be subject to the approval a total rating of not less than five units (normally n hours/week) of the Deans of the two Faculties concerned. taken from other departments in the University. Normally students (ii) Admission to combined courses will be restricted to students will include EE203 Introduction to Electrical Information - EE204 with an average of Credit level. Introduction to Electrical Energy and materials science and structural (iii) The Deans of both Faculties, after consultation with the mechanics (e.g. CE202). Students of a sufficient level of achievement Heads of Departments concerned, shall certify that the may, with the approval of the Head of Department. of CheI?ical work in the combined degree is no less in quantity and Engineering, replace these topics with advanced work III ChemIstry, quality than if the two degrees were taken separately. Mathematics, Metallurgy or Industrial Engineering.
18 19 Elective IA 5. Chemistry I may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS and two non-engineering Elective IA consists of six units to be taken between Stage 5 and electives and Physics II in lieu of PH221 and two non-engineering electives. 6. For the Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering, Stage 6 and may include up to four units of advanced topics in the rules are as for the Bachelor of Engineering degree save that the eight elective units to be taken outside the Faculty of Engineering must all be applied to Arts Chemical Engineering III for students who wish to specialise in some subjects. particular field of Process Engineering (e.g. Fuels and High temp As the student is required to take a Part III Arts subject in the Arts year, one of the subjects taken as an Elective must be a Part II subject. erature Processes, Hydrometallurgy, etc.) In this case the remaining 7. For the Bachelor Science/Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering, units of this elective must be selected appropriately by consultation the rules are as for the Bachelor of Engineering degree save that the eight elective units to be taken outside the Faculty must be applied to four units of Arts, two with the Head of Department of Chemical Engineering. units towards Physics II and two units of second year Mathematics topics. 8 In any year, except the first year of the course, when a student enrols on a pa.rt Elective II time basis, one year of industrial experience may be substituted for one elecllve substituted for non-engineering units and not more than four such units may be Elective II is normally a full first year level subject or equivalent unit up to a total of five elective units. Not more than four such units may be material taken in breadth and depth in a faculty other than substituted for units within the six engineering elective units. A first year A~s subject or the equivalent in a non-technical area mut still be taken. To earn thIS Engineering. substitution, the student must submit a report concerning his practical experience for the year to the department secretary by the 31st October of the year .for which Industrial Experience Electives the substitution is being sought and such other reports as may be reqUIred. 9. Exclusion classes-see note 6 next page. One Elective unit will accrue for each year's satisfactorily reported expe!ience of adequate technical content. At least two reports will be Bachelor oj Science (Engineering) in Electrical Engineering reqUIred for each year. A maximum of four units will be allowed and The twelve elective units in fhe B.Sc. (Eng.) course are to be selected may be equated to Elective II or to units from Elective 1. by the student, with the advice and approval of his academic advisor, subject to the following requirements: 2. DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 1. A minimum of four elective units are to be taken within the Faculty of Engineering, at least two of which must be from outside the Department of Electrical Engineering. 2. One first-year Arts subject or the equivalent must be taken in a non-technical area. ('a) Bachelor oj Engineering and Bachelor oj Science (Engineering) It will be counted as four elective units. Electives may consist of any subject(s) or part subjects offered within 3. If a student elects to do a subject at one level which is required at a later level, the later requirement is to be replaced with elective units. the Faculty or by other faculties, subject to the approval of the Heads 4. The first digit in the number of a topic is not to be interpreted as the year in of Dep.artment of Civi~ Engineering and of any other department which the topic must be taken. In particular, students are encouraged to elect EE400 topics at any level in their programme subject to pre-and corequisite responsIble for ~he subJe~t or part subject, except that up to three requirements. umts of IndustrIal ExperIence may be taken as Electives after com 5. A first-year subject in another faculty taken as an elective is normally equivalent to four units. Half a first-year subject in these faculties is normally equivalent to pl.eti?n of the ~irst Ye~r of the course or its equivalent. Any student two units. wIshlDg to receIve credit for three units must complete the third unit 6. A number of subjects offered outside the Faculty of Engineering are not acceptable as electives for Electrical Engineers. A list of these subjects is held in the Depart during his final year of enrolment. ment of Electrical Engineering and should be consulted prior to enrolment. (b) Bachelor oj Surveying 4. DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Electives may consist of any subjects or part subjects offered within the Faculty or by other faculties, subject to the approval of the Heads Bachelor oj Engineering in Mechanical Engineering of the ~epartment of
22 23 who has not completed the Requirements for admission to that degree SCHEDULE 1.1 by the end of 1977 shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the neW degree course with credit for the number of units passed in the BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN old degree course. A candiate who fails one or more subjects in the CHEMICAL ENGINEERING old course in 1977 will receive credit for all units passed in the old Subject Units Year I course but may be required to complete a degree course programme Chemistry I 4 as approved by Faculty Board. As a guide, any candidate who has ChE1O! Industrial Process Principles passed or has been granted standing in a subject shown below shall be ME! 11 Graphics given standing as shown. ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design CEll! Statics Subject already passed or credited Standing to be granted Mathematics I 4 EE325 Introduction to Digital Systems EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology Physics IA or IB 4 EE332 Electrical Circuits EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis MEl21 1, 2 Workshop Practice I EE345 Sample Data & Digital Control EE345 Digital Signal Processing 17 EE361 Computer Structure: Machine EE361 Introduction to Logic & Assembl" Year II & Assembly Language Language Chemical Engineering 6 5 EE411 Electrical Machines EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine Chemistry IIA Theory .Mathematics lIB 4 EE421 Electronics EE421 Electronics Design A EE442 Modern Control EE442 Nonlinear Optimal Control 15 Year III EE445 Communications Systems EE441 Sample Data Control Systems Industrial Experience EE446 Advanced Topics in Control EE446 Linear Optimal Control Chemical Engineering IIA 7 EE35! Electromagnetic Propagation & Chemical Engineering lIB 3 EE451 Field Theory Antennas sElective I 5 EE452 Microwave Measurements EE453 High Frequency Circuits & Devices 15 EE464 Compilers. Assemblers & EE464 Compiler Construction Interpreters Year IV Industrial Experience (c) DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering III 5 Projects II 6 See transition arrangements in the 1976 Faculty Handbook (pp. 23 sElective II 4 to 26). IS 1 Standing may be granted in all or part of ME121 Workshop Practice on production (d) DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY of a certificate that equivalent training has been obtained. Any candidate currently enrolled for the degree of Bachelor of Metal 2 Students, if they wish, may offer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II. lurgy or Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Who has not completed 3 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. the requirements for admission to that degree by the end of 1977, 4 Mathematics liB may be taken in two parts of three terms duration. shall be deemed to be enrolled thereafter for the new degree course Recommended Programme with credit for the number of units passed in the old degree course. A candidate who fails one or more subjects in the old course in 1977 Part-time Study for Bachelor of Engineering in Chemical Engineering will receive credit for all un'its passed in the old course but may be required to complete a degree course programme as approved by Stage I Faculty Board. ChE1O! Industrial Process Principles CElli Statics MElli Graphics MEI21 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I Physics IA or IB 4 ME112 1, 2 Workshop Practice 9 Stage 2 Chemistry I 4 Mathematics 4 .Elective-Industrial Experience 9
24 25 Subject Units Subject Units Siage J Stage 5 Chemistry IIA 5 Chemical Engineering IIA Part 2 15 Mathematics lIB Part 1 2 Chemical Engineering lIB 3 Chemical Engineering I Part aElective IA .Elective-Industrial Experience 9 9 Process Engineering Stage 4 2 Mathematics lIB Part 2 2 Design Project 1 Chemical Engineering I Part 2 5 sElective IA 2 Chemical Engineering IIA Part I 8 1 • Elective-Industrial Experience Industrial Experience Units 3 10 I Standing may be granted in all or part of MEI21 Workshop Practice on production Stage 5 of a certificate that equivalent training has been obtained. 5 Chemical Engineering IIA Part 2 2 Students may, if they wish, defer study in MEI21 workshop practice until Year " 3 Chemical Engineering lIB 3 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A . • Elective I .Elective-Industrial Experief!ce SCHEDULE 1.2 10 Year VI Full Times BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering III 5 Projects U 6 Year I aElective I (allowing for Industrial units) 2 CElll Statics 1 aElective II (allowing for Industrial units) 2 MEl11 Graphics 1 15 MEl12 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I Standing may be granted in all or part of MEI21 Workshop Practice on production ME131 Dynamics 1 of a certificate that eqUivalent training has been obtained, Mathematics I 4 2 Students may, if they wish, defer study in MEI21 workshop practice until Year /I. Physics IA 4 3 Any student who is unable to complete Year VI as a full-time student may do so over Chemistry IS 2 two part·time years. CEI71 Engineering Surveying 2 4 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. 16 Year II SCHEDULE 3.1 1Mathematics lIB 4 CE212 Mechanics of Solids 1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) IN CE221 Properties of Materials 1 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CE222 Materials Technology 2 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I 1 Stage 1 CE241 Water Resources Engineering 2 ChE101 Industrial Process Principles CE223J Engineering Geology CEllI Statics 1 EE203 Introduction to Electrical Information ME111 Graphics 1 EE204 Introduction to Electrical Energy ME1I2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 ME12I Workshop Practice Physics IA or IB 4 1\IE271 Thermodynamics ME121 1, 2 Workshop Practice 1 16 9 '!'ear III Stage 2 Chemistry I 4 CE313 Structural Analysis & Design 4 Mathematics 4 CE324 Soil Mechanics 2 CE332 Fluid Mechanics II 2 8 GE350 Seminar 1 Stage J Chemistry IIA 5 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems 1 Mathematics lIB Part 1 2 CE372 Transportation Engineering 1 Chemical Engineering I Part 1 ME301 Engineering Computations 1 2Electives(s) I 4 8 Stage 4 16 Mathematics lIB Part 2 2 Chemical Engineering I Part 2 5 Chemical Engineering lIA Part I 2 9 26 27 Subject Subject Units Units Year ill Year IV SV313 Surveying III CE414 Structure Analysis & Design II 4 SV332 Survey Computations II 1 . CE425 Earth & Rock Engineering 1 CE452 Engineering Construction 2 SV341 Astronomy I 2 CE453 Project 2 SV351 Geodesy I 2 ME482 Engineering Economics SV361 Photogrammetry 2 2Electives(s) II 4 Geography lIB 4 SV392 Property & Survey Law 1 14 CE302 Civil Engineering IIS 2 1 Mathematics liB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. SV323 Survey Camp III 2 See Elective Requirements-Appenix A. 15 During the course each full-time student should complete periods of industrial tro'ining Year IV acceptable to the Faculty Board totalling 20 weeks before 31 st January in the year in which tha degree is to be awarded. SV414 Surveying IV 2 SV452 Geodesy II 1 SV462 Photogrammetry II 1 SCHEDULE 3.2 SV472 Land Valuation 1 SV473 Town Planning 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) IN Organisational Behaviour 1 CIVIL ENGINEERING SV481 Project 2 CE372 Transportation Engineering 1 Stages 1·5 will not be offered after 1977 2Electives 4 Stage 6 15 CE414B Structural Design II 2 ".k.lthemotics liB may be taken in tV/O parts each of three terms duration. CE452 Engineering Construction 2 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. CE241 Water Resources Engineering 2 GE350 Seminar Select 2 units from- PART·TIME STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING & SURVEYING CE425 Earth & Rock Engineering (1) ) Recommended Programmes CE351 Civil Engineering Systems (1) ) ME482 Engineering Economics (1) ) Stage Civil Engineering CE414A Structural Analysis II (2) ) 2 Surveying Stage I 9 Engineering I Mathematics I or any other Department Elective subject to satisfaction Mathematics I 8 units Economics I 8 units of prerequisites. Stage 2 Physics IA Physics IA SCHEDULE 4.1 ChemistrY IS svm CE171 SV121 BACHELOR OF SURVEYING ME121 9 units 8 units Stal:C 3 FuJl·time Course Mathematics lIB Part 1 Mathematics lIB Year I (Topic CO) Mathematics I 4 CE212 SV231 Economics I 4 CE221 Physics IA 4 SV271 CE222 SVll1 Surveying I 4 CE223J SV121 Survey Camp EE203 16 EE204 9 units 8 units Year n Stage 4 lMathematics lIB 4 Mathematics IIB Part 2 SV212 SV231 Survey Computations 2 (Topics D & H) SV212 Surveying II 4 CE231 CE201 CE201 Civil Engineering IS 2 CE241 EE203 SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies 1 GE350 SV291 SV271 Basic Regional & Urban Economics 2 CE351 SV222 EE203 Introduction to Electrical Information CE372 SV222 Survey Camp II ME271 9 units 8 units 16
28 29 Stage Civil Engineering Surveying Subject Units Stage 5 Year IV CE313 lYear V EE480 Project 3 CE324 Same as full time EE491 Seminar CE332 Year III 9 from EE300, EE400, EE500 9 ME301 9 units lElectives 2 Stage 6 CE414 lYear VI 15 CE425 9 units ,same as full time During the course each full-time student should complete periods of practical exper Elective Year IV ience acceptable to the Faculty Board totallinlL 20 weeks before 31st January in the year in which the degree is to be awarded_ Each student should hand in a report Stage 7 concerning his practical experience to the Department secretary during the first teIm CE452 but not later than the last week of the term_ CE453 * First half year ME482 9 units ** Second half year Elective II 1 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A.
1 Any student who is unable to undertake Years V and VI as a full-time student may do 2 The completion of this unit may be delayed to second year if desired. so over 3 part-time years. Such a student may be required to attend day classes in most 3 Mathematics liB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. subjects. 4 Students may, if they wish, defer study in MEIZI workshop practice until after Year II. SCHEDULE 1.3 SCHEDULE 3.3 BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Subject Units Stages 1-5 will not be offered after 1977 Year 1 Mathematics I 4 Stage 6 EE131 Circuit FUildamentals GE350 Seminar CEl11 Statics 4 of EE400 or EE500 4 MEllI Graphics lElectives 4 MEI12 Engineerillg Drawing & Elementary Design Physics IA 4 9 MEl31 Dynamics 1 During the celllrse each part-time student should complete periods of practical exper Met182 Electronic Structure of Materials 1 ience acceptable to the Faculty Board totalling three years before 31st January in the year in which the degree is to be awarded_ Chemistry IS 2 * First half year ME121 2 Workshop Practice *>:e Second half year 17 1 See Elective Requi rements-Appendix A. Year II EE211 Energy Conversion 1** SCHEDULE 1.7 EE211 Semiconduuctor Devices 1* EE232 Electrical Circuits 1 BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN aMathematics lIB 4 PH221 Electromagnetics & Quantum Mechanics 2 COMPUTER ENGINEERING lElectives 6 Year I of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Computer Engineering is common with Year I of the degree of Bachelor of Engineering in Electrical Engineering. 15 Year m Year IT EE313 Power Systems 1** EE211 Energy Conversion 1** E£314 Electrical Machines 1* EE221 Semiconductor Device's 1* EE323 Linear Electronics 1* E£232 Electrical Circuits 1 EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology 1** EE261 Information Structures & Programming 2 EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1* Mathematics lIB (Topics B, C, D, E) 4 EE341 Automatic Control 1* Ph221 Electromagnetics & Quantum Mechanics 2 EE344 Communications 1** ,Electives 4 E£361 Introduction to Logic & Assembly Languages 1* 15 GE350 Seminar 2 from EE300, EE400 2** lElectives 4 15
30 31 Mathematics Topics with approval of the Head of the Department of Electrical Subject Units IV Engineering Year HI Note EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis 1* 1 Not all subjects are necessarily offered in any given year. EE341 Automatic Control 1* 2 Students must satisfy prerequisite requirements before enrolling in any subject. EE361 Introduction to Logic & Assembly Language 1* EE323 Linear Electronics 1* PART-TIME AND SANDWICH COURSES IN ELECTRICAL & EE324L Electronics Laboratory 1** COMPUTER ENGINEERING EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology 1** Re~ommended Programmes EE362 Logic Design & Switching Theory 1'~* ME30l Engineering Computations Electrical Enlineering Electrical Engineering Compnter Engineerinl 1 by by by GE350 Seminar Part-Time Study Sandwich Pattern Sandwich Pattern 2 from EE300, EE400 or EE500 2** Full-yeaI'-Part time Full yeaI'-Part-time lElectives 4 Stale 1 Maths 1 Maths I Maths I 15 EE131 EE131 EE131 Year IV MEllI MElll MEllI MEll2 MEll2 MEll2 EE421 Electronic Design A 1* CEllI CElll CElll MEI21 Met182 Met182 EE422 Electronic Design B 1** ME131 ME13l EE463 Computer Operating Systems 1* 9 units 10 units 10 units EE464 Compiler Construction 1** Full-yeaI'-Part time Full-yeaI'-Part-time EE480 Preject 3 Stale 2 Physics IA Physics IA Physics IA EE491 Seminar 1 Maths lIB Part MEI21 Maths lIB Part 1 lElectives 4 (Topic CO) ChemIS (Topic CO) Met182 EE092 MEI21 3 from List I 3 ChemIS EE2ll ChemIS EE092 EE232 EE092 15 10 units 10 units 10 units During the course each full-time student should complete periods of practical exper ierce acceptable to the Faculty Board totalling 20 weeks before the 31st January in 1st Semester only- Full year-Part-time the year in which the degree is to be awarded. Each student should hand in a report Full-time concerning his practical experience to the departmental secretary during the first term ME131 EE221 EE211 but not later,. than the lust week of the term. EE211 Ph221 EE221 .* First hali year EE221 *Maths lIB EE232 EE232 EE093 EE261 ** Second half year Ph221 Maths IIB Part 2 1 See Elective ReqUirements-Appendix A. Maths lIB Part 2 (B & D) (Topics B & D) EE093 EE093 Ph221 LIST 1: Fourth Year Subjects for Computer Engineering ·f 9 units 8 units 10 units EE344** Communications Ist Semester ooly- 1st Semester ooly- EE345** Digital Signal Processing Stale 4 Fun-time Full-time EE441 * Sample Data Control Systems EE3l4 EE323 EE313 EE323 EE333 EE442* Nonlinear Optimal Control EE314 EE333 EE341 EE443** Optimization Techniques EE333 EE341 EE361 EE446** Linear Optimal Control EE341 EE361 *4 units Arts 4 units Elective * 4 units Arts Elective EE447 * Digital Communications EE094 Elective EE462** Topics in Switching Theory 10 units 9 units 8 units EE500 Level subjects with the approval of the Head of Department of 2nd Semester only- 2nd Semester onlJ- Electrical Engineering Stqe 5 Full-time Full-time ME401 Systems AnalysiS GE350 EE313 *GE350 ME402 Systems Planning, Organization & Control EE323 EE325 *ME301 ME404 Mathematical Programming EE325 EE344 EE324L EE344 *GE350 EE325 ME405 Advanced Engineering Computations I>E361 EE300 2nd Semester EE362 ME487 Operations Research: Deterministic Models 2 units Elective Subjects *3 from List A ME488 EE095 EE094 EE094 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models 9 units 9 units 9 units ME489 Operations Research: Applications in Industry 15t Semester ooly- ME500 Level subjects with the approval of the Head of the Department of **Year VI-Full-time 1st Semester ooly- Electrical Engineering Slap' Full-time Full-time Commerce Commercial Programming 9EE300 or 400 4 EE300 or 400 EE421 EE480 1st Semester EE463 Systems Analysis & Design EE491 Subjects Mathematics Operations Research (Topic U) 2 units elective *3 uoits Elective *4 from List A 7 units 6 units III Mathematical Logic (Topic 0) 15 units Numerical Analysis (Topic Z)
32 33 2nd Semester only 2nd Semester only- Stage 7 Full-time Full-time Subject Units 3 EE300 or 400 *EE480 Year IV 2nd Semester EE491 Olle unit selected from Subjects EE422 *EE480 EE464 ME381 *Methods Engineering EE491 * I from List A ME383 **Quality Engineering EE097 EE097 ME413 Design of Crankshafts, Flywheels & other Rotating 9 unHs 9 units Members List A ME414 Design of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Power Systems 2 units EE300, 400 or 500 ME419 "Design of Conveyors & Materials Handling 3 elective units from any Dep,Jrtment in Unlversify Equipment 3 units from list I ME449 Reliability Analysis of Mechanical Systems *These .ubjects may be full-year subjects, and students will be required to attend at ME487 *Operations Research-Deterministic Models night in the seme~ter "away from University. ME481 *Engineering Administration **The time-table for Year VI is prepared on the basis that the student will attend full-time_ Any student who is unable to do so may complete Year It over 2 part-lime years. ME482 * *Economics Economics ME496 Project/Seminar 4 .Electives 6 SCHEDULE 1.5 13 BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN .* First half yeor ** Second half year MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 1 With approval of Head of Department, Chemistry 1 (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Subject Units Chemistry IS, Mell51 and ME122. 2 Mathematics liB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. Year I 3 With the approval of Head of Department, CE313 Structural Analysis and Design I CElll Statics I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of CE303 12 units) and 2 units of the Year III Elective. MElll ~~~ 1 4 See Elective ReqUirements-Appendix A. MEl 12 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 5 Students may, if they wish, defer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II. MEI31 Dynamics I Mathematics I 4 Physics IA 4 SCHEDULE 104 ,Chemistry IS 2 MEI21 5Worshop Practice 1 BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MEI22 ,Process Technology 1 Metl51 ,Microstructure of Materials 1 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Year I 17 Year II CElli Statics 1 MElli Graphics 1 EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information 1 EE2C4 **Introduction to Electrical Energy 1 ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design ME201 *Laboratory Measurements 1 ME131 Dynamics I ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 Mathematics I 4 ME212 *Engineering Design I Physics IA 4 ME213 * *Engineering Design I ,Chemistry IS 2 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids 1 MEI21 • Workshop Practice 1 ME223 **Mechanical Technology 1 MEl22 ,Process Technology 1 ME232 **Dynamics of Machines 1 Metl51 ,Microstructure of Materials 1 ME241 "*Properties of Materials 1 ME251 *Fluid Mechanics 1 17 ME271 **Thermodynamics 1 Year II .Mathematics IIB 4 EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Infonnation 16 EE204 **Introduction to Electrical Energy Year III ME201 **Laboratory Measurements CE303 "Structural Design 2 ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems GE350 Seminar I ME212 *Engineering Design ME301 Engineering Computatior.s I ME213 **Engineerir,g Design ME313 *Engineering Design 1 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids ME333 **Dynamics of Machines I ME223 **Mechanical Technology ME342 *Properties of Materials I ME232 *Dynamics of Machines ME343 **Mechanics of Solids 1 * ME241 ME352 *Fluid Mechanics I **Properties of Materials ME361 *Automatic Control I ME251 *Fluid Mechanics ME372 **Heat Transfer I ME271 **Thermodynamics ME373 * *Thermodynamics 1 2Mathematics IIB 4 • Electives 4 16 16 34 35 Subject Units Stage 4 Stage 4- Stalle 4 Stage 4- Year III 2nd Semester 2nd Semester EE203 GE350 GE350 Seminar EE204 EE204 ME301 Engineering Computations ME201 ME213 Same as Mech. Same as ME313 *Engineering Design ME212 ME223 Eng. normal Same as Mech. * 1 ME213 ME232 part-tim:: Eng. sandwich ME333 **Dynamics of Machines 1 ME252 ME241 ME342 *Properties of Materials 1 ME251 ME271 ME343 **Mechanics of Solids ME271 ME097 1 ME094 ME361 *Automatic Control 1 9 units 9 units 9 units 9 units ME381 *Methods Engineering 1 Stage 5 Stage 5- Stage 5 Stage 5- ME383 * *Quality Engineering 1 1st Semester 1st Semester ME384 ** Design for Production ME301 ME301 GE350 ME301 ME487 *Operations Research--Dotenninistic Models ME342 ME313 ME,301 ME313 ME488 ME343 ME342 ME342 ME342 * *Operations Research-a>robabilistic Models ME352 ME351 ME343 ME361 aElectives 4 ME361 ME361 ME487 ME381 ME372 ME481 ME488 ME487 16 ME373 Electives--4 0 r ME301 Electives-4 units Year IV ME09~ 2 units ME095 (Industrial Eng. GE350 Elective). ME38~ Accounting & Financial Studies 2 9 units 8 or 10 units 8 units 10 units ME496 Project/Seminar 4 Stage 6 Stage 6- Stage 6 Stage 6- a Electives 8 2nd Semester 2nd Semester 14 ME313 CE303 ME313 'ME353 * First half year ME333 ME333< ME353 ME343 CE303 ME343 ME381 ME385 ** Second half year ME481 'ME372 ME383 ME384 I With approval of the Head o>f Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in Hev ME482 ME373 ME384 ME488 of Chemistry IS, Metl51 and MEl22. ME096 ME482 ME096 ME098 2 Moths liB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. One of ME381/ ME098 (if only Electives-4 units 383/413/414/ '2 electives (Industrial 3 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. 419/449/487 taken in Stage 5) Eng. Elective) 4 Students may, if they wisll, defer study in 'MJE121 workshop practice until Year II. 8 units 7 or 9 units 10 units 7 units Stage 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 Stage 7 PART-TIME STUDY FOR D.E. IN MECHANICAL & 'INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ME496 ME496 Accounting & Accounting & Electives- One of ME381/ Financial Financial Recommended Prollrammes 5 units 383/413/ Studies Studies 414/419/449/ ME496 ME496 Mech. Enll. Mecb. Enll. Industrial Eng. Industrial Eng. 487 Electives- Electives- oormal part-time Sandwich normal part-time Sandwich Electives- 3 units 3 units Stage 1 Stage 1 Stalle 1 3 units 8 units ') units 9 units CEllI 9 units MEl11 Stage 1 MEll2 ,Same as normal Same as Mech. Same as Mech. ME121 part-time Eng. normal Eng. normal BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) IN MECHANICAL MEI31 part-time part-time Maths I OR INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 9 units 9 units 9 units 9 units Stages 1-5 not offered in 1978 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 Stage 2 ME122 For schedules see 1977 Handbook Metl51 Same as normal Same as Mech. Same as Mech. Chern IS part-time Eng. normal ' Eng. normal Physics IA part-time part-time SCHEDULE 1.6 ME092 9 units 9 units 9 units 9 units BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN Stage 3 Stage 3- Stage 3 Stage 3- 1st Semester 1st Semester NAVAL ARCHITECTURE3 Maths lIB ME201 Years I & II are identical with full-time B.E. in Mechanical & ME202 ME202 Same as Mech. ME214 ME212 Eng. norm'll Same as Mech. Industrial Engineering ME223 ME214 part·time Eng. Sandwich ME241 ME251 Year 3 not offered in 1977 ME093 EE203 Maths lIB 9 units 10 units 9 units 10 units
36 ,37 Subject Units Subjects deemend relevant and not appearing in the above list may be taken as Departmental Technical Electives on the approval of the Head of Department. Year IV Should other departments or faculties select three or more of the subject units from the above list to fonn a subject, the subject so formed shall be called Mechanical GE350 Seminar Engineering III ME481 *Engineering Administration ME482 **Engineering Economics NA481 Shipyard Production and Management Industrial Engineering Electives ME453 Fluid Mechanics Subject Units NA402 Special Purpose Ships Psychology 4 NA431 Ships Machinery Sociology I 4 NA452 Theoretical Naval Architecture Economics I 4 NA496 Project/Seminar 4 Legal Studies 4 lElectives 3 Organisational Behaviour 4 lIndustrial Law 15 4 *First half year ,Industrial Relations II 4 **Second half year ,Theories of Organisation 4 1 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. lLabour Economics 4 Subjects deemed to be relevant to the Industrial Engineering course and not appearing in the above list may be taken as ari Industrial Engineering Electives on the approval BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ENGINEERING) IN of the Head of Department. NAVAL ARCHITECTURE 1 Students wishing to read these subjects must make sure they fulfil the! appropriate pre· requisite conditions prior to enrolling in. them. Stages 1-5 will not be offered in 1978 For schedules see 1977 Handbook SCHEDULE 2.1 BACHELOR OF METALLURGY Departmental Technical Electives & The following subjects have been approved as Departmental Technical Electives Those subjects which will not be offered in 1978 are marked t. The other subjects will not BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (METALLURGY) be offered subject to adequate enrolments. Vear I ME401 Systems Analysis Mathematics I 4 ME402 Systems Planning, Organization & Control Physics IA 4 tME404 Mathematical Programming ME!21 3Workshop Practice 1 ME405 Advanced Engineering Computations CheE!O! Industrial Process Principles tME407 Environmental Engineering ~ Met!21 Chemical Metallurgy ~ fME413 Desit:~~~e~rankshafts, Flywheels & other Rotating if MetI41 Mechanical Properties of Materials • MetIS I Microstructure of Materials tME414 Design of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Power Systems ~ Metl8! Atomic Structure of Materials fME4IS Design of Crane & Hoist Equipment (f Met!82 Electronic Structure of Materials tME416 Design of Pressure Vessels, High Pressure Pipelines, ME! 11 Graphics ,plates & Shells 2 i ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design fME417 Design of Worm & Special Purpose Gear Reduction Units ( fME419 Design of Conveyors & Materials Handling Equipment 17 tME434 Advanced Kinematics & Dynamics of Machines Year II tME444 Properties of Materials Ii Met2!1 Metallurgical Computations 4 tME44S Mechanics of Solids Met212 Metallurgical Stoichiometry 1 tME448 An Introduction to Photomechanics Met213 Applied Statistics 1 tME449 Reliability Analysis for Mechanical Systems Met22! Metallurgical Thermodynamics tME453 Fluid Mechanics Met23 I Rate Processes 1 tME4S4 rurbomachinery Met24! Microplasticity r tME474 Heat Transfer Met25 I Metallography tME476 Developments in the Use of Solar Energy Met261 Extraction Metallurgy I tME483 Production Engineering Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy I ME487 Operations Research-Deterministic Models lElective I 4 ME488 Operations Research-Probabilistic Models 16 ME489 Operations Research-Applications in Industry GE471 Energy GE4n Energy
38 39 Subject Units Subject List of Met400 Subjects Units Year m Met401 Directed Reading 2 Met301 Communication Skills t Met402 Metallurgy Seminar 1 Met361 Extraction Metallurgy Met411 Metallurgical Computations 1 1 Met391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory Met421 Heterogeneous Equilibria 1 or Met431 Heat Transfer 1 2 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory Met432 Fluid Mechanics of Metallurgical Processes 1 ChE331 Process Economics Met433 Metallurgical Rate Processes 1 t Met441 A.pplications of Fracture Mechanics 2 Met300 subjects 6 Met451 Electron Metallography 1 lElective II 6 Met452 Physical Metallurgy 1 Met453 Metallography 1 Year IV 16 Met461 Extraction Metallurgy 1 Met462 Reactor Analysis 1 Met401 Directed Reading 2 Met471 Materials Selection 1 2Met400 subjects 11 Met472 Welding & Non-Destructive Testing 1 Met481 Dislocation Theory 1 B.Sc.(Met.) 13 Met482 Metal Physics 1 Met491 Laboratory Project 2 ;"~iS?~y for !!dmissio,n to the B!!chelor of Science (Metallurgy) the candidate must Met092-6 [ndustrial Experience 1 each . e req';'lrements for tp.e fust three years of the course and the industriai expenence requlfements prescnbed by the Faculty Board. After discussion with the Head of Department, certain of these subjects may be B.Met. offered at a higher level and at an increased unit value. To qualify ~or admission to the Bachelor of Metallurgy the candidate must satisf ~~b~~e b,;,q~:~~~~I;fB~~~~~ule 2.1 and the industrial experience requirements pret B. POSTGRADUATE COURSES 1 See Elective Requirements-Appendix A. Diploma in Industrial Engineering 2 To be chosen after consulfation with'the Head of Department. General 3 Students may, if they Wish, defer study in ME121 workshop practice until Year II. The Diploma in Industrial Engineering is a postgraduate course List of Met300 Subjects directed especially towards those concerned with the planning, super Met301 Communication Skills vision and administration of industrial undertakings. The course has a Met311 Statistical Design & Optimisation of Metallurgical ~ twofold objective. Primarily it has been designed as a bridging course Processes for those graduates with limited or no formal training in the various Met312 Modelling & Control of Metallurgical Processes Met321 Heterogeneous Equilibria basic disciplines of industrial engineering. In this respect the pro Met322 Electrochemistry & Corrosion gramme of study will be selected so as to complement the person's Met331 Transport Processes in Metallurgical Systems particular technological knowledge with instruction in the industrial Met332 Fluid Mechanics of Metallurgical Processes I field so that he can better perform the functions of industrial manage Met341 Fracture & Failure Analysis I Metallography ment, planning and control. For those persons who already have had, Met352 Physical Metallurgy in their undergraduate programme,a comprehensive training in the Met353 Solidification Processes I basic disciplines of industrial engineering, the course has a secondary Met354 X-ray & Electron Metallography objective. In this case the aim is to broaden the person's basic training Met361 Extraction Metallurgy Met362 Hydro- & Electro- Extraction Metallurgy with the offer of study in a wider range of disciplines which have an Met363 important application in the industrial engineering field. Metallurgical Reactor Analysis 1 Met364 Refractories 1 Met371 Scope of Course Materials Selection 2 Met372 Fabrication Processes 1 The Diploma programme consists of ten units of formal course work Met373 Polymer Technology 1 Met374 plus two units of project work. Normally this programme shall be Welding & Non-Destructive Testing 1 Met381 completed in not less than two years of part-time study, although in Metal Physics 1 Met391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory 2 special cases approved by the Faculty Board, the programme may be Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory 2 completed in one year on a full-time study basis. As specified in the degree Requirements, the basic unit involves a student in a total of approximately 120 hours' work. This total period includes all formal course work plus assignments and study. For a formal instructional course the unit includes 42 hours of lectures or the equivalent. 40 41 · The approved subjects for the Diploma are arranged in three Groups 8. Withdrawal and are listed in the schedule that follows. The Group I subjects are (a) A candidate may withdraw from a. sub~ect .or c~~rse only by those required for a basic understanding of the principles of Industrial informing the Secretary to the UmversIty m wntmg and the Engineering while the Groups II and III subjects permit a wider withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt of such selection for those students already trained in the basic principles. notification. The programme selected in every case is subject to the approval of (b) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the sixth the Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the Depart Monday in second term shall be deemed to have failed. in that ment. subject unless granted permission by the Dean to WIthdraw The general requirements concerning the conditions of award of without penalty. the Diploma in Industrial Engineering are set out on the following 9. To qualify for a Diploma a candidate shall, in not less dthabn t~o pages. years of part-time study, or in special cases appro~e y. t e REQUIREMENTS FOR THE Faculty Board, one year full-time study, complete satlsfactonly a DIPLOMA IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING course of studies comprising twelve units composed as follows: 1. In these requirements, unless the contrary intention appears, the Formal Course Work 10· units "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty of Engin (a) Subjects to be selected from schedule ~f approved eering. subjects in accordance with the reqUirements of subsections (b) and (c) of this Clause. 2. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall 2 units complete the prescribed application form and lodge it with the ME684D Project Secretary at least one calendar month before the commencement 12 units of first term. In exceptional circumstances applications will be (b) The approved subjects have been arrange~ in three G~oups. accepted after that date. Group I contains subjects required for basIc understandmg of 3. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma shall: the principles of Industrial Engineering while Groups II and (a) have satisfied all of the Requirements for admission to a III contain a wider selection of subjects for those already degree in the University of Newcastle; or trained in the subject areas of Group I. (b) have satisfied all of the Requirements for admission to a The selection of subjects shall normally be made from those degree in another university recognised for this purpose; or in Group I of the Schedule, unless in order to satisfy the conditions of subsection (c) of this Clause or where a broader (c) hold other qualifications approved by the Faculty Board for training is deemed to be desirable, the Faculty Board on. the the purpose of registration in the course. recommendation of the Head of Department, has prescnbed 4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 3 above, the Faculty a course of study including subjects from Groups II and III. Board may require an applicant to complete such other prerequis In any event not more than three units may be selected from ite studies as it may prescribe or a candidate to complete. such Group III. other concurrent studies as it may prescribe. (c) Notwithstanding the requirements of parts (a) and (b) ~nd 5. (a) To complete a subject qualifying towards the Diploma, a except where standing is approved by the Board, no subject candidate shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, lab shall be included such that in the opinion of the Board, the oratory classes, field work and submit such written work and subject concerned substantially overlaps in content that o~ a pass such examinations as the Department may require. similar subject completed or work presented and for whIch (b) Under no circumstances will a subject qualify for the Diploma credit has been given in the award of another degree or for more than ten years from the year in which it is passed. diploma. 6. An applicant for registration as a candidate for the Diploma may to. All subjects listed in the Schedule may not necessarily be offered be granted standing on conditions to be determined by the Faculty in anyone year. Board. 11. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in part 7. The Faculty Board shall approve a programme of studies for each icular cases the Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty candidate. This programme may be varied only with the approval Board, may' relax any r~quirements provided that such relaxation of the Dean. shall be consistent with the By-Laws. 42 43 SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS CONDITIONS FOR GRANTING OF STANDING Subject 1. Standing in a subject in the Diploma in Industrial Engineering Units Prerequisites 1 Group I shall require the approval of the Paculty Board on the recommenda ME381 tion O'f the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering. Methods Engineering I ME385 Production Engineering I ME401 2. A candidate wiiI not be eligible for standing in any subject for Accounting & Financial Studies I ME481 Systems Analysis which credit has been given for the award of another degree or dip ME482 Engineering Administration loma except as otherwise provided for in succeeding clauses. ME483 Engineering Economics ME487 Operations Research- 3. A candidate from the Master of Engineering Science course of the Deterministic Models University of Newcastle who desireg to transfer to the Diploma course ME488 Operations Research Probabilistic Models in Industrial Engineering may be granted standing in those subjects ME582D Industrial Computations I of the Diploma deemed to be equivalent to any of the subjects already ME681D Industrial Law 2 completed in the Master's programme. Group II 4. A candidate from another university or approved tertiary institut ME402 Systems Planning &' ion may be granted standing by the Faculty Board in up to six units Organisation Control ME401 ME404 Mathematical Programming in recognition of postgraduate course work degree or diploma subjects ME407 Environmental Engineering completed in such university or institution provided that the subjects ME419 Design of Conveyors & Materials Handling Equipment are equivalent to any of those listed in Groups I and II of the Schedule. ME444 Properties of Materials ME449 Reliability Analysis for Mechanical 5. Where a candidate has completed the first part-time year of the Systems Diploma course he may be granted standing by the Faculty Board in ME489 Operations Research- Applications in Industry respect of another subject subsequently passed at another university ME487, ME488 ME685D Industrial Process Control or approved tertiary institution under the following conditions: ME40l, or equivalent ME686D Industrial Psychology (a) the subject for which standing is granted shall have a reason ME503G Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 2 able correspondence with a subject of the Diploma in Indust ME505G Systems Analysis & Design 2 rial Engineering; and ME507G Resources Planning & Allocation 2 ME517G Materials Handling & (b) standing shall not be granted in more than three subject units. Transportation Systems 2 ME535G Vibration & Noise Problems in Industry 2 HIGHER DEGREES Modelling of Management Problems ME584G Simulation . Group III INTRODUCTION ~nuc~~eJ~d ~nPPGroved bY theGFaculty Board for an individual course but not roup I or roup II. (The foliowing statement represents the current policy of the Faculty; ~~,e t:euB~~rd~j units to be assigned to these subjects will be determined but is not part of the formal Degr.ee Requirements).
I EExcept indicated the prerequisites will be those indicated ngmeenng~hereH andbook. in the Faculty of The Master of Engineering Science degree has the primary aim of increasing the knowledge of the student in a specific and professional Approved Diploma Subjects Offered by Other Faculties area, and therefore places more emphasis on course work; nevertheless it includes project work for its own value both in the broadening and (a) Faculty of Economics and Commerce Units and consolidation of knowledge, and as an introduction to research. ME385D lAccounting & Financial Studies ME681D ,Industrial Law The Master of Engineering degree has the primary aim of introducing 2 2Commercial Programming I the student to research, and bringing him to the point where he will be (b) Faculty of Mathematics able to conduct research effectively under direction. Course work will CS aProgramming & Algorithms normally be included in the programme with a normal minimum CS aData Structures & Programming amount of three postgraduate "units", as defined on page 63 but the 1 Refer to Diploma in Industrial Engineering quality and standard of work required in the thesis will be at a higher 2 Refer to Diploma in Business Studies level than that expected of an Honours Bachelor of Engineering 3 Refer to Diploma in Computer Science graduate. 44 45 In general, students holding an Honours Degree in Engineering will be REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF encouraged to complete the course in the minimum time of one year. MASTER OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE 1. An application to register as a candidate for the degree .of Master MASTER OF ENGINEERING scmNCE of Engineering Science shall be made on the prescnbed form General (M.Eng.Sc.) Degree Course which shall be lodged with the Secretary at least one full calendar The Faculty of Engineering offers a group of subjects which comprise month before the commencement of the term in which the candid the major part of the Master of Engineering Science formal Master's ate desires to register. degree programme. 2. A person may register for the degree of Master if- The Master of Engineering Science degree course is offered on both (a) he is a graduate or graduand from a fo~r year ~uIl-t!me or a part-time and full-time basis in order to give graduate engineers the equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree III Engmeenng or opportunity to update themselves in technological areas of interest. Metallurgy from the University of Newcastle or other This degree course is flexible in that candidates for the degree may approved university; or select from a large number of subject combinations which may span (b) he is a graduate or graduand from a three year-full or one or more engineering Departments. Some undergraduate or post equivalent part-time Bachelor's degree fr?m .the Univer graduate diploma material may be taken from inside or outside the sity of Newcastle or other approved. unIversIty .and has Faculty of Engineering as credit for the degree, provided that such had a minimum of two years' profeSSIOnal expenence; or material is relevant to the programme as a whole. This possibility (c) he produces evidence of such academic and professional offers the advantage of advanced training and education which is attainments as may be approved by the Senate, on the broad in scope. The course supplements existing Master of Engineering recommendation of the Faculty Board. and Doctor of Philosophy programmes which are usually of a research nature. 3. An applicant shall satisfy the Faculty Board that he is adequately prepared to undertake advanced studies in the department app~op Scope of Course riate to the field of specialisation proposed, and may be reqUIre? Subject units will be offered on a Faculty-wide basis in areas of to undertake preliminary studies and examinations before hIS existing academic specialisation. It will be necessary for the Dean, as registration as a candidate for the degree; or. may be give.n administrative head of the Faculty, to approve the programme. provisional registration requiring concurrently WIth some of ~lS In general the basic "unit" specified in the degree Requirements is advanced work the completion of specified preparatory studIes a programme which involves the student in a total of approximately before his registration is confirmed. 120 hours' work. This total includes all formal course work plus 4. An applicant approved by the Faculty Board shall register in one assignments and study. If the "unit" is a formal instructional course of the following categories: the l20-hour total includes 42 hours of lectures or the equivalent. (i) Student in full-time attendance at the University. A number of the topics offered consist of two units. A complete (ii) Student in part-time attendance at the University. M.Eng.Sc. programme normally consists of ten units of formal course work and two units of project work although in special cases the size 5. On the recommendation of the Head of the Department concern of the project may be increased to three or four units, with a corres ed the Faculty Board shall appoint a programme supe:visor and ponding reduction in the formal course work. project supervisor to supervise the work of each candIdate. Under normal circumstances, the course may be completed in one year 6. After registration a candidate shall complete satisfactorily a co.u!,se when taken on a full-time basis, and two years when taken on a part of studies approved by the Dean of the Faculty,. compnsmg time basis. twelve units of advanced work as may be prescnbed by the The following pages contain departmental listings of approved Faculty Board. Not less than two nor more than four of s.uch units M.Eng.Sc. subjects and some suggested programmes for integrated shall comprise the investigation of and report on a project spec courses in various areas of interest. A student may, however, select ified by the Head of the Department concerned. any combinatIOn of the listed topics subject to the approval of the 7. To complete a unit qualifying towards the degree a candidate Head(s) of the relevant Department(s) and the Dean. shall attend such lectures, tutorials, seminars, laboratory classes, field work and camps and submit such written work and pass such examinations as the Department concerned may require.
46 47 8. Where it is appropriate to the candidate's total programme the Recommended Programmes Dean may approve the inclusion in the individual programme of [t is recommended that candidates wishing to specialise in one of the advanced work from other faculties equivalent in total to not more following areas should select their course work programme fro?t the than six units and senior undergraduate elective subjects offered b'ecllidisred for t!biaIt: areal. ~ subjelols listed will bel offered wbJect to IOU :J .._., 1..:1... of~'" within the FacuIty of Engineering not exceeding two units pro adeqUlllll'e en!l'Olmteillt md 'av.... illJuuw.y ~1Ji;Illl. vided that the total work allowed under this section shall not Units exceed six units. A. Applied Mechanics/Structures Department of Civil Engineering 1 9. A candidate from another university or approved tertiary institut CES1S Elastic ContinUa 1 ion may be granted standing by the FacuIty Board in up to six CES16 Plastic Frame Design 1 CES17 Steel Beams, Columns & Frames units in recognition of work completed in such university or 1 institution. CESS5 Civil Engineering System~ II cE61.7 Prestressed Concrete DesIgn . 2 10. A candidate whose progress is unsatisfactory may be excluded CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture MechaOlcs 1 or 2 from any examination, subject, or course, or may be permitted to Department of Mechanical Engineering ME503G Design of Experiments f~r Engineering Res~arch 2 continue his course subject to certain conditions. 2 ME511G Experimental & Theoretical ~tress ~YSIS . . ME51SG Advanced Design Concepts m ~echarucal Engmeenng 2 11. Withdrawal 2 ME517G Materials Hand~g & Transp~rtation Systems (a) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only by notifying the 2 Secretary to the University in writing and the withdrawal sball take effect ME535G Vibration & NOIse Problems m Industry 1 from the date of receipt of such notification in writing .. ME536G Advanced Dynamics of M~chi?es 2 (b) A candidate who after: ME546G Elasticity, Plasticity & Applications 2 the eighth Monday in first term, in the case of a subject lasting only the ME581G Mathematical Programming first half-year; the sixth Monday in second term, in the case of a subject lasting the whole Department of Metallurgy year; Met541 Fracture Mechanlcs the second Monday in third term, in the case of a subject lasting only the second half-year; Met571 Materials Selection withdraws from a subject in which he has enrolled shall be deemed to have failed in that subject, unless granted permission by the Dean of the Faculty B. Computer Science of Engineering to withdraw without penalty. Department of Electrical Engineering 1 12. A candidate shall submit three copies of his project report in a EES16 Computer-Aided Analysis of Power Systems EE549 - Applied Information Theory 1 form according with the instructions of the Head of the Depart EE562 Advanced Topics in Switching Theory I ment, not later than three terms after the completion of the course EE563 Computer Operating Systems 1 EE564 Compilers, Assemblers & Interpreters 1 of formal study. 1. EE56S Pattern Recognition 1 13. It shall be understood that the University retains the three copies EE566 Automata & computing Machines EE567 _ Computer Process Control 1 of the report and is free to allow the report to be consulted or 1 EES68 Advanced Computer Architecture borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copyright Act (1968) 1 the University may issue the report in whole or in part in photo EE569 Formal Langnages & Automata Department of Mechanical Engineerinl( 2 stat or microfilm or other copying medium. MES81G Mathematical Programming 14. The Faculty Board, at the request of an examiner, may require Subjects offered by other Faculties the candidate to answer any questions concerning his work. Department of Mathematics 1 -C'! Programming & Algorithms 1 15. No candidate shall be considered for the award of the degree until OS Data Structures & Programming 1 the lapse of three complete terms but not more than six complete Mathematics III, Topic Z terms in the case of a full-time student, and six complete terms, Department of Commeree but not more than ten complete terms in the case of a part-time Commercial Programming student, from the date from which the registration becomes . ~C. Engineering Materials effective. Department of Civil Engineering 1 CES26 Advanced Properties of Materials 1 16. In exceptional circumstances the Senate, on the recommendation CES27 Concrete Technology of the FacuIty Board, may relax any of the above requirements. 1 CE528 Soil Mechanics 1 CES29 Foundation Engineering 1 - CE574 Transportation Planning 1 _CE674 Traffic Engineering 48 4~ Department of Mecltanlcal EnlltDeel'ing Units F. Furnace 'Engineering Units MES03G Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 2 Department of Chemical Engineering :MESllG Experimental & Theoretical Stress Analysis 2 CheS02 Reaction Engineering 2 ME517G Materials Hl!ndling & Transportation Systems 2 ChB511/S12 Advanced Heat Transfer 2 ME546G Elasticity, Plasticity & Applications 2 ChE513 Advanced Combustion 2 ME581G Mathematical Programming 2 ChES14 Furnace Engineering 2 Department of MetalInl'llY ChB521 Air Pollution Effluent Control 2 MetS41 Applications of Fracture Mechanics 1 CbES42 Comminution 1 or 2 Met5S1 Electron Metallography 1 Department of Electrical Engineering MetSS2 Physical Metallurgy 1 EE542 Modern Control Met5S3 Metallography 1 EES46 Modern Control Met571 Materials Selection 1 EE641 Multivariable Control Systems MetS82 Metal Physics ,1 EE642 Stochastic Control Together with approved topics and subjects which may be offered from Department of Mecltanlcal Euglneerinl the Faculty of Science. MES01G DeSign of Experiments for Engineering Research 2 D. Environmental Studies/ Environmental Engineering MESS4 Fluid Mechanics 1 ME555 AdVanced Turbo Machinery 2 Department of Chemlea1 Engineel'ing ME58IG Mathematical Programming 2 ChBSOl Chemical Process Prlpciples for Effluent Control 1 Department oflMetalIul'llY ChES13 Advanced Combustion 2 Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics ChBS21 Air Poliution Effluent Control 2 Met531 Heat Transfer . ChBS22 Control of Industrial Liquid Efflnents 2 MetS33 Metallurgical Rate Processes ChB623 Advanced Topics in Effluent Control or 2 Met571 Materials Selection Department 'of CivU Engineering CE543 Water Quality Management 1 O. Operations Research/Management Science CE643 Water Poliution & Water Quality Management 1 Department of Chemical Euglneerinll CB644 Water & Wastewater Treatment 2 ChES31 Process Optimization 2 CB64SJ Microbiology of Water Resources 2 Department of CivU Engineering CE646 Public Health Science 1 CBSS4 Civil Engineering Systems II 1 CE647 Uuit Operations in Public Health Engineering 1 CE6S4 Construction Management 1 Department of Mechanlea1 Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering .MES03G Design of Experiments for Engineering Research 2 MESOZG Operations Research & Decision Theory 2 MESOSG Systems Analysis & Design 2 MESOSG Systems Analysis & Design 2 MES08G Air Pollution Studies II 1 ME581G Mathematical Programming 2 MES3SG Vibration & Noise Problems in Industry 2 ME582G Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 2 MES7SG Heat Transfer 1 MES83G Modelling of Management Problems 1 MES81G Mathematical Programming 2 ME584G Simulation 1 Together with approved topics or subjects which may be offered by other Faculties. ME68SG· Advanced Operations Research 2 Interdepartmental Subjects Subjects offered by other FacultIes GESOIG Air Pollution Studies I 1 or 2 Department of Mathematics . Selected Topics in Mathematics IV. E. Fluid M echanics/ Water Resources Engineering Department ofleommeree Department of CivU Engineering Selected topics from Diploma in Business Studies. CBS33 . Theoretical Hydrodynamics 1 Where possible it is recommended that students who wish to study in this area CES34 Open Channel Flow 1 undertake subjects MBS81G to MES84G inclusive as a first year progmmme. CES35 River & Coastal Engineering 1 CES43 Water Quality Management 1 H. Mineral Process Engineering CE634 Advanced Fluid Mechanics 1 Department of Chemical Engineerinll CE63S River & Coastal Engineering II 1 ChESOZ . Reaction Engineering 2 CE636 Water Reticulation & Wastewater Collection 1 ChE513 Advanced Combnsion 2 CE643 Water Pollution & Water Quality Management 1 ChB514 Furnace Engineering 2 CE644 Water & Wastewater Treatment 2 ChE523 Particulate Separations or 2 CE64SJ Microbiology of Water Resources 2 CbE531 Process Optimization 2 CE646 Public Health Science 1 ChB542 Comminution or 2 CE647 Unit Operations in Public Health Engineering 1 ChE603 Advanced Problems in Mass Transfer & Reaction Engineering 1 or 2 . , ,. ~ent 'iii' ElectrleaJ EngineeriDlI Units REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF BE542 Modern Control 1 MASTER OF ENGINEERING EBS46 Modern Control 1 BB641 Multivariable Control Systems 1 1. An application to register as a candidate for the degree of Master BB642 Stochastic Control 1 Department of MedlanieaJ EnJlineering shall be made on the prescribed form which shall be lodged with the Secretary at least one full calendar month before the com MBS02G Operations Research & Decision Theory 2 MBS03G Design of Experiments for Bngineering Research 2 mencement of the term in which the candidate desires to register. MB546G Elasticity. Plasticity & Applications 2 ,.,2. A person may register for the degree of Master if- MB581G Mathematical Programming 2 MB685G Advanced Operations Research 2 (a) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle Department of Metallnrgy or other approved university with Honours in the subject to Met521 Metallurgical Thermodynamics be studied for that degree; or Met531 Heat Transfer (b) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle Met533 Meta1lurgical Rate Processes Met541 Fracture Mechanics or other approved university; or Met561 Extraction Metallurgy ( c) in exceptional cases he produces evidence of such academic Met562 Reactor Analysis and professional attainments as may be approved by the 1. Systems .~, ' " , Senate, On the recommendation of the Faculty Board. Department of Civil EngineeriDg a.In the case of applicants desiring to register under provision 2(b), CB5S5 Civil Bngineering Systems II L:/, and (c), the Faculty Board may require the applicants to carry Department of Electrical Engineering ...outsuch work and pass such examinations as the Board may BE541 Sample Data Control Systems 1 F determine before registration as a candidate for the degree of BE542 Modern Control 1 'Master is confirmed. EE543 Optimization Techniques 1 EB545 Communication Systems 1 In every case, before permitting an applicant to register as a can BB546 Modern Control ~~;" 1 ~,:;, did ate, the Faculty Board shall be satisfied that adequate super- EE547 Digital Communications 1 BE552 Advanced Topics in Communication Systems 1 vision and facilities are available. EE562 Advanced Switching & Logic Design 1 'tiS. An ~pplicant approved by the Faculty Board shall register in one BE567 Computer Process Control 1 BB641 Multivariable Control Systems 1 of the following categories:- EF,642 Stochastic Control 1 (i) Student in full-time attendance at the University. Department of Mechanical EnglneeriDg (iJ) Student in part-time attendance at the University. ME404 Mathematical Programming 2 MESOSG Systems Analysis & Design 2 (i) Every candidate for the degree shall be required to submit a MB581G Mathematical Programming 2 thesis embodying the results of an investigation or design, to Snbjects olfered by other Facnitles take such examinations and to perform such other work as Department of Mathematics may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. The candidate may Stochastic Processes Signal Detection submit also for examination ariy work he has published, General Statement whether or not such work is related to the thesis. ~efore I?reparinJ! their course for any year students shnuld check in the Departmental (ii) The investigation or design and other work as provided in lists which subjects are to be offered in that year. \ ,paragraph 6 (i) shall be conducted under the direction of a Approval for any course' chosen from the' subjects listings must be given by the Head of the Department concerned and the Dean of the Faculty of Engineering. supervisor appointed by the Faculty Board or under such General Prerequisites conditions as the Faculty Board may determine. The general I!f!lrequisite .f?r all subjects js graduate· level in appropriate subjects. A part-time candidate shall, except in special circumstances- ~owever. ~peciflc pt;erc:qulSltesare necessary for certain subjects and these are listed 1D the subject descnption where applicable. i. conduct the major proportion of the research or design work in the University; and ii. take part in research seminars within the department in which be is working. Every candidate shall submit annually a report 'Sa- his work to his supervisor for transmission to the' Higher Degree Committee. ,52 63 (v) Every candidate shall submit three copies of the thesis as pro ( c) in exceptional cases he produces evi4ence of such academic vided under paragraph 6 (i). All copies of the thesis shall be and professional attainments as may be approved by the double-spaced typescript, shall include a summary of approx Senate on the recommendation of the Faculty Board. imately 200 words, and a certificate signed by the candidate 3. Before registration as a candidate for the degree is confirmed, an to the effect that the work is his own and has not been sub applicant desiring to register under Clause 2 (b) or 2 (c) above, mitted for a higher degree to any other university or instit shall be required to carry out such work -and to sit for such ution. The ORIGINAL copy of the thesis for deposit in the ,examinations as the Faculty Board may determine and to achieve Library shall be prepared and bound in a form approved by a standard at least equivalent to that required for the award of a the University. The other two copies of the thesis shall be bachelor's degree with second class honours in an appropriate bound in such manner as allows their transmission to the subject. examiners without possibility of their disarrangement. (vi) It shall be understood that the University retains the three 4. In every case, before permitting an applicant to register as a copies of the thesis and is free to allow the thesis to be con candidate, the Faculty Board shall be satisfied' that adequate sulted or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the Copy supervision and facilities are available. right Act (1968) the University may issue the thesis in whole 5. An applicant approved by the Faculty Board shall register in one or in part in photostat or microfilm or other copying medium. of the following categories:- 7. No candidate shall be considered for the award of the degree (i) Student in full-time attendance at the University. until the lapse of six complete terms from the date from which (ii) Student in part-time attendance at the University. the registration becomes effective, save that in the case of a can 6. (i) Every candidate for the degree shall be required to submit a didate who has obtained the degree of Bachelor with Honours· or thesis embodying the results of an investigation or design, a qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or to take such examinations and to perform such other work who has had previous research experience, this period may, with as may be prescribed by the Faculty Board. The candidate the approval of the Faculty Board, be reduced by up to three may submit also for examination any work he has' published, terms. whether or not such work is related to the thesis.' . 8. For each candidate there shall be two examiners appointed by (ii) The investigation or design and other work as provided in Senate, one of whom shall be an external examiner. paragraph 6 (i) shall be conducted under the direction of a supervisor appointed by the Faculty Board or under such 9. A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners may be permitted conditions as the Faculty Board may determine. to resubmit his thesis in an amended form. Such a resubmission ,(iii) A part-time candidate shall, except in special circumstances must take place within twelve months from the date on which the (a) conduct the major proportion of the research or de~ign candidate is advised of the result of the first examination. No work in the University; and further resubmission shall be permitted. (b) take part in research seminars within the Department in which he is working. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF (iv) Every candidate shall submit annually a report on his work MASTER OF SCIENCE to his supervisor for transmission to the Higher Degree 1. An application to register as a candidate for the degree of Master Committee. of S!!ience shall be made on the prescribed form which shall be . (v) Every candidate shall submit three copies of the thesis as lodged with the Secretary at least one full. calendar month before provided under paragraph 6 (i). All copies of the thesis shall the commencement of the term in which the candidate desires to be double-spaced typescript, shall include a summary of register. approximately 200 words, and a certificate signed by the candidate to the effect that the work has not been submitted 2. A person may register for the degree of Master of Science if for a higher degree to any other university or institution. (a) he is a graduate or graduand of the University, of Newcastle The ORIGINAL copy of the thesis for deposit in the Library or other approved university with Honours inihe subject to shall be prepared and bound in a form approved by the be studied for that degree; or Universityl. The other two copies of the thesis shall be (b) he is a graduate or graduand of the University of Newcastle bound in such a manner as allows their transmission to the or other approved university; or examiners without possibility of their disarrangement.
054 5$ Honours Gradings in Bachelor of Engineering, " ," (''1>' It"Shall be understood that the University retains the three . Bachelor of Metallurgy and Bachelor of Surveying Degrees copies of the thesis and is free to allow the thesis to be consulted or borrowed. Subject to the provisions of the 1. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into four groups based on the Copyright Act (1968) the University may issue the thesis in years in which they would normally have been taken according to the whole or in part in photostat or microfilm or other copying full-time programmes as set out in the degree schedules. medium. -2. Grade points are assigned to subjects on the basis of the grades obtained 7. N'O candidate shall be considered fOr the award of the degree until in that subject, as follows: 'the lapse of six complete terms from the date from which the HD=4 registration bec'Omes effective, save that in the case of a candidate D = 3 who has obtained the degree of Bachelor with Honours or a C=2 qualification deemed by the Faculty Board to be equivalent or P and p* = 1 FF, WF, AF and EF = 0 who has had previous research experience, this period may, with the approval of the Faculty Board, be reduced by up to three .. 3. ,The product of the grade points assigned to a subject and the unit value terms. of that subject yields the unit grade point product of each subject. That is W.n. = Unit grade point product for subject i 8. For each candidate there shall be two examiners appointed by 1 1 '-.'C. Senate, one of whom shall be an external examiner. Where W. = Grade points assigned to subject i 9. A candidate who fails to satisfy the examiners may be permitted 1 n. = Unit value for subject i to resubmit his thesis in an amended form. Such a resubmission 1 must take place within twelve' months from the date on which the candidate is advised of the result of, the first examination. No The grade point average is calculated for each group of subjects as follows: further resubmission shall be permitted. (E W.n) 1 Separate sheet on tho preparation and binding of hlaher degree theses is available GPA(t) = lit OD application. ' (Eni)t FACULTY POLICIES The Faculty Board has laid down policies in relation to certain matters. , ,c,WhereGPA(t) = Grade point average of subjects grouped in year t These policy ,statements are reproduced here for the guidance of { EWin) t = Sum of unit grade point products for subjects grouped in students. year t Award of Merit and HoDOlll'S ' ( E ni) t = Sum ~f unit values for subjects grouped in year t The Award of Merit and Honours in the Degrees of Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Science (Engineering), Bachelor of Metal , The unweighted overall grade point average (GPA) is calculated thus !urgy, Bachelor 'Of Science (Metallurgy) and Bachelor of Surveying EGPA(t) IS based on the complete record of the candidates over the entire GPA course. . 4 Faculty Board awards Honours and Merit gradings to students who The weighted overall grade point average (WGPA) is calculated thus have met the requirements for their respective degrees on the recom mendation of the appropriate Head of, Department. The following WGPA = ~ (GPA(I) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3) + 3GPA(4» has been 'approved by Faculty Board ;as a guide to the method to be followed in the 'award of Honours and Merit gradings. .. The' weighted overall grade point average calculated above is used as a :: guide for the recommendation of honours gradings on the basis of WGPA;:::; 2.5 Honours Class I " '2.0 S WGPA < 2.5 Honours Class II (Division 1) 1.5 S WGPA < 2.0 Honours Class II (Division 2). maldng their recommendation Heads of Departments should preSent to Faculty Board the complete record of each candidate being recommended , honours grading, together with the grade point average for each , of subjects as well as both the weighted and unweighted , point averages.
56 67 9. Note (i) The following are excluded from the above calculation: (a) Subjects for which a full range of grades are not awarded; (b) Subjects in which a student has been granted standing; Subject Grade (c) Subjects from which a student has withdrawn without w. penalty. . I (ii) Repeats in a subject after a grade of FF, WF, AF or EF has Yearm been awarded are treated as an extra subject taken in the year ME301 P 1 1 1 in which the previously failed subject is normally taken. ME313 FF o 1 0 ME333 P 1 1 1 Merit Gradings in Bachelor of Science (Engineering) and ME342 C 2 1 2 Bachelor of Science (Metallurgy) Degrees ME343 P 1 I 1 ME361 P 1 11 The procedure to be followed for the calculation of grade point averages for ME381 P 1 1 1 the recommendation of merit grades is similar to that for the recommendation ME383 D 3 I 3 of honours grades except that: ME384 D 3 I 3 ME487 C 2 1 2 1. The subjects taken in the degree are divided into groups based on a three year full-time programme. ME488 P 1 1 I GE3S0 C 2 I 2 2. The weighted overall grade point average is calculated thus Electives Microeconomics C 2 2 4 WGPA = ~ (GPA(l) + GPA(2) + 2GPA(3) ) EM2A P 1 1 1 EM21 C 2 1 2 3. The unweighted overall grade point average is calculated thus ME313 (Repeat) C 2 1 2 1 GPA = X GPA(t) X 17 X27 I.S9 3 Year IV 4. The weighted overall grade point average to be used as a guide for the ME38S FF o 2 0 recommendation of a merit grade is WGPA ~ 2. ME681 FF o 2 0 Example ME496 C 2 4 8 Electives ME401 HD 4 1 4 ME402 HD 4 I 4 Subject Grade W. n. GPA(t) ME489 C 2 1 2 I I Wli MES3SG D 3 2 6 Year I EM3U C 2 1 2 Engineering I C ME38S (Repeat) P 1 2 2 2 4 8 ME681 (Repeat) P I 2 2 Mathematics I C 2 4 8 Physics IA C 2 4 8 XI8 X30 1.67 Chemistry IS P 1 2 2 ME121 P 1 1 1 ME122 P 1 1 1 MetISl P 1 1 1 -- -- _ 1.70 + 1.50 + 1.S9 + 1.67= 1.61 X17 GPA - 4 Yearn X29 1.70 Mathematics lIB P 1 4 4 1.70 + 1.50 + 2 x 1.59 + 3 x 1.67 1 62 EE203 C 2 1 2 WGPA= 7 = • EE204 C 2 1 ME201 2 C 2 1 2 on WGPA = 1.62 reCommend award of Honours Class n Division 2. ME202 P 1 1 1 ME212 C 2 1 2 ME213 C 2 1 2 Interpretation of the Acaclemic Progress By-Laws ME214 P 1 1 1 5.4.1 (2) leaves it open to eachp~rticular fa~ulty to decide ME223 P 1 1 1 ME232 C 2 1 2 constitutes unsatisfactory progress calhng for action under sub ME241 P 1 1 1 (a), (b) or (c) of the By-Law. ME2S1 C 2 1 2 Board, Faculty of Engineering, has resolved t~at the ME271 C 2 1 2 -- -- guidelines shall be applied to students enrolled 1D the X16 X24 1.50
S8 (a) First Year fuIl·time or first two years part-time Publication oj Faculty Board Minutes Failure to pass at least one quarter of the approved programme in the A copy of Faculty Board decisions on matters of general interest will first year of enrolment as a full-time student, or the first two years of be displayed on all Departmental Notice Boards, in the Library the enrolment as a part-time student, shall constitute unsatisfactory pro University Union and the Staff House. ' gress, to be acted on under sub-heading (c) of the By-Law. "Approved Decisions in relation to individual students, personal staff matters programme" means the student's programme for the whole period in and other items which are of a confidential nature will not be included question, and the fraction one-quarter is to be measured by the "units" in the published list. defined on page 63. Use of Electronic Calculators in Examinations (b) First two years full·time or first four years part·time The Faculty of Engineering favours the use of unprogrammed Students must meet the requirements of By-law 5.4.2. electronic calculators in examinations provided that the calculators used (c) Later years of the course are noiseless and self-contained. However, the final decision whether A student will be expected to pass at least one third of the subjects calculators may be used in a particular examination is a matter for attempted each year and maintain an overall average pass rate of at the examiner. If calculators are to be permitted, the examiner should least 50% of the normal programme for the whole period of enrol take precautions in setting the examination and in invigilation to ment. The progress of any student who. fails to meet this standard wiu ensure that there is no undue advantage for any student using such be reviewed by the Faculty Board which may recommend to the equipment. In particular, the calculators are not to be used as a means Admissions Committee that the student be excluded from the Faculty. of bringing information into the examination room, e.g. in the. form of programmed cards, unless permission to do so is explicitly given A student will be required to Show Cause for a second failure in any by the examiner. subject (By-law 5.4.2.). Submission of Project Reports Mutually Exclusive Subjects All Undergraduate Project reports must be submitted no later than (See Section 14 oj the Requirements) the Friday which follows the 47th Monday of the year. The Faculty Board has deemed the following subjects or part subjects All Master of Engineering Science Project reports must be submitted to be mutually exclusive:- up to, but not later than the Wednesday of the fourth week of the (1) Mathematics II Topic H, EM2H Probability & Statistics, Introductory Quantitative year in which the candidate wishes to graduate. Metbods. (2) Mathematics II Topic F, EM2F Numerical Analysis & Computing, ME301 Engineer Replacement oj Subjects Failed in First-halj Year by Second Halj-year ing Computations. Subjects (3) ME482 Engineering Economics, Accounting & Financial Studies: (4) Accounting & Financial Studies & Accounting I. . A stl!dent who fails one or more first half-year subjects may be ..permltted to take up to two additional second half-year units provided Year/Stage Classification he has the prerequisite requirements. He cannot, however, replace Full-time students are classified by year. compulsory first half-year units by optional second half-year ones. He will. be required to repeat the compulsory subjects the following year. Part-time students are classified by stage. Classification is determined by the number of units passed in accord . Special Consideration/Special Examinations ance with the following table:- has ruled that a student may apply for special consideration or D.Sc.(Eng.) & examination for mid-year examinations. This will also apply to D.E. Full-time D.Met D.E. Part-time D.Se.(Met.) :as:signmlents and term quizzes which are considered in assessing the Units Year Units Year Units Stage Units Stage "sttldelnt's final grading. 0-15 - 1 0-17 - 1 0-7 - 1 0-7 - 1 "'U'llSI~qlleDlny, any student who is prevented by illness or other cir 16-31 - II 18-33 - II 8-16 - 2 8-15 - 2 from sitting a mid-year examination or quiz or from 32-47 - III 34-49 - III 17-25 - 3 16-23 - 3 an assignment should submit a request for special con· 48+ - IV 50+ - IV 26-34 - 4 24-31 - 4 35-43 - 5 32-39 - 5 accompanied by a medical certificate where appropriate, 44-52 - 6 40+ - 6 the Secretary to the University. 53+ - 7 Students enrolled for the final year of any combined course will be classified as Year V. ·60 Alternative Subjects Indusfrial Training (see Section 15 of the Requirements) This is a general statement covering 'all aspects of Industrial Training. The Faculty Board has deemed the following groups of subjects to be For a full·time Bachelor of Engineering or Bachelor of Metallurgy degree students 'RIe normally required to complete periods of practical acceptable altematives:- experience, totalling at least 20 weeks, acceptable to the Faculty (1) CE212 Mechanics of Solids & ME214 Mechanics o~ Solids I. . Board. (2) CE221 Properties of Materials I & ME241 Properties of Materials. (3) ChE211 Fluid Statics & Dynamics, CE231 Fluid Mechanics & ME251 Fluid For a Bachelor of Engineering degree on a part-time basis, students Mechanics. may choose to take Industrial Experience units as part of their (4) ChE212 Heat & ME372 Heat Transfer.. . (5) Met213 Applied Statistics & ME582D Industrial Computations. elective programme. The University can accept no responsibility for (6) 'MEl22 Process Technology & ME271 Fabrication Metallurgy. finding suitable employment for students wishing to enrol for Indus trial Experience units. To be eligible for an Industrial Experience SCanding and Exemption Examinations for unit, ,the student must be in approved employment on the 1st Novem Holders of Technical College Certificates ber preceding the year in which the unit is to be taken. Approved A student may apply for standing in any subject: The Head of the employment must continue for one calendar year, that is until the appropriate Department will deci~e whethe~ .stax,tdmg shall be reoom 31st October of the year in which the unit is to be counted. Normally mended iminediately on the baSIS of qualIficatIOns .held or ~he~er no Industrial Experience unit will be allowed in the first year of the student shall be required to sit for an exemptIon exammation. enrolment. As a guide to students the h~lder of a Technical Col!ege. Certificate Students attending on a full~time basis must submit a report for each containing appropriate subjects may be granted standmg m the sub of Industrial Training to the appropriate Department by :the jects or subject units as follows: 31st March following the training period. Where a student changes from part~time to full-time and has, during SUBJECT OR SUBJECT UNITS part-time attendance, completed an Industrial Experience elective, Mechanica1Engineering Certif}cate MEllI Graphics work completed during this elective unit will be considered as MEl21 'Workshop Practice . I ME112 Engineering Drawing & Elementary DeSign S,4tisfying the 20 weeks Industrial Training requirements for full-time ME223 Mechanical Technology ME151 Microstructure of Materials student transferring from part-time to full-time studies and who ME122 Process Technology not, during his period of part-time 'attendance, completed an Land & Engineering Survey & Surveying I if passed appropriate Drafting Certificate fown Planning A elective in certificate Experience elective unit, will be required to submit a Property & Survey Law course sta:t!-IDlleIlt regarding the Industrial Experience gained during his part- Survey Camp I attendance. Survey Certificate Surveying I should consult the appropriate Department to find details Surveying II Survey CamP I re~~afljinlg the submission of reports. Survey Camp H JJachelor of Science (Engineering) - or Bachelor of Science Town Planning A if passed appropriate degree, students must complete three years of practical Property & Survey Law elective in certificate } course Land Valuation . ' before the 31st January in the year in which the degree Surveying I ,to be awarded. Otherwise the award of the degree may be deferred. Engineering Surveying II Survey Survey Camp I Certificate Survey Camp II Units Examination exemptions may be granted in the following subjects: undergraduate courses, a unit is approximately one-sixteenth of a CE111 Statics year or one-eighth of a part-time year. In engineering subjects, EE203 Introduction to Electrical Energy unit involves a total of 42 hours (It hours per week) .of lectures, EE204 Introduction to Electrical Information and tutorials. Where subjects from other faculties form ME131 Dynamics of an Engineering course, the unit value is assessed on the basis ME212 Engineering Design work-load required for that subject as part of a normal year's MID13 :OwranlIDle. Normally, Part 1 subjects each count as 4 units while Part II and Part III subjects have a higher unit value.
62 However, the unit value specified for subjects in other facuIties is The fields of study are shown at the beginning of each departmental determined from time to time by the FacuIty Board. subject entry. For further information students should consult the Dean of the The six digit number which precedes the name is the Computer Code Faculty. Number for the subject. In the Master of Engineering Science Requirements a unit is defined as Prerequisites and Corequisites exactly one-twelfth of a full-time year, and in all postgraduate courses, Prerequisites are those subjects which the student must have already including the Master of Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy the unit passed before enrolling in the subject. is understood to have the same value. This "postgraduate unit" is also defined as a programme which involves a student in a total of ap Corequisites are those subjects in which the student must enrol con proximately 120 hours' work. This total includes all formal course currently unless he has already passed them. work plus assignments and study. If the "unit" is a formal instructional The Dean, on the recommendation of the Head of Department, may course the 120-hour total includes 42 hours of lectures or the relax pre- and corequisites. Prerequisites in the Department of equivalent. Mechanical Engineering marked with an asterisk may with the approval What the two "units" - undergraduate and postgraduate - have in of the Head of Department be read concurrently with the subject common is therefore the same 42 "contact-hours" per year. The unit named. postgraduate unit is a larger fraction of the year's work than the Hours undergraduate unit because in postgraduate work the student is ex All subjects in the Faculty of Engineering are based on units of 42 pected to do more work per contact-hour than he is in undergraduate contact hours each. A full explanation of the unit is given on work. page 63. New Students The 42 contact hours are spread over a whole year (1-1/2 hours per Students enrolling for the first time in 'aD Engineering course should week for 28 weeks) or over a half year (3 hours per week for 14 read carefully, before completing their enrolment form, ,the course weeks). As far as possible this information has been given in the schedules contained in the Degree Requirements sections. Your entries but students should check with Departments before completing programme will vary slightly according to the Department in which their timetables. you are enrolling. Students are also advised not to purchase drawing instruments and Examinations and Assessment calculators until after discussions with Engineering leoturers. If a book Progressive Assessment based on assignments, practical work etc. is is listed as a prescribed textbook a student may purchase this, as soon used throughout the Faculty and in some subjects the final grade is as he wishes, but is advised not to purchase any other books until based entirely on progressive assessment. The hours shown for examin after the first lecture in the subject. ations refer to final examinations only. However, the method of examination as set out under the various Subject Name Guide to SUbject Entries subject headings is tentative and may be varied at the discretion of the Lecturer concerned. Students will be advised of any such variations The name shown is the official name which should be used on all before the end of 4th week of first term. enrolment, re-enrolment and variation forms. Each subject has an identification number with prefixed letters indicat Content ing the Department responsible for the subject - This section gives a general description of the content of the subject ChE Chemical Engineering and indicates the broad areas covered. . CE Civil Engineering Preliminary Reading is included where applicable. Students should EE Electrical Engineering ME Mechanical Engineering make every effort to complete the preliminary reading before starting Met Metallurgy the subject. GE Interdepartmental Subjects Texts The first numeral generally indicates the Year of the full-time course in which the subject is normally taken; the second numeral indicates the Essential books which are recommended for purchase. field of study; the third numeral for undergraduate courses indicates the level, or sequence in the field.
64 65 References Hours 9 hours per week Students shoul~ not restrict their reading to the texts and other references are lIsted to cover various aspects of the subject. Students Examination Two 3-hour final papers & term tests. may nee.d to read. all or part of a reference to gain an appreciation of a partIcular tOPIC. Content Part I (i) & (ii) ChE20'1/202 Fuels & Processes DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECT ENTRIES Part II Chemical Engineering (iii) ChE203 Laboratory Indicating Numerals Field of Study (iv) & (v) ChE211/2 Fluids & Heat (vi) ChE22'1 Stage Separation Processes ChE-O General ChE-l Chemical Engineering Science (vii) ChE231 Design ChE-2- Unit Operations Part-time students may take the subject in two parts as indicated. ChE-3- Engineering Practice
511101 ChEl01 Industrial Process Principles Part I Hours H hours per week (i) 512201 ChE201 Fuels & Combustion Examination One 3-hour paper Hours Approx. 42 hours Content Content Th~ preparat!on of process flowsheets. Engineering calculations il't~,, Origin and composition of the major fossil fuels: processing of natural tratmg matenal and e~~rgy ?alances, together with pressure, tempcra fuels for gaseous and liquid secondary fuels; the technical requirements ture a~d volume. condltlOn~ Involved in physical or chemical ch,wc;;. of a fuel, specification and testing. Behaviour of fuels on pyrolysis; Balancm~ c~emlcal equatI~ns. and ~lementary stoichiometry. Ph'~se the nature of flame, flame speed and temperature, explosive mixture rule applIcatIOns. These pnnclples wIll be illustrated frem such pro limits, ignition temperatures; premix and diffusion flames; excess cesses .as water treatment, metallurgical ore smc:lting and steel air requirements and losses; the requirements of mixing and reaction prod.llctIOn, cement manufacture, c?mbustion of coal and oil, pro time; burner and combustion chamber construction to meet fuel flame ductIon of tonnage oxygen, ammoma and acids. and heat transfer requirements. Combustion of solid fuel; grates and gas producers; pulverised fuel. Calculation of quantities; thermal Text efficiency. Wall, T. F. An Outline of Industrial Process Principles (Dept of Chemical Engineering, Univ. of Text Newcastle) Harker, J. H. & Fuel Science (Oliver & Boyd 1972) References . Allen, D. A. Himmelblau, J. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering (Van Nostrand 1973) (il) 512202 ChE202 Industrial Chemical Processes & Equipment Hougen, O. A. et al. Chemical Process Principles Part I C;ontent 2nd edn (Wiley 1954) Chemical engineering principles of chemical processing, chemical Mayhew, T. R. & Thermodynamic and Transport Properties of Rogers, G. F. C. equilibrium and process selection, process equipment and materials Fluids (S.L units) 2nd edn (Blackwall of construction. Major chemical industries discussed include: Water 1972) and waste water treatment, Coal chemicals, Industrial gases, Ammonia Perry, J. H. Chemical Engineer's Handbook and methanol, Acids and Chloro-Alkali industries, Phosphate fer 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1973) tilisers, Petroleum refining and Petrochemicals.
512200 Chemical Engineering 1 Text Prerequisites Reuben, G. G. & The Chemical Economy (Longman 1973) Maths I & Physics LA or lB Burstall, M. L.
66 67 Reference (v) 512205 ChE212 Heat Kent, J. A. Riegels Handbook of Industrial Chemistry 7th edn (Van Nostrand 1973) Content Part n Conduction of heat; Fouriers equation, steady state undirectional and uniform radial flow, surface transfer coefficients, extended surfaces. (iii) 512203 ChE2e3 Laboratory Heat exchangers, mean convection coefficients. Convection transfer, Hours 84 hours dimensionless numbers and their significance; natural convection. Relationships between mass, momentum and heat ?"ansfer. Con?~n Content sation film theory; effect of surfaces, of non-condensIble gases; boiling A set of experiments covering measurement and character of fluid nucleate and film; condensers and evaporations. The nature and flow, hea~ ~ansfer measurements, gas and fuel properties, gas burner spectral distribution of thermal radiation; optical and total radiation ~haractenstics, .an~ measurement of temperature, viscosity, refractive pyrometery, corrections for grey emitters; exchange areas between Index, etc. ThIS Includes a minor project in which the student is black surfaces; simple systems with grey and adiabatic surfaces. in expected to take the initiative designing an experiment. Texts I~troductory lectures on statistical methods and computer use will be coulson, J. M. & Chemical Engineering Vol. I 2nd edn gIve~ and thro~ghout the assignme!lts, elementary statistical treatment Richardson, J. P. (Pergamon 1970) and Interpretation of data are required together with an error analysis. Kay, J. M. & Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Heat Text Nedderman, R. Transfer 3rd edn (Cambridge U.P. 1974) Crow, et a1. Statistics Manual (Dover 1972) Perry, J. H. & Chemical Engineers' Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1973) Reference Chilton, C. H. Anderson, et al. Thesis and Assignment Writing (Wiley 1970) (vI") 512208 ChE221 Separation Processes
(Iv) & (v) ChE211/2 Fluids & Heat Hours Approx. 21 hours Hours Approx 42 hours for e'ach course Content Introduction to the concept of single and multi-stage separation pro Examination One 3~hour paper in November & term tests cesses. Definition of an ideal eqUilibrium stage, stage efficiency and introduction to methods for determining the number of ideal stages (iv) 512204 ChE21'1 Fuild Statics & Dynamics Jequired for a given separation. Solid liquid extraction will be used to Content illustrate the above. ~oncept o! a fluid, real fluids and ideal fluids, compressible and Text Inco?Ipressible flow. The barometric equation, two fluid manometer, Treyball, R. E. Mass Transfer Operations (McGraw-Hill 1972) c.on~Inuous decanter: Concept of streamline and streamtube, con hnuIty, ene~gy equatIon and momentum equation for fluids. Boundary (vii) 512207 ChE231 Design (Chemical Engineering I) la~er equatIons for streamline flow. Flow through pipes and fittings, flUId meters, fans and pumps. . Hours 21 hours Texts ~Content Welty, J. et al. Fundamentals of Momentum Heat and Jl.1ass Unfired pressure vessels to code design, design ofsimpJe structures Transfer (Wiley) .. and piping systems. Elementary instrumentation. Perry, J. H. & Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edIi Wexts Chilton, C. H. (McGraw-HilI 1973) SAA Code Engineering Drawing Practice AS CuI Pti Reference 1976 Giles, J. H. "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics (McGraw Code Unfired Pressure Vessels AS 1210-1972 Hill) 68 69 SAA Code Steel Structures Code AS 1250-1972 T.ext Nash, W. A. Theory and Problems of Strength of Materials Dorn, W.& Numerical Methods for FORTRAN IV Case (Schaum 1957) McCracken, D. Studies (Wiley 1972)
513100 Chemical Engineering IIA Reference Kemeny, J. C. & Basic Programming 2nd edn (Wiley 1971) Prerequisites Chemical Engineering I and Chemistry I Kurtz, T. E. Hours lOt hours per week Scheid, F. Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1968) Examination Four 3-hour papers and progressive assess Smith, G. D. Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations (Oxford u.P. 1965) Content ment Part I (ii) 513102 ChE362 Unit Operations Laboratory (i) ChE301 Computations (iii) CbE311 Thermodynamics Hours Approx. 84 hours (iv) ChE312 Reaction Engineering Part II Content . . I fIt re A number of experiments study in depth the pnn~lp es 0 :c u (ii) ChE302 Unit Operations Laboratory to ics. Applied statistical techniques are used to obtam ~e ma:rImum (v) ChE313 Transport Principles p t of useful information from raw data. Techmques mclude (vi) ChE321 Continuous Contacting Processes amouncurve fittings of empirical equatIOns;. anaI' YSIS 0 f varIance . and error (vii) ChE322 Particulate Systems analyses. (i) 513101 ChE301 Computations Text Statistics Manual (Dover 1972) Hours Approx. 21 hours Crow et al.
Content (ill) 513103 ChE311 Thermodynamics Computations for heat and mass transfer, thermodynamic functions Hours Approx. 42 hours and data processing will be used as an introduction to numerical methods emphasising iterative techniques. Extensive use of FORTRAN Content . IV and Input/Output operations, sub-programs, subroutines, ICL Thermodynamics applied to the description of the prop~rhes of gases computer packages and efficient programming in FORTRAN will be and liquids both ideal and non ideal cases; t~e expanSIOn an~ com made. pression processes leading to power generatIOn and ~ryogen~c.s, .to Topic outlines solution equilibria leading to phase and chemical reactIon equillbn~ to the application of reaction equilibria to corrosion and electrolytIc Curve fitting by classical graphical methods. solutions. Curve fitting with data transforms by least squares polynomial approximation, mini-max polynomials; coefficient errors. Reference Iterative solution of algebraic and transcendental single-simultaneous Smith, J. M. & Introduction to Chemical Engineering equations by first or second order methods, weighting factors on Van Ness, H. C. Thermodynamics 3rd edn convergence efficiency. (McGraw-Hill 1975) Matrix methods in solving sets of equations. (Iv) 513104 ChE312 Reaction Engineering Solution of single/simultaneous differential equations of first or higher order. Hours Approx. 42 hours ICL Analogue Simulation package. ·VPntent pesign and operation of chemical reactors for. hom.ogeneous and beterogeneous reacting systems. Elementary reactIOn kinetics leading
70 71 to interpretation of experimental data needed to design batch and granular material. Drying operations, movement of moisture in solids; continuous reactors. Effect of heat of reaction and changes of tem drying systems, drying equipment; design methods. Furnace and kiln perature and pressure on design, use of catalysts and residence t~e analysis by heat and mass balance on well-stirred and parallel flow estimation. An introduction to design for heterogeneous reactmg reactors. Size and solids separation in gas or liquids; action of systems. gravitational and centrifugal fields, design and performance of separa tion and pollution control equipment under these conditions - settling Text chambers, gas and liquid cyclones, centrifuges; flocculation, hindered Levenspiel, O. Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn settling, sludge thickening; Flow through fixed beds-Fluidisation (Wiley 1972) Filtration-analytical and design methods. Agitation and mixing scale-up and shape considerations; Evaporation and crystallisation. (v) 513105 ChE313 Transport Principles Dust and gas removal for environmental control. Text Hours Approx. 42 hours Coulson, J. M. & Chemical Engineering Vol. 11 2nd edn Content Richardson, J. F. (Pergamon 1970) Heat and mass transfer in unsteady state conditions, transport theory for momentum heat and mass transfer in laminar and turbulent flow References conditions. Bo~ndary layer theory. The course stresses the applicati?n McCabe, H. L. & Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering of mathematics to the solution of engineering problems. AnalogIes Smith,S.C. (McGraw-Hill 1967) between heat mass and momentum transfer. Perry, J. H. Chemical Engineers Handbook 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1973) Text Welty, J. et al. Fundamentals of Momentum Heat and Mass 513200 Chemical Engineering lIB Transfer (Wiley) Prerequisites Chemical Engineering I (vi) 513106 ChE321 Continuous Contacting Pr04:esses Pre- or Corequisite Chemical Engineering IIA Hours Approx. 42 hours Hours 4t hours per week Content Examination One 3-hour paper & one 8-hour paper Continuous contact separation processes applied to humidification, gas absorption, distillation and liquid-liquid extraction processes. Content (i) CbE314 Process Control Texts (ii) ChE331 Process Economics Coulson, J. M. & Chemical Engineering Vol. II 2nd edn (iii) CbE332 Equipment Design - including materials and corrosion Richardson, J. F. (Pergamon 1970) (1) 513222 Treyball, R. E. Mass Transfer Operations (McGraw-Hill ChE314 Process Control 1972) Approx. 42 hours Content (vii) 513107 ChE322 Particulate Systems 'Introduction to process dynamics, the well stirred vessel, treatment of Hours Approx. 42 hours data, Laplace Transform Applications. Block diagram Examination To be advised D01tation. open loop and closed loop systems, the transfer function II.pplication and limitations. Control modes. Stability of closed loop Content !iystem, elementary root locus., Bode diagram. Feed forward. Control, Definition of size and shape of solid particles, laws of breakage, control with applications to control of temperature, flow analytical description of size distributions, matrix description of and composition. Laboratory exercises. breakage and classification operations, crushing and grinding equip ment, separation of solids; partition curves; pressure and flow of
72 73 Text Materials and Corrosion - The chemistry and physics of corrosion; select Couganowr, D. R. Process Systems Allalysis alld Control ion of materials and design methods for corrosive materials and atmos & Koppel, L. B. (McGraw-Hill 1965) pheres. Other factors influencing selection of materials. Mechanical Drives - Design and selection of bearings, shafts, pulleys and (ii) 513221 ChE331 Process Economics belt drives, seals and glands etc. Miscellaneous - Outline of types, a.pplication design and selection of the Hours Approx. 21 hours following:- Electric motors, turbines, vacuum systems and process refrigeration systems. Examination To be advised Content Texts Process Heat Transfer (McGraw-Hill 1950) 1. Process plant costs - fixed, variable, direct, indirect - review of cost Kem,D.Q. accounting procedures applied to a.bove. Balance sheet and income SAA Code Engineering Drawing Practice ASCZ1 Pt 1 statements. 1976 2. Cost estimation procedures - cost indices - six tenths rule and economy SAA Code Unfired Pressure Vessels AS1210-1972 of scale. SAA Code Steel Structures Code AS 1250-1972 3. Economic production charts (break even analysis) Reference Capacity factors, incremental costs. Rase, H. R. & Project Engineering for Process Plants 4. Depreciation - Purpose of depreciation studies in process costs - types Barrow, M. H. (Wiley 1957) and requirements of deprecia.tion methods - taxation allowances in process plant and equipment - economic life. General Elective Subjects 5. Project profitability - Concept of equivalence and discounted cash flow!! - methods for measuring project profitability including rate of return, 513224 ChE341 Fuel Technology I - 1 unJiJt payout time, interest rate of return (DCF) net present value, annual cost Prerequisites 1st courses in Engineering of Metallurgical and capitalised cost - continuous discounting. Chemistry and Fluid Mechanics 6. Economic balances - General considerations for economic balance 1 homs per brief introduction to optimisation - Economic balances applied to sel Hours Approx. t week ected operations, i.e. mass transfer, cyclic operation, yield and recovery Content opera.tion. Fuel and energy resources and demand. Properties and testing for 7. Feasibility studies - selected examples. combustion purposes of common fuels, particularly coal, coke, Text petroleum products and natural gas. Air quantities for combustion, heat losses in products of combustion, thermodynamics of combustion Jelen, F. C. Cost and Optimization Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1970) .... -:Systems. Gas, oil and pulverized coal flames; burner systems to control Reference stability, flame position and flame shape. Solid fuel combustion and reduction; fixed beds, gas producers and blast furnaces. Abridged bed Thuesen, et al. Engineering Economy (McGraw-Hill) combustion systems.
(iii) 513223 ChE332 Equipment Design References ·:lJeer, J. M. & Hours Approx. 42 hours Combustion Aerodynamics (Applied Science . Chigier, N. A. 1972) Content J.S.S.& Fuel (Arnold) Process and engineering flow sheets J.G. Process Heat Exchange - Proc-ess and detail de&ign of various classes of heat exchangers for liquids, condensing vapours and boiling liquids. ChE342 Furnace Heat Transfer - 1 unit Process Vessels-Process and detail design of tray and packed process vessels 1st courses in heat transfer & fluid mechanics - design of process vessels as free standing vessels - design of simple storage vessels to relevant codes; instrumentation of process vessels. Approx. 1t hours per week 74 75 Content . References To be advised Furnace type and uses; high temperature heat transfer mec~amsms. Generalised model of furnace efficiency and losses. Conve:tlve heat 514111 CbE402 Seminar transfer on large surfaces, from impinging jets~ h~at transfer m packed Hours Approx. 42 hours beds Conductive thermal storage losses. Radiative e~change bet~een surf~ces; exchange area concept; direct and total mterchange .m a: Content closed system. Gas radiation; the grey gas model for real gases, g Regular two hour seminar sessions will be held during the year for emissivity and exchange areas. discussion of literature reviews, chemical engineering practice and of Models for furnace systems, well-stirred, speckled; plug flow. research within the department. Each student will present not less than Heat exchange characteristics of the model. two half-hour papers in the course of the year. Steam boiler furnaces and reheating furnaces as two zone systems. 514112 Ch:E431 Process Engineering Introduction to zoning methods for more complete systems. Hours Approx. 42 hours Texts Hottel, H. C. & Radiative Transfer (McGraw-Hill 1967) Content Sarofim, A. F. 1. Plant Location - Factors influencing the location of process plants with Trinks, W.& Industrial Furnaces (Wiley) particular reference to Australian conditions - Pollution requirements. McWhinney 2. Plant Layout - Outline of requirements, Le. safety, operation and maintenance D.L.I. regulations - Use of models - selected examples in 514100 Chemical Engineering m plant layout for process equipment, utilities and instrumentation. Prerequisites Chemical Engineering lIA and lIB 3. Project Engineering - Introduction to the organisation and scheduling of a complete chemical plant - project control- tendering and con Hours 7 hours per week tracting procedures - Critical path techniques - Drawing office practice, Construction and erection procedures - equipment specification. Examination Three 3-hour papers in November & progres sive assessment. 4. Safety in Plant Design - Hazards, plant layout, mechanical design, Content Ventilation, pressure relieving devices, Relief and blow down systems, CbE402 Seminar Fire fighting. Safety engineering, the "no loss" concept. CbE431 Process Engineering S. Plant Reliabilfty - Introduction to concept of reliability engineering. Together with not less than six topics selected from:- 6. Power and Process Reticulation - Design of process piping systems for CbE411 Advanced Combustion (or ChE341 Fuel Technology I 1 or 2 steam, air, gas and process fluids-trapping and drainage-design of supports and trestles - insulation - introductory piping flexural analysis. ~~ f 2 CbE412 Radiant Heat Transfer (or ChE342 Furnace Heat Trans er- 7. Materials Handling - Review of relevant theory, design and selection of topics) . the following:- ChE413 Selected topics in Heat & Mass Transfer Process weighing, process storage, conveyor and elevator systems. Advanced Reaction Engineering ChE414 8. Engineering responsibilities in environmental and safety control and ChE415 Advanced Transport Theory labour relationships. CbE416 Advanced Process Control CbE421 Multicomponent Separations Projects n (comprising CbE401/434) ChE422 Particle Mechanics ChE432 Environmental Control 6 units require 20 hours per week CbE433 Process Evaluation & Optimization CbE403 Advanced Computations An assigned task of experimental investigation, or of design, Texts As for Level 3 subjects except ChE432 ~ns·trul~ticln and testing of experimental equipment to be reported formally Eckenfelder, W. W. Industrial Water Pollution Control (McGraw-Hill 1966)
76 77 ChE432: Preparation of a formal design report for a, specified plant for Subject to sufficient enrolment the following will be offered: chemical production, including process flow sheets, full mass and energy ChE 411 Advanced Combustion (a1t.ChE341 Fuel Technology l balances and the detailed design of one or more specified items of equip one unit) ment. ChE 412 Radiant Heat Transfer (alt. ChE342 Furnace Heat Transfer_ one unit) 509100 Elective I Che 416 Advanced Process Control ChE 421 Multicomponent (vap-liq) Separations Content ChE 422 Particle Mechanics (coal washing & ore dressing fundamentals) At least 5 units taken from:- Units ChE 432 Environmental control CE2021 Materials and Structures 2 ChE 433 Process evaluation (alilemrutely ME241-H umts; Materials ChE 403 Advanced Computations ScieaJJCe IS 2 unJi Is) EE203·41 Introduction to Electrical Infonnation & EneIW' 2 509200 Elective n ChE341 Fuel Technology I 1 Content ChE342 Furnace Heat Transfer il GE471 Energy 1 Electi~e II is .normally a full 1st year level subject Or equivalent Chemistry Advanced Topics (from UB, lIlA, IUB, to not more than 3 units) ~atenal taken In breadth and depth. A broad non-professional subject GE350 Faculty General Seminar In .Languages or Social Science is recommended. Alternatives to this GE472 Energy may be available for students who have completed UllIt may be made up of 4 units as approwd by the Head of the GE471 Energy or GE 472 Energy. Department of Chemical Engineering. Energy I or II may not be cred1ted at more than 1 unit (2 ttopics) as a Note: 4th Year Advanced Topic Not all units for either Elective I or Elective II necessarily have to be taken in the Mathematics Advanced Topics (to not more than 3 units) same year. Metallurgy Advanced Topics (to oot more than 3 units) ME361 Automatic Control 1 510128 ChE501 Chemical Process Principles for Emuent Control ME401 Systems Analysis l' Hours ME402 Systems Planning, Organisation & Control 1 Approx. 42 hours for course ME481 Engineerin~ Administration 1 Content ME482 Engineering Economics 1 This is primarily a bridging course for students in the field of environ ME487 Operations Research-Deterministic Models 11 mental control who have not had a chemical engineering back ME488 Operations Research-ProbabiIistic Models 1 ground: and deals with specific problems in ~toichiometry, particle ME489 Operations Research-Applications in Industry 1 separatIOn and reaction rate related to gas and water treatment Other preferred I or 2 unit courses in Arts or Economics Faculties should methods. be discussed with Head of Department of Chemical Engineering. Texts Up to 4 units of Industrial Experience may be credited to Eleotive II. Nil I Nonnally reccmmended unless students have a particular case for specialization. References Himmelblau, D. M. Basic Principles and Calculations in 509101 Elective IA Chemical Engineering 2nd edn (Prentice Content Hall 1967) Elective IA consists of six units to be taken between Stage 5 and Levenspiel, O. Chemical Reaction Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley Stage 6. It may include topics from the Elective I list or four units 1972) either from the Arts Faculty or of advanced topics in Chemical McCabe, H. L. & Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering Engineering III for students who wish to specialise in some particular Smith, S. C. 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1967) field of Process Engineering. Each Year IV advanced topic rates at t unit. In the latter case the remaining units of this elective must be 510129 ChE503 Computational Methods in Chemical Engineering selected appropriately by consultation with the Head of Department of Chemical Engineering. Hours Approx. 84 hours for course
78 79 Examination To be advised References Content Lewis, B. & Combustion Flames and Explosions in Gases Von Elbe, G. The advent of digital computers has changed the approach of chemical (Academic 1961) engineers to design and analysis. The course is aimed at illustrating Thring, M. W. Science of Flames and Furnaces (Chapman & how mathematics may be applied to chemical engineering problems Hall 1962) when it is realised that the resulting model can be solved on com puters. Examples will be taken from statistics, fiuid mechanics, stage 510126 ChE514 Furnace Engineering operations, reaction engineering, automatic control and optimization. Prerequisites Advanced Heat Transfer desirable but not Texts essential Jensen, K. A. & Mathematical Methods for Chemical Engineers Hours Approx. 84 hours for course Jeffries, G. U. (Academic 1965) Content Fortran IV Manual The de~ign a~d operation of furnaces; heat balances, calculation of 510'117 ChE511 Advanced Heat Transfer } losses, msulatIOn, gas recuperation and regeneration' approximate metho~s .of he~t-transfer computation; temperature distribution' re- 510118 ChE512 Advanced Heat Transfer fractOrIes, physIcal construction' control' fuels a d fi . h' d . f f 1 "n rmg met 0 s· Hours ChE512 - 42 hours ChE511- 42 hours economICS 0 ue selection and waste-heat recovery; effluent pollutio~ for course - control. Content Texts ChE511 A study of fundamentals of and computational methods for radiative Thring, M. W. Science of Flames and Furnaces transfer, particularly for grey lambert surfaces and non-luminous (Chapman & Hall 1962) gases. Methods of representing real gases by grey gas components. Trinck, W. & Industrial Furnaces (Wiley) Matrix methods of solving for non-isothermal systems. MacWhinney ChE512 Studies in heat transfer in packed beds (e.g. blast furnaces, catalytic 510135 ChE515 Energy Management reactors) and in unsteady conditions. HOUTS 3 hours per week Text 'Content ChE5!1 ,~~ coofst-prlic~lstructiure ?f energy supply; factors influencing relative Hottel, H. C. & Radiative Transfer (McGraw-Hill 1968) '" s coa -01 gas-e ectrIcty. Sarofim, A. C. -Technical possibilities and limitations I'n change f f , sources for existing equipment. o uel and energy 510122 ChE513 Advanced Combustion ".Primary fuel conversion; liquid fuels from coal and gas. Hours Approx. 84 hours for course ;:;rgy economy i.n process plant; the thermodynamics of heating Content ';, . power generatIOn. Methods of loss assessment and management ,.~f III plant en7rgy use; loss control by furnace inculation, sensible A detailed study of the nature of industrial flames and their behaviour x(, eat recuperatIon and regeneration. Combustion control Steam in furnace enclosures - the chemical reaction involved, mixing ""economy' the h' h t f . aerodynamics of jets, flames and combustion systems; prediction of ':;~'llea ' Ig cos 0 steam, the sensible use of latent heat; ~~ t exchange.rs for low level heat. recovery. Energy losses in mech flame length, shape and radiative properties. and flUId-flow systems. EffiCIent and inefficient speed and flow Texts systems. Beer, J; & Aerodynamics of Combustion (Academic power and process heat systems; the gas turbine in process Chigier, N. 1972) reversed cycles; the heat pump for distillation and other process Field, M. A. et al. Combustion of Pulverized Coal (BCURA 1967)
80 81 Energy storage in hot water, as latent heat, in solid storage Content systems. chemical en~rgy in cells or in intermediate products. The general problem; statutory requirements; practice and fundamental systems, as f th future principles. By-product recovery. The international resource situation. Energy resources or e . (Nuclear, solar direct and vegetable growth, etc.) 'Background on liquid pollution overseas and in Australia. Effect of pollution on the ecosphere-basic principles of ecology, effects of liquid Text pollution, toxicity of certain materials. Water pollution legislation New Energy Technology (M.LT. 1971) overseas developments and research, Australian State requirements. Hottel, H. C. & Sampling and analysis of polutants-standard methods of sampling, Howard, 1. B. instrumental methods and monitoring equipment. Chemistry of react References To be advised ions in solution-acid base equalibria, complex ion equalibria, dist ribution diagrams, oxidation-reduction equalibria. Diagrams coIlodial 510125 ChE516 Reaction Engineering behaviour, Zeta potential. Physical properties of solutions/ suspensions Hours Approx. 84 hours for course -gas solubility, rate of gas absorption, rate of solution and solubility. Cooling water-make up and draw off cycles, treatinent chemicals and Content . h h . I tion their recovery or disposal. Sour water strippers-gas or steam stripping . . f reactions involving mass transfer wIt c emIc.a reac . of sulphides, phenols. ~~~e~~:iro application to the design of reactors for gas-sobd catalytic Part D: Unit operations in Water and Wastewater Engineering reactions. Content 510123 ChE521 Air PoDutiOD FJIlueot Control Theory of treatment processes dealt with as various Unit Operations, Hours Approx. 84 hours for course together with practical aspects of overall treatment plants and costs of alternatives. Content . d th pro Topic outlines The general problem; legislative contr<;>ls; combustion an 10 e~h d ~ d . u or gas carned effiuents; contro me 0 s, Introduction-Sources and characteristics of waters to be processed. c~~~~~c:r~n;~~:d:~:e:ta; principles of gas washing, sett1eme~t filt;at- Unit Operations and Treatment Kinetics. P I in and electrostatic precipitation. Process modlficatlOn, Aeration and Gas Transfer-Oxygenation or degassing. ~o;~r~~~~tn r;covery, removal of pollutants by reaction, costs and Flocculation-Zeta Potential and Coagulation: Precipitation, Neutral economics. ization pH Control. ,Settling-Sedimentation and Thickening: Settling Tanks-rect. or Text circular. Industrial Gas Cleaning (Pergamon 1967) Strauss,W. ",,', Solids removal by filtration-CT machines or Hydrocyclones. or 'Filter aids. Dept of Health Air pollution Engineering Manual , Introduction to Biological Treatment Methods. Publication No. 99 - AP-40 Education & , ,l)esign of Biological Treatment Systems for Activated Sludge, Trick- Welfare !ing Filters, Lagoons, Stabilisation Ponds, to reduce BOD, COD. References '" Design of Biological Treatment Systems for full nitrification/ rlenitrifi Mechanics of Aerosols (Pergamon 1965) "'" cation tertiary treatment. Fuchs, N. Air Pollution (Pergamon 1965) .' Physicochemical Methods for tertiary treatment including Ion exchange Stern, A. C. 'and Adsorption processes. 510124 ChE522 Control of IndustrlaI Liquid Emuents For Parts I & II Part I: The General Problem; chemical processes M. et al. Water and Waste Water Engineering Vol. 2 Part II: Unit Operations (Wiley 1968) Part I: Liquid Waste of Industry (Addison-Wesley 1971) Hours Approx. 42 hours for course 82 83' Civil Engineering Text Indicating Numerals Field of Study Bannister, A. & Surveying (Pitman) Raymond, S. CE-O- Service Courses Structures CE-l- References CB-2- Materials CB-3- Fluid Mechanics Barry, B. A. Construction Measurements (Wiley) Water Resources CB-4- Clark, D. CE-5- Civil Engineering practice Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. I (Plane CB-6- Surveying--8pecialist courses Surveying) (Constable) CB-7- Surveying and Transportation t Part I of this subject may be taken as a one unit elective in the Department of CB-9- Special Topics Mechanical Engineering.
521101 CE111 Statics 522408 CE201 Civil Engineering IS Prerequisites Nil Prerequisite Nil Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Examination One 3-hour paper Examination Progressive assessment Content Content Two-dimensional force systems; equilibrium funicular polygon; rigid Statics: force systems, equilibrium, fflameworks bars shear force axial force, bending moment; pin-jointed frames, Dynamics: kinematics, rigid body mOllioo, nromenrum and etrergy analytical and g;aphical treatment; equilibrium of three-dimensional Properties of Materials: belha.viour of materi'als under slJaJt:ic and dyI1lamic force systems, cables. lWads Mechanics of Sonds: stress and strain, internal ferces. momenJts Md STres5e&, Text deflection of beams. Principles of Statics (Univ. of New South Hall, A. S. & Texts Archer, F. Wales Students' Union) McLean, W. G. & Engineering Mechanics 2nd edn (Schaum References Nelson, E. W. 1962) Beer & Johnston Mechanics for Engineers Statics 2nd edn Nash, W. A. Strength of Materials 2nd edn (Schaum 1972) (McGraw-Hill) Meriam, J. L. Statics 2nd edn (S.1.) (Wiley 1975) 522107 CE212 Mechanics of Solids Prerequisites CEllI and Maths I 521104 CE171 Engineering Surveying It Hours 1t lecture hours & t tutorial hour per week Prerequisites Nil Examination One 3-hour paper Hours 1t lecture hours, t tutorial hour, 1 fieldwork hour per week & a 3 day survey camp during the last week of the August vacation. ;Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relation Examination One 3-hour paper internal forces, internal stresses, deflexion of beams, torsion, Content Basic measurement techniques and instruments, transversing, plane tabling, tacheometry; contours, areas, volumes, route surveys and An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids associated calculations; hydrographic and underground surveys; S.1. edn (Wiley 1973) introduction to photogrammetry; controlling and setting out small engineering projects. An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1972)
84 85 Popov, E. P. Mechanics oj Materials 2nd edn (Prentice Hall SAA Methods jor Sampling and Testing Aggregates 1976) AS114I (Standards Assn of Australia) SAA Dense Natural Aggregates jor Concrete 522106 CEllI Properties of Materials AS1465 Prerequisites Engineering I References Lea,F. M.& The Chemistry oj Cement and Concrete Hours 1 lecture hour & t lab. tutorial hour per week Desch, C. H. (Arnold) Examination One 3-hour paper Taylor, W. H. Concrete Technology and Practice (Angus & Robertson) Content Basic Guide to Concrete Construction Basic structure and properties of metals, ceramics 'and polymers. (Cement & Concrete Assn) Behaviour of materials under static and dynamic loads. Merits and 1 Part of. this su!>ject. may be taken as a one unit elective in tbe Department of selection of engineering materials. Strength and failure criteria. Mechamcal Engmeenng. Elements of plasticity, creep, fracture and fatigue. Viscoelasticity of polymers. 732900 CE223J Engineering Geology (for stndents in Engineering) Suggested Preliminary Reading Hours 1 lecture hour & 2 laboratory hours per week Gordon, J. E. The New Science oj Strong Materials (Pelican for 14 weeks & 2 days field work. A920 -1968) Examination One 2-hour paper References ,Content Davis, H. E. et al. The Testing and Inspection oj Engineering Introduction to principles of geology and their application to engin Materials 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill 1964) eering problems. McClintock, F. A. & Mechanical Behaviour of Materials (Addison Text Argon, A. S. Wesley 1966) ·,.Krynine & Judd Richards, C. W. Engineering Material Science (Chapman-Hall Principles of Engineering Geology and 1961) Geotechnics Whyatt, O. H. & Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge .~22202 CE23I Fluid Mechanics I Dew-Hughes, D. V.P. 1974) >'l'rerequisites Maths I, ME131 Dynamics 522105 CEll2 Materials Technologyl 1 lecture hour & t tutorial/ laboratory hour Hours 1t lecture hours & 1t laboratory & tutorial per week hours pet week. One 3-hour paper Examination Two 3-hour papers, the first at mid-year. Content properties and definitions. Fluid statics:-statics of moving Metallurgy: basic struoture of metals. forces. on sur~aces, buoyant forces, stability of floating and Brickwork, timber, ceramics, plastics: basic properties and uses. bodIes. FlUId flow concepts:-Types of flow, continuity Concrete technology: materials in concrete; concrete mix design; properties Euler's equation of motion along a streamline. Bernoulli of plastic and hardened concrete; manufacturing and field control. energy equation. Linear momentum equation. The moment Texts As for CE221 Properties of Materials plus M 187 Text Content Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGraw-Hill Streeter, V. L. & Materials, structures and design of instruments. Aspects of hydraul' Wylie, E. B. 1975) hydrology and soil mechanics. ICS, References References Dougherty, R. L. & Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applica Lambe, T. W. & Soil Mechanics (Wiley 1969) Franzini, J. B. tions (McGraw-Hill) Whitman, R. V. Vennard, J. K. & Elementary Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (Wiley Linsley, R. K. et al. Hydrology for Engineers (McGraw-Hill 1958) Street, R. L. 1975) Shanley, F. R. Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill 1967) Streeter, V. L. 522203 CE241 Water Resources Engineering Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (McGraw-Hill 1971) Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week 523333 CE302 Civil Engineering lIS Examination One 3-hour paper Prerequisite CE201 Hours Content 2 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week The hydrological cycle. Analysis o~ precipitat~~n and stream ~ow data. Examination Flood estimation. Storm synthesIs. Probablhty concepts 10 hydro Progressive assessment logical design. Flood routing. Synthetic hydrographs. Gr~und .water. Content Irrigation. Water resources development. Ele,?ents of mlcrob!Olog~. Fluid Mechauics: fluid ~, h~driOOl1ait:ics, fluid dynlamics C'OIlJtilllUity Self purification of natural waters. Water quahty management. Mum enelrgy mo1llJe~. Flow in pipes, oondufts and optm ohiml!!. ' cipal water supply and sewerage systems. Hydrolotp>: hydrolo~~ cycle. ~ecipitation and Sltretam flow. Flood eMi • mailiion .•Probat;iliiity concepts In hydrological. desigIl! . Texts ./ SoIl ~echamcs: Sol~ propeI1lIies, seepage, soil stre&ses s'ettlemoort compac- Linsley, R. K. & Water Resources Engineering (McGraw-Hill 100D, strenglihami lla:iI'llTe criteria. ' , Franzini, J. B. 1973) Text Australian Rainfall and Runoff (Inst. of . Giles, R. V. Engineers. Aust. Stormwater Standards Fluid MechaniCS and Hydraulics 2nd edn Committee) (Schaum 1962) Tebbutt, T. H. Y. Principles of Water Quality Control 523304 CE303 Structural Design (Pergamon 1971) References CE212 or ME214 & CE221 or ME241 Chow, V. T. Handbook of Applied Hydrology (McGraw Hill) .2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Fair, G. M. et al. Water and Wastewater Engineering Vol. II Tw~ 3-hour papers 0) R. C. Design (ii) Steel (Wiley 1968) DeSign McGauchey, P. H. Engineering Management of Water Quality Design of steel and reinforced concrete structures for students not (McGraw-Hill 1968) following the Civil Engineering Course. Metcalf & Eddy J r Wastewater Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1972) } As for CE313 (Design) 523332 CE301 Engineering for Surveyors Prerequisite Engineering I CE313 Structural Analysis and Design I Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week CE212 & CE221 Examination Progressive assessment 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week 88 89 Examination Three 3-hour papers (i) (Analysis) (ii) (R.C. Sachs, P. Design) (iii) (Steel Design) Wind Forces in Engineering (Pergamon) Content SAA Aust. Engineering Drawing Handbook Analysis of elastic statically determinate and indeterminate systems by Structural Drawing-AS CZl Part 2- classical methods; limit analysis; basic design of steel and reinforced 1977 ' concrete structures. AS 11 00 Metric Drawing Standard 8AA Texts Code for High Strength Bolts-AS1511_ 1973 Analysis 'SAA Design Code for Welding in Building AS1554 Pt. II B.H.P.-AI.S. Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sections and Plates -1972 Automatic and Semi-automatic (BH.P. Co. Ltd) Welding . Bresler, B. et al. Design of Steel Structures (Wiley) 523105 CE313A Structural Analysis I (Topic in Qvil E~eering IIIM in or 'tIbe FacuIty of MaJtlremoocs) Steel Structures (Prentice-Hall) McGuire, W. prerequisites CE212 & Maths I or Hours Gorenc, B. E. & Steel Designer's Handbook (N.s.W. U.P.) 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Tinyou, R. Examination One 3-hour paper Lay, M.G. Source Book for the Australian Steel Structures Code AS1250 (AISC) , Content Warner, R. F. et al. Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976) Analysis component of CE313 SAA Steel Structures Code AS1250 -1975 "Ana~ysis of elastic statically determinate and indetermin t t b . classIcal methods; limit analysis. a e sys ems y SAA Code for Concrete in Buildings AS1480- 1973 SAA Code for Welding in Building AS1554, Pt 1 } As for CE313 (Analysis Component) Manual Welding -1974 SAA Loading Code AS1170 Pt 1 Dead and Live Load-1971 & AS 1170 Pt II Wind CE324 Soil Mechanicst Loads-1975 References CE212 Analysis CE332 Baker & Heyman, J. Plastic Design of Frames Vols 1 & 2 (Cambridge U.P.) 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Coates, R. C. et al. Structural Analysis (Nelson 1972) One 3-hour paper Horne,M.R. Plastic Theory of Structures (Nelson 1971) Norris, C. H. & Elementary Structural Analysis (McGraw-Hill Wilber, J. B. 1960) properties, classification of soils; permeability, capillarity, seep and flow nets; stresses in soils; settlement and consolidation' Raz, S. A. Analytical Methods in Structural Engineering (Wiley 1974) shear strength and failure criteria; stability of retainin~ Design Bennett, E. W. Structural Concrete Elements (Chapman Hall 1973) An Introduction to Soil Mechanics and Foun Ferguson, P. M. Reinforced Concrete Fundamentals 3rd edn dations 2nd edn (Applied Science 1974) (Wiley) Gray, C. s. Steel Designer's Manual (Lockwood) Soil Testing for Engineers (Wiley) 90 91 Examination Two 1-i-hour term papers & one 3-hour final SAA Methods of Testing Soils for Engineering Purposes ASA89 Content Wu, T. H. Soil Mechanics (Allyn & Bacon 1966) General introduction to the systems approach. Techniques available t Part I of this subject may be taken as a one unit elective in the Department of as aids to the identification of optimal policies-mathematical model Mechanical Engineering. ling, computer simulation, various mathematical programming tech niqu~s, ~euristics. Choice of techniques, problem formulation. Example 523301 CE332 Fluid Mechanics II applicatIOns of the systems approach to civil engineering problems. Prerequisite CE231 Text 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial/laboratory hour de Neufville, R. & Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers Hours Stafford, J. H. (McGraw-Hill) per week One 3-hour paper Referencf~s Examination Baumol, W. J. Economic Theory and Operations Analysis Content (Prentice-Hall) Similitude' flow nets, boundary layers; closed conduit flow; pipe net Meredith, D. D. et al. Design and Planning oj Engineering Systems works; u~steady flow; waterhammer, hydraulic machinery, open (Prentice-Hall 1973) channel hydraulics, backwater curves. Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations R.esearch (Prentice Hall) Preliminary Reading History of Hydraulics (Dover 1963) Rouse, H. & Ince, S. 523108 CE372 Transportation Engineering Texts Hours 1t lecture hours per week Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966) One 3-hour paper Streeter, V. L. & Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGraw-Hill _c·~_$xamination Wylie, E. B. 1975) ;~~ Content R.eferences -·-'Elements of regional planning, land-use/transport interaction; trans modes and system characteristics; transportation demand Davis, C. V. & Handbook of Applied Hydraulics 3rd edn );.~.elstirna1tes, data collection, highway engineering; driver, vehicle and Sorenson (McGraw-Hill) Applied Hydraulics> in Engineering road geometrics; traffic engineering; road con- Morris, H. M. drainage, pavements, maintenance. (Ronald 1963) Rouse, H. Engineering Hydraulics (Wiley 1951) Streeter, V. Handbook of Fluid Dynamics (McGraw-Hill An Introduction to Transportation Engineering 1961) (Wiley) Vallentine, H. R. Applied Hydrodynamics (Butterworths) Highway Engineering (Wiley) 523202 GE350 Seminar 2 seminar hours per week for 21 weeks Geometric Design of Rural Roads Hours (NAASRA) Content Traffic Engineering Practice (NAASRA) Preparation and presentation by students of lectures and discussions on a range of topics of historical, social and technological significance. The Land-Use/ Transport System (Pergamon) 523107 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I Principles of Pavement Design (Wiley) Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week 93 92 524101 CE414 Structural Analysis and Design n Horne, M. R. & The Stability of Frames (Pergamon 1965) Prerequisites CE313, Maths IIB Merchant, W. Martin, H. C. Hours 31 lecture-hours & 2t tutorial hours per week Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1966) Examination One 3-hour paper Norris, C. H. & Elementary Structural Analysis 2nd edn Wilbur, J. B. (McGraw-Hill 1960) Content Matrix displacement method of analysis, stabili~y of .fraI?es, dyn~mic 524104 CE414B Structural Design n behaviour of beams and frames, influence hnes ill mdetermmate structures, non-uniplanar bending and torsion. Advanced reinforced Prerequisite CE313 concrete design - special structures; design of prestressed concrete Hours 1t lecture hours & 1 t tutorial hours per week structures, plastic design of portal frames. Lab~ratory tests of pre stressed and reinforced concrete beams. Architectural aspects of Examination Progressive assessment structural design. Content Text Design component of CE414. SAA Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481 -1974 Text References SAA Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481 -1974 Bres Ie, r B., LI,'n T • Y . Design of Steel Structure 2nd edn (Wiley) References & Scalzi, J. B. Lay, M. G. Coates, R. C. et al. Structural Analysis (Nelson 1972) Source Book for the Australian Steel Structures Code AS1250 (A.I.S.C.) Horne, M. R. & The Stability of Frames (Pergamon 1965) Merchant, W. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures (Wiley) Lay, M. G. Source Book for the Australian Steel , R. F. et al. Structures Code AS1250 (A.I.S.C.) Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976) Lin, T. Y. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures CE425 Earth and Rock Engineering (Wiley) Martin, H. C. Introduction to Matrix Methods of Structural CE324 Analysis (McGraw-Hill 1966) 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Norris, C. H. & Elementary Structural Analysis 2nd edn Wilbur, J. B. (McGraw-Hill 1960) Progressive assessment Warner, R. F. et al. Reinforced Concrete (Pitman 1976) investigation, design of spread footings, strip and combined 524103 CE414A Structural Analysis n raft foundations, piled foundations, design of embankments, Prerequisites CE313 or CE313A & Maths lIB earth and rockfill dams, introductory rock mechanics. Hours 1t lecture hours & 1 t tutorial hours per week Examination One 3-hour paper Foundation Engineering 2nd edn (Wiley 1974) Content Soil Mechanics, New Horizons (Butterworths Analysis component of CE414. 1974) . R.eferences Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice Coates, R. C. et al. Structural Analysis (Nelson 1972) 2nd edn (Wiley 1967) 94 95 524102 CE452 Engineering Construction Industrial Experience - Electives Hours 2 lecture hours· & tutorial hour per week Part-time students in suitable employment may receive credit of one unit for one year's industrial experience provided approval is obtained' Examination One 3-hour paper from the Head of the Department before October 31 in the year prior Content to that in which credit is sought. To obtain a pass in each unit a satisfactory report on that year's industrial experience must be s~b Management: Construction company failures and the need for efficient mitted before October 31 of the year in question. management; principles of management, management functions and tech niques; nature and type of organisations structure. 524029 CE415 Elastic Continua Administration: Costing; estimating; engineering contracts; drawings and specifications; tendering. Pre(Co-)requisite CE414 or CE414A Project Planning and Control: Planning; constructing and analysing net Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week works; resource levelling; cost minimization; presentation of information; control. Examination One 2-hour final paper Construction Plant: Classification, selection and use of plant; plant organiz Content ation; plant costs, purchase or hire; site establishment and temporary works. Equilibrium and compatibility in solids, plane stress and plane strain Construction Methods and Equipment: Earthmoving; drilling and blasting; solutions for solids with rectangular and circular boundaries, finit; tunnelling; foundation drilling; piling; bridge and building construction. elem~nt method of so.lution, study of a simple finite element program. Texts _ Bendmg of plates With rectangular boundaries, plate bending finite elements. Antill, J. M. Civil Engineering Management (Angus & Robertson 1973) Rejerences Antill, J. M. & Civil Engineering Construction (Angus & Desai, C. S. & Introduction to the Finite Element Method Ryan, P. W. S. Robertson 1973) Abel, J. F. (Van Nostrand-Reinholt 1972) R.ejerences Timoshenko, S. P. & Theory oj Elasticity 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill Goodier, J. N. 1970) Carson, A. B. Foundation Construction (McGraw-Hill) Timoshenko, S. P. & Theory oj Plates and Shells 2nd edn (McGra~, McFarland, D. E. Management Principles and Practices Woinowsky Hill 1965) . (Macmillan) Krieger, S. Peurifoy, R. L. Construction, Planning, Equipment and Methods (McGraw-Hill) 524030 CE416 Plastic Frame Design 524404 CE453 Project Pre(Co-)requisite CE414 or CE414A Prerequisites & According to the nature of Topic. Hours 1 lecture hour & f tutorial hour per week Corequisites Examination One 2-hour final paper Hours Personal contact with supervisor. Minimum Content work load of 3 hours per week Content - Review of upper and lower bound theorems, beams, columns con Literature review, analytical and/or experimental investigation, or nections, design of braced frames, column deflection curves, sub~ssem cne or more civil engineering design problems. Presentation of blages, unbraced frames. seminar. Rejerences Electives Heyman, J. Plastic Design oj Frames Vol. 2 (Cambridge In all electives, the subdivision of the course into lectures, tutorials u.P. 1971) etc; the form of examination and the prescribed and reference texts Lehigh University Plastic Design oj Multi-story Frames unless indicated below, will be advised by the lecturer. (1965) 96 97 Content 524031 CE417 Steel Beams, Columns and Frames "T Causes of earthquakes, the theory of plate tectonics; introduction t~ j Pre(Co-)requisite CE414 classical seismology; seismicity, source mechanisms, source parameters) Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week simple source models; wave propagation, propagation of strong ground motion; effects of local geology and topography; design earthquake Examination One 3-hour paper estimation; statistical characterization of high-frequency ground motion Content introduction to random vibration theory; tectonics and seismicity of th~ Instability of beams, columns and frames, including analysis of thin South-West Pacific and resulting earthquake engineering problems): walled sections in torsion; box girder analysis. Texts To be advised. References R.eferences } Croll, J. G. A. & Elements of Structural Stability (Macmillan Walker, A. C. 1972) 524034 . CE426 Advanced Properties of Materials Galambos, T. V. Structural Members and Frames (Prentice-Hall 1968) Prerequisites CE212, CE221 Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week 524.32 CE418 Brickwork and Timber Design Examination One 3-hour paper Pre(Co-)requisite CE414 Content Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Micro--and Macroplasticity, creep of materials viscoelasticity of Examination Progressive assessment plastics and concretes. Brittle and ductile fracture, Fatigue. Composite materials. Content Texts The properties and behaviour of brickwork and its componen~s. 1?e To be advised. design of brickwork structures including recent developments III hIgh R.eferences } rise construction. The properties and behaviour of timber. The design of timber structures. 524035 CE427 Concrete Technology Text Prerequisite CE222 Pellrson, R. G. et al. Timber Engineering Design Handbook (Jacaranda) Hours 1t lecture hours per week for 20 weeks & References 1t laboratory hours per week for 8 weeks. Recommended Practice for Engineered Brick Masonry (Structural Clay Products Examination One 2-hour paper Institute, U.S.A.) Content SAA Brickwork Code AS1640-1974 Characteristics of special concretes. Use of high alumina, slag, fly ash SAA Timber Engineering Code - ASl720 -1975 and other special cements; gap-graded mixes; lightweight aggregate; . fibre reinforcement; small scale concrete models. 524033 CE419 Engineerinl Seismology Texts Prerequisites Nil To be advised. References } Hours 1t lecture hours per week Examination Progressive assessment 524036 CE428 SoU Mechanics Prerequisite CE324 Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week 98 99 Examination Progressive assessment 524039 CE434 Open Channel Flow Prerequisite CE332 Content More advanced work including recent experimental and analytical Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week advances in soil mechanics. Examination One 3-hour paper Nil Texts Content Reference Further methods of plotting longitudinal profiles, and solution ,df Scott, R. F. Principles of Soil Mechanics (Addison-Wesley more difficult problems involving channel transitions and control~. 1963) Introduction to unsteady flow; the method of characteristics, and the principles of flood routing. 524037 CE419 Foundation Englneerin~ Text Prerequisite CE324 Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Fow (Collier-Macmillan 1966) Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week References As for CE332 Examination Progressive assessment. 524040 CE435 River and Coastal Engineering I Content Prerequisite CE332 Course time will be divided between more advanced analytical and design methods, and exercises in practical soils eI?gineering. Current Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week soil mechanics projects in and about Newcastle will be followed and sites visited. Each student will undertake a small but complete fouI?d Examination One 3-hour paper ation investigation including site investigation, laboratory testing, deSIgn Content recommendations and presentation of a brief written report. Soil erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment Texts Nil transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protection at artificial river constrictions. Tides References To be advised. and currents. Waves. Reflection, refraction and diffraction. Movement of material by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and 524038 CE433 Theoretical Hydrodynamics coastal models. Prerequisite CE332 Texts Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966) Muir Wood, A. M. Coastal Hydraulics (Macmillan 1969) Examination One 3-hour paper References Content Ippen, A. T. (ed.) Estuary and Coastline Hydrodynamics Proof and applications of the Navier Stokes equations and the vor (McGraw-Hill 1966) ticity equation; irrotational flow and the use of complex variable Leopold, L. B. et al. Fluvial Processes in Geomorphology methods to solve some of the basic engineering problems such a~ (Freeman 1964) airfoil lift and percolation under dams. Leliavsky, S. An Introduction to Fluvial Hydraulics (Dover' Text 1966) Vallentine, H. R. Applied Hydrodynamics (Butterworths) Wiegel, R. L. Oceanographical Engineering (Prentice-Hall 1964) Refererzce Milne-Thompson, Theoretical Hydrodynamics (Macmillan) 524041 CE442 Water Resources Engineering L.M. Prerequisite CE241 100 1011 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Stark, R. M. & Mathematical Foundations for Design: CiVil Hours Nicholls, R. L. Engineering Systems (McGraw-Hill 1972) Content Taba, H. A .. Operations Research (Macmillan 1971) To be advised. Wagner, H. M. Texts Principles of Operations Research (Prentice } Hall 1969) 524042 CE443 Water Quality Management 524045 CE473 Engineering Snrveying D Prerequisite CE241 Prerequisite CE 171 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Hours Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Examination One 3-hour paper Content To be advised. Content Texts } The nature of waste discharges and their effects on receiving waters. Self purification of organic microbial and radioactive wastes. Heat dissipation in receiving waters. Estuaries. The relation of water quality ·524046 CE474 Transportation Planning to water uses. Managing waste loads and the assimilative capacity of Prerequisite CE372 receiving waters. Case studies. Hours 1t lecture hours per week Preliminary Reading Examination One 2-hour paper Imhoff, K. et aI. Disposal of Sewage and Other Waterborne Wastes 2nd edn (Butterworths 1971) Content Text Transportati~n in t~e national economy; sociOlogical, environmental Nemerow, N. L. Scientific Water Pollution Analysis (McGraw Hill 1974) and ~conomIc reqUlrement~ of tr~nsportation systems; demands for travel,. land .usel trans~ort lD!era7tIO!l' ~ransportation planning; data Reference col~e.ctIOn, tnp. generatIO~; tnp dIstnbu~IOn; traffic assignment; modal Managing Water Quality, Economics, splIt, economIC evaluatIOn. Recent lDnovations in transportation Kneese, A. V. & systems. Bower, B. T. Technology, Institutions (Johns Hopkins U.P. 1968) Text Velz, C. J. Applied Stream Sanitation (Wiley 1970) Bruton, M. J. Introduction to Transportation Planning (Hutchinson 1970) 524050 CE454 CivU Engineering Systems n Prerequisite CE351 524047 CE475 Highway Engineering Prerequisite CE372 Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Hours Content 1t lecture hours per week Mathematical programming and optimisation techniques, applications Content to problems in structural design, engineering management, water To be advised. Texts resource systems and transportation. } Texts Nil 524048 CE490 Special Topic } References 524049 CE491 Special Topic de Neufville, R. & Systems Analysis for Engine.ers and Managers Hours 1t lecture hours per week Stafford, J. H. (McGraw-Hill 1971) ,103 102 The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in the 520116 CE516 Plastic Frame Design M.Eng.Sc. course programme. Those subjects which will not be Hours offered in 1978 are marked '. The other subjects will be offered sub 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week ject to adequate enrolment. Examination One 2-hour paper Units Content I CES1S Elastic Continua 1 I CES16 Plastic Frame Design 1 Review of upper and lower bound theorems beams, columns, con CES17 Steel Beams, ColumDS & Frames 1 nections, design of braced frames, column d'eflection I CES19 Engineering Selsmoioll1 1 curves, subas'-' CES26 Advanced Properties of Materials 1 semblages, un braced frames. CES27 Concrete Technology 1 CE528 Soil Mechanics 1 References CES29 Foundation Engineering 1 Heyman, J. Vol. 2 (Cambridge CES33 Theoretical Hydrodyuamlcs 1 Plastic Design oj Frames CES34 Open Channel Flow 1 U.P. 1971) CE535 River & Coastal Engineering I 1 Lehigh University Plastic Design oj Multi-Story Frames (1965) CE543 Water Quality Management 1 CE5S4 Civil Engineering Systems n 1 CE574 Transportation Planning 1 520117 CRS17 Steel Beams, Columns and Frames CE617 Prestressed Concrete Design 2 Hours CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics 2 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week CE634 Advanced F1nid Mechanics 1 Examination One 3-hour paper CE635 River & Constal Engineering n 1 I CE636 Water Reticulation & Wastewater Collection 1 Content CEM3 Water Pollution & Water Quality Management 1 CE644 Water & Wastewater Treatment 2 Instability of beams, colums and frames, including analysis of thin CE645J Microbiology of Water Resources 2 walled sections in torsion; box girder analysis. CE646 Public Health Sclence 1 CEM7 Unit OperatioDS in Public Health Engineering 1 References CE654 Construction Management 1 Croll, J. G. A. & CE674 Tralfic Engineering 1 Elements of Structural Stability (Macmillan Walker, A. C. 1972) 5201'15 CE515 Elastic Continua Galambos, T. V. Structural Members and Frames (Prentice Hall 1968) Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Examination One 2-hour paper 520118 CE519 Engineering Seismology Content Hours 1t hours per week Equilibrium and compatibility in solids, pla~e stress and pl~ne str~in Examination Progressive assessment solutions for solids with rectangular and CIrcular boundanes, fimte element method of solution, study of a simple finite element pro Content gramme. Bending of plates with rectangular boundaries, plate bending Causes of earthquakes, the theory of plate tectonics, introduction t~ finite elements. c~assical seismology; seismicity, SOurce mechanisms, source parameters, References slffi,rle source models; wave propagation, propagation of strong gro\lDP motIon; effects of local geology and topography; design earthquake Desai, C. S. & Introduction to the Finite Element Method esti~ation; statistical characterization of high-frequency ground (Van Nostrand-Reinholt 1972) Abel, J. F. m?t~on, introduction to random vibration theory; tectonics andseit. Timoshenko, S. P. & Theory of Elasticity 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill mIcIty of the South-West Pacific and resulting earthquake engineering Goodier, J. N. 1970) problems. Timoshenko, S. P. & Theory of Plates and Shells 2nd edn (McGraw TeXIs Woinowsky Hill 1965) To be advised Krieger, S. ,104 1105 520131 CE526 Advanced Properties of Materials Content Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutQrial hour per week CO'l!rse time will be divid~d b~tween r.nO're a.dvanced analytical and design methQds, and exercises m practical SO'lIs engineering. Current Examination One 3-hQur paper SO'il mechanics prQjects in and abQut Newcastle will be fO'llO'wed and Content sites visited. Each student will undertake a small but cO'mplete fO'und ati~n investigatiQn .including site inyestigatiQn,. labO'ratQry testing, Principles Qf materials selectiQn. CQnstructiQn materials. ~tee1: metal design recQmmendatlOns and presentatIOn Qf a brIef written repO'rt. urgy, precautiQns in fabricatiQn, cQrrQsiQn prQtectiQn, br~tt!e fracture preventiQn, structural prQperties and uses. Structural aiummmm: types Texts Nil Qf allQys and their properties, fabricatiQn, typical uses. CQmpQsite References materials. TO' be advised Texts 520123 CE533 Theoretical Hydrodynamics To be advised Referenc.es } Hours 1 lecture hQur & t tutorial hQur per week Examination One 3-hQur paper 520120 CE527 Concrete Technology Content Hours 1t lecture hQurs per week fQr 20 weeks & 1t labQratQry hQurs per week fQr 8 weeks PrQQf and applicatiQns Qf the Navier Stokes equatiO'ns and the vQrticity equatiQn; irrotatiQnal flQW and the use Qf cQmplex variable methQds Examination One 2-hQur paper to' sQlve SQme Qf the basic engineering prQblems such as airfQil lift and percQlatiQn under dams. Content Characteristics Qf special CQncretes. Use Qf high alumina, slag, fly ash Text and Qther special cements; gap-graded mixes; lightweight aggregrate; Vallentine, H. R. Applied Hydrodynamics (ButterwO'rths) fibre reinfQrcement; small scale CQncrete mQop1-,,- Reference Texts Milne-ThQmpsQn, Theoretical Hydrodynamics (Macmillan) TO' be advised L.M. R.eferences } 520124 CE534 Open Channel Flow 520121 CE528 Soil Mechanics Hours 1 lecture hQur & t tutorial hQur per week Hours 1 lecture hQur & t tutorial hQur per week Examination One 3-hQur paper Examination PrQgressive assessment Content Content Further methQds Qf plQtting longitudinal prQfiles, and sO'lutiQn Qf mQre MQre advanced wQrk, including recent experimental and analytical difficult prQblems invQlving channel transitiQns and cQntrols. IntrO' advances in SQil mechanics. ductiO'n to' unsteady flQw, the methQd Qf characteristics, and the princ iples Qf flQQd rO'uting. Texts Nil Reference Text HendersQn, F. M. Open Channel Flow (CQllier-Macmillan 1966) SCO'tt, R. F. Principles of Soil Mechanics (Addison-Wesley 1963) References As fO'r CE 332 520122 CE529 Foundation Engineering 520125 CE535 River and Coastal Engineering I Hours 1 lecture hQur & t tutorial hQur per week Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutO"rial hQur per week Examination Progressive assessment Examination One 3-hQur paper 1106 107 Content 520133 CE554 Civil Engineering Systems n Soil erosion by currents, waves, rainfall and overland flow. Sediment Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week transportation by streams. Measuring devices. Fluvial morphology, river training. Scour protection at artificial river constrictions. Tides Examination One 3-hour paper and currents. Waves. Reflection and diffraction. Movement of material Content by the sea, littoral drift. Coastal protection. River and coastal models. Mathematical programming and optimisation techniques appll' t' ' I' .. ,ca Ions Text t o probl ems m stdructura des~gn, engmeermg management, water re- Henderson, F. M. Open Channel Flow (Collier-Macmillan 1966) source sys t ems an transportatIOn. R.eferences R.eferences Ippen, A. T. (ed.) Estuary and Coastline Hydrodynamics de Neufville, R. & Systems Analysis for Engineers and Managers (McGraw-Hill 1966) Stafford, J. H. (McGraw-Hill 1971) Leliavsky, S. An Introduction to Fluvial Hydraulics (Dover Stark, R. M. & Mathematical Foundations for Design: Civil 1966) Nicholls, R. L. Engineering Systems (McGraw-Hill 1972) Leopold, L. B. et a1. Fluvial Processes in Geomorphology (Freeman Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations Research (Prentice 1964) Hall 1969) Muir Wood, A. M. Coastal Hydraulics (Macmillan 1969) 520129 CE574 Transportation Planning Wiegel, R. L. Oceanographical Engineering (Prentice-Hall 1964) Hours 1t lecture hours per week Examination One 2-hour paper 520126 CE543 Wilter Quality Management Content Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Transportati~n in t~e national economy; sociological, environmental Examination One 3-hour paper and economIC reqUIrements of transportation systems; demands for Content travel;. land .use/transport interaction. Transportation planning; data The nature of waste discharges and their effects on receiving waters. co~ectIOn; tnp. generation; trip distribution; traffic assignment; modal spItt; economIC evaluation. Recent innovations in transportation Self purification of organic microbial and radioactive wastes. Heat systems. dissipation in receiving waters. Estuaries. The relation of water quality to water uses. Managing waste loads and the assimilative capacity Text of receiving waters. Case Studies. Bruton, M. J. Introduction to Transportation Planning Preliminary Reading (Hutchinson 1970) Imhoff, K. et a1. Disposal of Sewage and other Waterborne Wastes 2nd edn (Butterworth 1971) 520600 CE617 Prestressed Concrete Desfgn Text Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Nemerow, N. L. Scientific Water Pollution Analysis (McGraw Examination Hill 1974) One 3-hour paper Reference . Content Knesse, A. V. & Managing Water Quantity, Economics, Tech Review of design procedures of statically determinate prestressed Bower, B. T. nology, Institutions (Johns Hopkins . concrete structures, design of indeterminate prestressed concrete U.P. 1968) structures. Study of the effects of creep and shrinkage. Detailed study Velz, C. J. Applied Stream Sanitation (Wiley 1970) of anchorage zones in pre- and post-tensioned members. Fatigue strength of prestressed concrete beams. Statistical basis of structural safety. 108 520602 CE635 River and Coastal Engineering D Text SAA Prestressed Concrete Code AS1481-1974 Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week (Standards Assn of Australia) Examination Progressive assessment R.eferences Bennett, W. Structural Concrete Elements (Chapman-Hall) Content Guyon, Y. Limit State Design of Prestressed Concrete Hydrodynamics of fluid-particle systems. Dispersion in streams est Vols 1 & 2 (Applied Science 1974) uaries, the ocean. Application to wastewater outfalls. Stratified 'fl ow, Leonhardt, W. Prestressed Concrete Design and Construction density currents. Flow of solid-liquid mixtures in pipes. (Wilhelm Ernst) References Graf, W. H. Hydraulics of Sediment Transport (McGraw 520611 CE626 Theoretical Aspects of Fracture Mechanics Hill 1971) Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Ippen, A. T. (ed.) Estuary and Coastline Hydrodynamics (McGraw-Hill 1966) Examination One 3-hour paper Streeter, V. L. (ed.) Handbook of Fluid Dynamics (McGraw-Hill Contents 1961) Mathematical preliminaries and stress distri~ution around hole.s. and Wiegel, R. L. Oceanographical Engineering (Prentice-Hall cracks under tensile, in-plane shear and anti-plane shear condlt!0I?-s. 1964) Crack modelling by dislocations. Plastic relaxation at cracks. Eq~lV alence of Griffith Barenblatt and Dugdale crack growth theones. 520603 CE636 Water Retiwlation and Wastewater CoUection Fully plastic crack growth-use of finite ~lement technique. En:rgy methods in Fracture Mechanics-use of J-lDtegral. Theory of fatigue Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week crack growth. Useful applications of brittle fracture in mining. Examination Progressive assessment Texts Nil Content References Design and analysis of water collection, transmission and distribution Liebowitz, H. (ed.) Fracture (An Advanced Treatise) Vols I & II systems. Design and analysis of wastewater collection systems. (Academic 1968) Texts To be advised Muskhelishvili, N. I. Some Basic Problems in the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (Noordoff 1956) 520604 CE643 Water Pollution and Water Quality Management Sneddon, I. N. & Crack Problems in the Classical Theory of Lowengrub, M. Elasticity (Wiley 1969) Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Examination One 3-hour paper 520601 CE634 Advanced Fluid Mechanics Content 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Hours Water quality characteristics of rivers, lakes, estuaries and ground Examination One 3-hour paper water. Analysis of assimilative capacity of streams. Solid wastes management and disposal. Economic concepts and policies for con Content trolling waste discharges. Case studies. Treatment at an advanced level of selected topics that are relevant to civil engineering problems, for example in pipe systems and the References design and performance of hydraulic structures. Eckenfelder, W. W. Water Quality Engineering (Barnes & Noble 1970) Texts To be advised Imhoff, K. et al. Disposal of Sewage and other Waterborne R.eferences Wastes 2nd edn (Butterworths 1971) 111: Klein, L. River Pollution Vol. 2 Causes and Effects Content (Butterworths 1962) Science in public health engineering. Applications of chemistry phys River Pollution Vol. 3 Control (Butterworths Klein, L. ics, biology and biochemistry to water and wastewater tech~ology (1966) Air pollution and solid wastes. Radioactive wastes. . Kneesse, A. & Managing Water Quality: Economics, Technol Bower, B. T. ogy, Institutions (Johns Hopkins U.P. Texts To be advised 1968) 520608 CE647 Unit Operations in PubUc Health EngIneerlua 520605 CE644 Water and Wastewater Treatment Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Examination One 3-hour paper Content Content Theory of treatment processes used in municipal water and waste water treatment works. Development of drinking water standards. Sampling ~nd !esting pro cedures. Developments and trends in was!ewater en~meen~g. Waste Texts To be advised water characteristics. Physical unit operations, chemIcal umt. proced ures biological unit processes. Design of facilities for phYSIcal and 520609 CE654 Construction Management che~ical treatment of water and wastewater. Design of biological wastewater treatment units. Rural water supply precautions. Small Hours 1t lecture hours per week sewage treatment and disposal systems. Examination Progressive assessment References Content Water Treatment Plant Design (Amer. Water Works Assn 1969) The civil engineering construction industry in perspective. Functions of construction management, project evaluation, planning, cost est Manual oj British Water Engineering Practice imating, bidding, construction supervision. Day-labour versus contract 4th edn (Inst. of Water Engineers 1969) organisations.· Work study in construction. Labour relations. Fair, G. M. et al. Water and Wastewater Engineering Vol. 2 (Wiley 1968) Texts To be advised Metcalf & Eddy Wastewater Engineering (McGraw-Hill 1972) 520610 CE674 Traffic Engineering 520606 CE645J Microbiology of Water Re&onrces Hours 1t lecture hours per week Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Examination One 2~hour paper Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Content Content The relationship between speed, flow and density of a highway traffic Taxonomy and nomenclature. Methods of microbiology. Microbial stream. Intersection design with and without signal control. Economic 'analysis for highways. physiology. Virology. Cycles of matter in the biosphere. Immunology. Microorganisms and public health. Texts Texts To be advised Salter, R. J. Highway Traffic Analysis and Design (Macmillan 1974) 520607 CE646 Public Health Science Winfrey, R. Economic Analysis jor Highways (Intext 1969) Hours 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per week Examination Progressive assessment & final examination 112 Electrical EngiDeering 532103 EE203 Introduction to Electrical information. Prerequisites Maths I & Physics IA or IB Indicating Numerals Field ot Study General Electrical Engineering EE-O- Electrical Machines or Power Systems Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorial & laboratory EE-l- work per week EE-2- Electronics Electrical Circuit Theory or Measurements EE-3- Examination & EE-4- Control or Commuuication Systems Progressive assessment final examination EE-5- Field Theory EE-6- Computer Science or Automata Theory Content EE-8- Project/Directed Reading Basic electrical quantities. Importance of current direction and voltage EE-9- Seminar polarity. Voltage current relations of R, L & C. Extension of branch variable resistive circuit analysis to circuits containing L & C (oper 531302.531306 EE092 to EE0961ndustrlal Esperience ational impedance and admittance introduced). Source conversion. These subject units are designed to formalise the periods of Industrial Natural and forced response and complete response (1st order systems). Experience which may be studied in lieu of elective units by part· Steady state analysis of simple circl!its excited with sinusoidal signals. time students. Each of the Industrial Experience units is equivalent Superposition and Thevenin's theorem in sinusoidal s.s. circuits. to one elective unit of 42 hours. A student who wishes to study one Frequency response without detailed analysis of resonance. of :these units will be required to contact his adviser reguI'arIy and to Correct use of safety features to be observed in laboratory instruments. present a report answering question~ set by: the .advi~r giv~n~. a Component Codes. Descriptive explanation of basic laboratory in connected account and critical evaluation of hiS engmeenng activities struments. and experience during the year. Diodes and transistors as circuit elements (via characteristics and one equivalent circuit). Basic amplifier and oscillator circuits, including 531307 EE097 Industrial Experience n (2 unWts) simple transistor switches, multivibrators, amplitude modulation and This 2-unit elective is available to "sandwich" course students only. demodulation. A short description of pulse and frequency modulation The student must be in appropriate full-time employment for one (qualitative approach without amplifier frequency response). calendar year from 1st July in the year preceding enrolment to 30th Fundamental principles of measuring non-electrical quantities by June in the year of enrolment. A diary must be kept, and a detailed electrical means. report must be submitted to the student's a~viser. TI;e repo.rt m?st Text indicate that the student has been engaged III a major engmeenng project. Smith, R. G. Circuits, Devices and Systems 3rd edn (Wiley) References 531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals· Fitzgerald, A. E. et al. Basic Electrical Engineering (McGraw-Hill) Prerequisites Nil Hammond, S. B. & Electrical Engineering 2nd edn (McGraw Gehmlich, D. K. Hill) Hours 1t hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week Lockwood, F. B. & Electrical Engineering Principles Dunstan, R. (Heinemann) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination McKenzie-Smith, Basic Electrical Engineering Science Content 1. et aI. (Longman) Part I (Introduction) Introduction to Electrical Engineering, Model Theory, Uuits. 532'104 EE204 Introduction to Electrical EnellliY·· Part 2 (Resistive Circuits) Ohms Law Kirchaff's Law, Parallel and Series resistive circuits. Nodal and Mesh Prerequisite EE203 Analysis. Thevenins and Norton's Theorems. Part 3 (Transient Circuits) . 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory Inductance and Capacitance, Natural and Forced Response, Transients in RL, RC Hours Circuits. work per week Part 4 (Sinusoidal Analysis) The Phasor Concept, Complex Impedance and Admittance, Phasor diagrams. Examination Progressive 'assessment & final examination Part 5 (power in AC Circuits) Power, Volt-Amps, Reactive Power, Power Factor. 1114 11S Content Hours 3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per Review of electromagnetic phenomena. Relationships between force, week current, voltage, speed. Electromagnetic torque production. Principles of D'Arsonval galvanometer. Voltmeters and ammeters based on Examination Progressive assessment & final examination D'Arsonval movement. Electrostatic, thermistor, etC. meters. Watt Content meters. Sources of error in measurements. Meter corrections. Electrical measurement of position, speed, strain, etc. Further work (following Electrical properties of semi conductors. PN junction diode: operation, EE203) on power in single phase circuits. Three-phase circuits. Power static dynamic 'and incremental models. High frequency models, in three-phase circuits. Two-watt-meter method. switching, noise. Diodes: avalanche, Zener, tunnel, signal, PIN, snap, schottky, LED. Applications. Junction transistor: operation, models, Principles of operation of DC machines. Introduction to induction charge-control, Elsers-Moll, Hybrid-H and T. Switching, Noise. Drift motors, synchronous generators. QUalitative criteria for selection of transistor. Field-effect transistors: JFET, MOSFET, models, switching motors. Transformers. characteristics. Noise, MSI, LSI techniques CMOS, VMOS, LOCMOS. Texts Nil Inherent limitations of solid state devices. Negative resistance devices: UJT, SCR, avalanche transistor. Operation, characteristics and appli References AsforEE203 cations. 532106 EE211 Energy ConvenlOD·· Text Prerequisite EE131 Gray,P.E.& Electronic Principles (Wiley) Searle, C. L. Hours 3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week Reference Gibbons, J. F. Semi conductor Electronics (McGraw-Hill) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination SEEC Notes Vols I, II, IV Content Magnets and electromagnets. Magnetic circuit laws. B.H. character 5321~8 EE232 Electrical Circuits istics of ferromagnetic materials; hysteresis loss in magnetic materials. Prerequisite EE131 Faraday's law; Lenz's law; concept of motor and generator action. Eddy current losses in materials. Hours 1t hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week Concept of flux linkage and inductance; self, mutual and leakage inductance of coupled circuits, voltage equations for coupled circuits, Examination Progressive assessment & final examination the air core transformer; the practical iron cored transformer, equiv alent circuits, phasor diagrams. Transformer testing. Content Electro-mechanical energy conversion; electro-mechanical transducers, Fourier Series, Fourier Analysis of Waveforms, Fourier Transforms law of conservation of energy and its application to singly-excited and as limit of Fourier Series, Laplace Transforms. RLC Circuits Transient doubly-excited systems. and Sinusodial Response, Resonance of Series 'and Parallel RLC Circuits, Poles 'and Zeros of Network Functions, General Frequency Text Response and Bode Diagrams, Two Port Networks, Maximum Power Gourishanke, V. Electromagnetic Energy Conversion Transfer, Admittance and Impedance Parameters, Hybrid Parameters. (Internat. Text) Texts Reference Nil Baldwin, C. T., Fundamentals of Electrical Measurements (Harrap) 532107 EE221 Semi-conductor Devices· Hayt, W.H.& Engineering Circuit Analysis (McGraw-HilI) Prerequisites EE131 & Physics IA or IB Kemmerly, J. E. 1116 i117 References 533201 EE313 Power Systems·· Balabanian, N. Fundamentals of Circuit Theory (Allyn & Prerequisites EE211 Bacon) Hours 3 hours of lectures per week Close, C. M. Th'e Analysis of Linear Circuits (Harcourt, Brace & World) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Skilling, H. H. Electrical Engineering Circuits (Wiley) Content 532109 EEl61 InfonnationStmctores & Prognunming The functions and constraints relating to a power system. Energy sources: nuclear, fossil fuels, hydro. Review of the power formula, Prerequisite Maths I electric field energy and magnetic field energy. D.C. versus A.C. Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week systems; single phase verus 3-phase transmission. The concept of complex power. Examination Progressive assessment & two 2-hour final Operational considerations: system structure; capacity of transmission papers Content lines, load characteristics, the real and reactive power balances. Part (a) Introduction to Structuring of Information The high energy line: Design considerations, line parameters, bundle Influence of structuring of information on design of programming conductors and transposition. The long line theory. languages. Stability of synchronous systems: synchronising power, synchronising Dalta structures: lists, trees, queues, deques and stacks. Examples of torque, transient stability of synchronous machines and equal area and methods for implementing these structures. Storage allocation criterion. for complex data items. Scatter storage and hash addressing. Elemen The energy system in the steady state: introduction to optimum tary string processing, and list processing. operational conditions and to load flow techniques. Searching and sorting. A description of several sorting algorithms Text and comparison of their efficiencies. Stevenson, W. D. Elements of Power System Analysis 3rd edn Part (b) Systematic Programmiug (McGraw-Hill) The case for high level programming languages. The formal definition Reference of the syntax of high level languages. An overview and comparison Elgerd, o. I. Electric Energy Systems Theory of several high level languages, including FORTRAN, ALGOL 60, (McGraw-Hill) PL/ land COBOL. Comparison of compiler languages and inter preted languages. 533106 EE314 Electrical Machines· Structured programming: its objectives and the techniques used to Prerequisites EE211 achieve them. Modular design, top-down programming, good coding style. The role of 'goto' constructs, conditional statements, looping, Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory 'C'ase' statements. The virtues and faults of existing programming work per week languages. Procedures, co-routines, re-entrancy. Recursive program ming. Appropriate and inappropriate uses of recursion. Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Note Stu~ who hlave pasiSIeId both CS-Prog!Ilalmming 'and AIgoridJ!ms Content !IDd CS-DaJIIa. StruCilJurelS md Progmmming will not be permitted to e:nrol :w EE261. Machine features, windings etc. The production of rotating magnetic fields. Introduction to the generalized theory of machines. Torque Texts production in rotating machines. Concentrated and distributed wind Part (8) ing inductances and their relationships. The analysis of Krons first Elson, M. Data Structures (Science Research Associates primitive machine. The derivation of equivalent circuits for DC Part (b) 1973) machines, induction-machines and synchronous machines from the Kron machine. The practical DC induction and synchronous machine EIson, M. Concepts of Programming Languages (Science and its performance under steady state operation. Research Associates 1973) 1118 -119 Text References O'Kelly, D. & Introduction to Generalized Electric Machine Chirlian, P. M. Electronic Circuits (McGraw-Hill) Simmons, S. Theory (McGraw-Hill) Millman, J. & Integrated Electronics (McGraw-Hill) Reference Halkias, C. C. Thaler, G. J. & Electric Machines (Wiley) Wilcox, M. L. 533108 EE324L Electronics Laboratory"'* Prerequisite EE221, EE323 533111 EE315 Power Electronics•• Hours 3 hours of laboratory work per week Prerequisites EE232 Examination Progressive assessment Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work per week Content Examination An essential practical course implementing the work of EE323. The Progressive assessment & final examination l'aboratory exercises require the application of active circuit theory Content to the solution of specific problems. A strong emphasis is placed on Terminal characteristics of SCR power transistor and TRIAC. One, electronic circuit design. two and four quadrant converters and their use in the control D.C. Text ma~hines: The cy~loconverter and its applkation to the speed control As for EE323 of .mductIon machmes. Forced commutation in thyristor circuits. The References } senes-commutated, parallel commutated harmonic commutated and i?IpuIse-commutated . invertor. AC/DC ~onverters and their applica 533115 EE325 Introduction to Digital Technolo~** tIon to battery-electric vehicles. Note Pelople who passed EE362 Switch!ing 'I1b.eiory 'aOO Logic De5Iign in Text Nil 1976 or earlier wHi DOlt be permi,1ItW ,to enrol in EE325. Reference Prerequisites Maths I, EE221 Pelly, B. R. Thyristor Phase Controlled Converters and Hours 3 hours per week Cyc!oconverters (Wiley) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination 533107 EE323 Linear Electronics'" Content '?~~ Prerequisite EE221 Logic families; characteristic, functions and interfacing. Digital measurements; AID, DI A conversion, rotational and trans Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week lational encoders, time and frequency measurements. Examination Digital system interconnection; bus systems, interfacing, single and Progressive assessment & final examination differential transmission. Content Memory technolOgy, solid state, core memory, RAM, ROM, magnetic Signal proceSSing in electronic systems. Biasing requirements and surface memory systems. t:chniques for BJT'~ and FETs. Single stage amplifier design, small Random logic 'and programmed logic systems, IC, MSI, LSI, micro SIgnal and. lar~e SIgn?1 e~ects. Multistage design, gain, frequency programmed systems, microprocessor systems. respon~, lmeanty, nOIse, Impedance interaction. Stability and feed Lectures will be supplemented by practical assignments on a micro back. DIr~ctly coupled s~ages, the differential pair, frequency perform~ processor system. ance, deSIgn and cascadmg. Text Texts Nil Gray, P. E. & Electronic Principles (Wiley) References Searle, C. L. Kohonen, T. Digital Circuits and Devices (Prentice-Hall) 120 :121 Peatman, J. B. The Design of Digital Systems (McGraw stability. Forced response: transfer functions, impUlse and step res ponses, input-output stability, steady-state behaviour. Feedback and )/",>r!WI)':· compensation: effects of feedback on characteristic roots, root-locus Pea1man, J.,B. . ,. .Microprocl1ssQr ,Based Systems (McGraw- " .' Hill) technique, Nyquist stability criteria, series and feedback compen sation. 533117 EE333 AdvanCed CirCuit Analysis* Text Note People who b/alVe ~ EE332 Elootrioal Circu:iiI8 will nbIt be Fortmann, T. E. & Introduction to Linear Control System Theory ~ lib enrol in BE333. Ritz, K. L. (Dekker 1976) Prerequisite EE232 Electrical Circuits References Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory work Chen, C. T. Introduction to Linear System Theory per week (Holt, Rinehart & Winston) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Desoer,C. A. Notes for a Second Course in Linear Systems (Van Nostrand Reinhold) Content Gupta, S. C. & Fundamentals of Automatic Control (Wiley) Distributed systems; types of transmission systems; co~axial cables, Hasdorff, L. pairs, strip lines and waveguides. Telegraphers equations: lossy and lossless lines; attenuation and dispersion. Pulse transients on lines, Melsa, J. L. & Linear Control Systems (McGraw-HilI) reflections and terminations, A.C. analysis of lines, impedance, SChultz, D. G. standing wave ratio, Smith charts, matching. Ogata, K. Modern Control Engineering (Prentice-Hall) Filter approximation; classical filters; constant-k; m-derived; All pass Raven, F. H. Automatic Control Engineerng (McGraw filters. Handpass, highpass, IOwPass transformation. Modem filters; HilI) Chebyshev; . Butterworth and elliptic filters. Miscellaneous; Notch, twin T, double tuned bandpass filters. R-c active filters; first and 533110 EE342 Unear System Theory** second order, bi-quad filters using operational amplifiers. Prerequisite EE341 Text Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutori'als & laboratory Potter, J. I. & Theory of Networks and Lines (Prentice work per week Fich, S. Hall) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination References Johnson, W. C. Transmission Lines and Networks (McGraw Content Hill) Multivariable control systems. Frequency domain design methods. Controllability. Observability. Canonical' decomposition. Minim'al Moore, R. K. Travelling Wave Engineering (Wiley) realisations. Pole positioning by state variable feedback. Luenburger observers. The type 1 servomechanism problem. Introduction to 533213 EE341 Automatic Control· (Also see ME3li1) Kalman filtering. Nonlinear control systems. Popov criterion and Prerequisites Maths II, Topics C, D, E describing functions. Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory Text work per week R"OSenbrock State-Space and Multivariable Theory (Nelson 1970) Examination Progressive assessment & final examination References As for EE341 Content Mathematical models of systems and components: linear differential 533113 EE344 CommunicatiollS** equations, block diagrams, Laplace transforms, state-space formulation. Prerequisites EE331, Maths IIB Transient response: characteristic roots, transition matrix, system Hours 3 hours per week /122 123 Content Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Revision of Maxwell's equations. Solutions in various media, Content reflection, polarization. Poyntings power flow theorem, Attenuation Introduction to common forms of analog modulatio~ as well as pulse and surface impedance. modulation systems including pulse code modulatIOn. Performance Free space and guided wave propagation including coaxial, waveguide in the presence of noise is considered. and strip line configurations. Text Electromagnetic sources and potential functions, radiation and ele Carlson, A. B. Communications Systems (McGraw-Hill 1975) mentary antenna theory. Techniques for obtaining the surface current distribution on 'an arbitrary 'antenna by analytic and computational Reference methods. Solutions of the potential equations, near and far field distributions. Taub, H. & Principles of Communication Systems Schilling, D. L. (McGraw-Hill 1971) Characteristics of common antenna configurations including primary source wire antennas, antenna arrays and secondary source antennas. 533116 EE345 Digital Signal Processing** Ground wave and ionospheric propagation. Prerequisite EE341 or ME361 Text To be advised Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week Reference Jordan, E. C. Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems (Prentice-Hall) Content Ramo, S. et al Fields and Waves in Communication Z-transforms; realization of discrete time systems, ste~dy state fre Electronics quency response, Approximations and filter design. C~assIcal.frequ~n~y transformations Butterworth and Chebyshev. RecursIve deSIgn. Fm~te 533219 EE361 Introduction to Logic and Assembly Languages* Impulse Respo~se Filters, Classical Window de~ign. Discrete Founer Prerequisite Maths I Transforms. The Fast Fourier Transform Algonthm. Discrete Random Signals, Power Spectrum Estimation; Appli~ation of Hours 3 hours of lectures & practical work per week Fast Fourier Transforms to Covariance and Sectrum estImatIOn. Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Text Content S I W D Digital Signal Processing (Reston 1975) tan ey, . . Number Systems: Rep:reseJnJta,t!ioo amd Ar.iJtbmeiIIic References Boolean Algebra: Oombinramional logic, K:amaugh Maps. flip flops, seque~ mal logic, coUl1llters. Gold, B. & Digital Signal Processing (McGraw-Hill 1969) Rader, C. M. Hardware components, processor structure, addressing modes. Assembly Language. Instruction sets, pseudo ops, Machine Language Oppenheim, A. V. & Digital Signal Processing (Prentice-Hall 1975) programming, Subroutines, Co-routines, use of stacks, interrupts, Schafer, R. W. macros, recursion, re-entry, linkers and loaders. 533218 EE351 Electromagnetic Propagation and Aote~** . Texts Note Studoots whb pa5Seld EE451 in 1977 or elarlier will nIot be pe!rDl1tfJted Eckhouse, J. R. Minicomputer Systems Organization and tJo eIn!OOl in EE351. Programming (PDP-II) (Prentice-Hall) Prerequisite Ph 221 & Mathematics lIB Processor Handbook (PDP 11120) (DEC) References & Hours 3 hours of lectures, laboratory tutorials pel Chu, Y. week Computer Organization and Micro Programming (McGraw-Hill) Examination To be advised Donovan, J. J. Systems Programming (McGraw-Hill) 1124 1125 Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory Logical Design of Digital Systems (Computer Friedman, A. D. work per week Science Press) Introduction to Computer Organization and Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Stone, H. S. Data Structures (McGraw-Hill) Content System Faults: Symmetrical 'and asyIIUllfltrioal faultana,lys!is techmques. 533212 EE362 Switching Theory and Logical Design** Travelling waves Oili power systems. Higb voltage transmission: Design of towers mid lines; insulalfx>rs, st!I'Iinrg8, Prerequisite Maths I arc biorns, S'UJ'ge diventers eltc; coronJa effelCts. The design of hiigh voltage 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & practical work cables. Hours per week Protection: Use of curreDlt rtrIamsfurmeTS and sutnmaJlioo ,tramfOirlIleI'S, time gI1a.ded systems, directJioool systems. CiTiC'UlaJting currenJt: proteiatioo meltb!ods. ttlramsfumrer protootJiOili. protOOtionJ. Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Generaroramd gen.elra1br Feeder qrcuit B~aker: 'fl;1e 'a;rc, swtitohing of l'aggmg amd leading lQiads. Design of Cont.ent . oil andaar bl!a&t Cl['CUlt breakers. Layouts for SUbsliaJtiOIllS. Boolean algebra, combinational logic, logical circuits, mini~izat1~n Text techniques, threshold logic. Data representa~ion, ~inary anthmetIc, Stevenson, W. D. Elements of Power System Analysis 3rd edn codes, error checking and correcting. Sequential lOgIC,. flIp-flops, stat: (McGraw-HilI) diagrams, state reduction, races and hazards. LOgI~ subs~stems. Refer.ence registers, adders, counters, converters, coders, etc. BasIc archItecture Jones, D. Analysis and Protection of Electrical Power of digital computers. Systems (Pitman) Westinghous.e Transmission and Distribution Text Reference Book Friedman, A. D. Logical Design of Digital Systems (Computer Science Press) 534144 EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine Theory* References Prerequisite EE314 Hill, F. J. & Introduction to Switching Theory and Logical Peterson, G. R. Design (Wiley) Hours 3 hours of lectures per week Kohavi, Z Switching and Finite Automata Theory Examination Progressive assessment & final examination (McGraw-Hill) Content Mano, M. M. Computer Logic Design (Prentice-Hall) The practical 3-phase wound rotor and squirrel cage induction Prather, R. E. Introduction to Switching Theory: A Mathematical Approach (Allyn & Bacon) machines. Single phase induction motors. Aspects of the transient performances of synchronous 'and induction machines. 533208 EE380 Project/Directed Reading Single phase commutator motors. Linear induction machines. More advanced techniques used in winding design. Consent of Head of Dept Prerequisite The imbricated pole generator, the self cascaded alternator, and the Hours By arrangement homopolar machine. Examination To be advised Text O'Kelly, D. & Introduction to Generalized Machine Analysis Content Simmons, S. (McGraw-Hill) Private work of laboratory, literature search or theor~tica~ nature requiring the preparation of a ~eport. Taken unde.r the dIrectIOn of a References supervisor with whom the tOpIC should be negOtiated. Say, M. G. Design of Alternating Current Machines 3rd edn (Pitmans) 534107 EE415 Power Systems·* Thaler, G. J. & Electric Machines (Wiley) Wilcox, M. L. Prerequisites EE313 127 534132 EE443 Optimization Techniques· 534109 EE421 Electronics Design A· Prerequisites Maths II Topics C. D, E. Prerequisite EE323 Hours 3 hours per week 3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week Hours Content Progressive assessment & final examination Examination Mathem~tical. bac~ground ~o optimization. Comparison of optimization Content me~hods, engmeenng applIcatIons - such as to problems of identifi Operational amplifiers, design, characteristics and applications; dif catIOn, control, pattern recognition and resource allocation. ferential amplifier, common mode response, input guarding, frequency Text compensation, Chopper stabilized amps, Comparators. Regulators; Luenberger, D. G. Introduction to Linear and Non-Linear static switching, protection. Power stages; thermal stability, protection Programming (Addison-Wesley 1973) and techniques. References Text Nil Aoki, M. Introduction to Optimization Techniques (Macmillan 1971) References Luenberger, D. G. Optimization via Vector Space Methods Analogue Integrated Circuit Design (Van Grebene, A. B. (Wiley 1969) Nostrand) Hamilton, D. & Basic Integrated Circuit Engineering 534141 EE446 Linear Optimal Control** (McGraw-Hill) Howard, W. Prerequisite EE342 Tobey, G. E. et al. Operational Amplifiers (McGraw-Hill 1971) Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week 534110 EE422 Electronic Design B** Examination Progressive assessment & final examination Note People woo bJaVei passleld EE423L EleotronJics lJaborarory and EFA25 DigiJtJal EleCltrt0n!ic8 will oot be perm:i1lted to enrol in EFA221. Content Prerequisite EE323 Dyn~ic PrograIlllming, Discrete Time Linear Regulator Problem 3 hours of lectures & laboratory work per week Contl~uous Time Linear Regul'ator Problem. 'J1he Matrix Riccat] Hours e.quatlon. Steady State ~lutions of the Riccati equation. Computa Examination Progressive assessment & final examination !Ional met~s for ~lvmg the Riccati equation. Frequency domain m~erpretatlon of optIma~ .systems. Methods of obtaining a prescribed Content re,latlve degree .of stabil~ty. Introduction to Kalman filtering. The High frequency circuit layout and interconnections. LI~e.ar Quadr~tlc Gaussian optimal control problem. Separation. Broadband amplifier design, video amplifiers. Mmmmm Vanance Control. The Self-tuning Regulator. Bandbass amplifier design; neutralization, unilateralization, limiting action, a.g.c., stagger tuned stages, double tunned. Text Oscillators, V.C.O. and applications. Rosenbrock State-space and Multivariable Theory (Nelson 1970) Balanced modulator and :applications. References Highspeed digital circuits and interconnections. Anderson, B. D. O. & Linear Optimal Control (Prentice-Hall 1971) Moore, J. B. Text Nil Kwakemaak, H. & Linear Optimal Control Systems (Wiley 1972) Reference As for EE421 Sivan, R. Thornton, R. D. et al. SEEC Notes Volume I-Multistage Transistor Circuits (Wiley 1965) 534134 EE447 Digital Communications- RCA Solid State Power Circuits (1971) Prerequisite Consent of Instructor :129 '128 Examination Progressive assessment & final examination 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week Hours Content Progressive assessment & final examination Examination The. design ~f assemblers. Introduction to the theory of grammars ~rsmt g tt~chDlqu~s. Construction of compilers, object code generation' Cont.ent ns ruc IOn of mterpreters. . 1. Noisy Memoryless M-ary channels Orthogonal signalling on noisy memoryless channels. Optimum Text receivers the matched filters, the correlation receiver. Shannons Gries, D. Compiler Construction for Digital Computers channel ~apacity theorem: Introduction to coding techniques; block, (Wiley) algebraic and convolution codes. References 2. Noisy channels with memory Abo, A. V. & The Theory of Parsing, Translation and Optimal receiver and transmitter structures for dispersive channels. Ullman, J. D. Compiling 2nd Vol. (Prentice-Hall) The Viterbi algorithm. Linear and Nonlinear Adaptive Equalisers. Donovan, J. J. Systems Programming (McGraw-Hill) Base band Signal Design. Further references will be given in cIass. Nil Text 534102 EE480 Project/Directed ReadJnlf** References Content Lucky, R. W. et al. Principles of Data Communication (McGraw-Hill) ~opics to be arranged in the field of interest during first term Full The Principles of Communication Engineering tIme students are normally required to undertake a project. . Wozencraft, J. M. & Jacobs, I. M. (Wiley) 534101 EE491 Sendnar* Content 534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems* Talks on various topics of general 10. t erest m . engineering. EE480 Prerequisite EE361 or consent of instructor and EE491 are taken together. 3 hours of lecture & tutorial work per week Hours The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in the M Eng Sc coursie Thlotse subjoots whlich not be offeired in! 1978 Progressive assessment & final examination pro~nre. win "att-~ Examination marked t. The other subjects will be offered subject to adequate enrolment. Content ~ll subjects are I unit (42 hours) unless otherwise noted. Views of an operating system. Multiprogramming, interacting con- ,EE516 Computer-Aided Analysis of Power Systems current processes, process control primitives. Processor management, EE541 Sample Data Control Systems * memory management, name management. Protection. tEE542 Modem Control ** . EE543 Optimization Techniques *** tEE545 Communication Systems * Text The Logical Design of Operating Systems EE546 Modem Control ** Shaw, A. C. EE547 Digital Communications * (Prentice-Hall ) tEE552 A?Vanced Topic in Communications Systems ** References !EE553 High Frequency Circuits & Devices ** Operating Systems Theory (Prentice-Hall) rEE562 Advanced Switching Theory & Logic Design * Coffman, E. G. & EE563 Computer Operating Systems * Denning, P. J. EE564 Compiler Construction ** Operating Systems Principles (Prentice Hall) Hansen, P. B. tEE565 Pattern Recognition ** Operating Systems (McGraw-Hill) tEE566 Automata & Computing Machines Madnick, S. E. & tEE567 Computer Process Control Donovan, J. J. tEE568 Advanced Computer Architecture ** tEE569 Pormal Languages & Automata * EE580 Thesis/Project (by arrangement) 534143 EE464 CompHer construction** EE590 Seminar *** EE361 EE591 Seminar *** Prerequisite EE592 Seminar *** Hours 3 hours per week 131 130 EE593 Seminar.** tEE641 Multivariable Control Systems 530110 EE580 Thesis/Project tEE642 Stochastic Control Content Multiples of 1 unit. Topics to be arranged 530100 EE516 Computer.Alded Analysis of Power Systems (uot offered 530111 EE590 Seminar*** in 1978) 530137 'EE591 Seminar*** 530127 EE541 Sample Data Control Systems (Digital Signal ProcesSiDg)* 530138 EE592 Seminar*** See EE345 530139 EE593 Seminar*** 530102 EE542 Modem Control·* (Nonlinear Optimal Control. Theory) Content (not offered in 1978) A series of sem!nars for full-time postgraduate students who h '11 530120 EE543 Optimization Techniques *. prepare apprOXImately one seminar per semester 0 n a ea~ WI theoretical subject. Each student will also attend EE491 tec~nIcal or Prerequisites Maths II Topics C, D, E. semmars Content 530133 EE641 MuItivariabIe Control Systems . Mathematical background to optimization. Comparison of optimization 530134 EE642 Stochastic Control } (oot offered in 1978) methods; engineering applications - such as to problems of identifi cation, control, pattern recognition and resource allocation. General Engineering Subjects Text 523202 GE350 Seminar Luenberger, D. G. Introduction to Linear and Non-Linear Prerequisites Programming (Addison-Wesley 1973) Nil Reference Hours 42 Aoki, M. Introduction to Optimization Techniques (Macmillan ) Examination Progressive assessment Luenberger, D. G. Optimization via Vector Space Methods (Wiley Content 1969) A series of seminars and discussions on to ic h 530123 EE545 Communication Systems * (uot offered in 1978) within a general theme which will va f p s c osen by students pose of the course is to ex lore so ry rom year to year: The pur 530128 EE546 Modem Control (Linear Optimal Control Theory) See FJE446 soci~ty and the role technolob plays ~eit~!ht~ problem.s 10 modern obtam some training in the skill f f . I e s~e t~me, students 53(1129 EE547 Digital Communication** See EE447 s 0 orma communIcatIOn. Texts } 530'130 EE552 Advanced Topics in Communications Systems·* Nil (not offered in 1978) References 530117 EE563 Computer Operating Systems* See EE463 530132 EE562 Advanced Switching Theory and Logic DesIgn • 504101 GE471 Energy (Not offered in 1977) Prerequisites Physics IA or IB, Maths lIB 530136 EE564 Compller Construction** See EE464 Hours 3 hours per week for 1st t year 530108 EE565 Pattern Recognition** Examinations 530119 EE566 Automata and Computing Machines Progressive assessment (not offered in Content 530125 EE567 Computer Process Control 1978) HistoIf', distribution and forecasts of energy usage 530121 'EE568 Advanced Computer Architecture*· Ov~rvlew of problems in energy management. . 530122 EE569 Formal Languages and Automata· ~:S:~:~f denerID:' tr~nsformations and the applicability of the laws o ynamlcs 10 energy conversion. 132 Examination Progressive assessment Energy release from fundamental relateds solar, process~s t~f n~~~~~~ Content chemical, thermal, electrical and mechan~a;o!~: of thermai,' audio, These subject units are designed to formalise periods of Indui>tri'al Environmental aspects of ener~ usage an Experience gained by part-time students only. Each of the Industrial gas and other forms of pollutIOn. Experience units is equivalent to one unit of 42 hours. Students who Texts To be advised wish to study any or all of the Industrial Experience units ME092-096 will be required to attend nominated lecture and tutorial periods 504102 GE472 Energy which will deal with working and professional environments, essentials Physics IA or IB, Maths IIB of communication and report writing. In addition, each student will Prerequisites be required to present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience Hours 3 hours per week for 2nd t year and to report to his industrial experience tutor twice per term. Some assignments rel&ting to employment and experience will be set. Stu Examinations Progressive assessment dents will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and critical evaluation of his engineering activities and Content experience during the year. Such units may be used by students in Energy conversion technology:- . lieu of electives (see Elective Requirements-Appendix A). Conversion efficiencies and technical and economl7 const~al~~:bines Current technology-steam plants, combustion engmes an , 541307 ME097 } Industrial Experience Units 541308 ME098 nuclear reactors, hydro-electric plants etc. . f 1 cells Possible future technology-so1 ar po,wer m h d , fusion , ue , Examination Progressive assessment the hydrogen economy, total energy etc. Content Energy management:- h' f rgy As above except that each of ME097 -8 is the equivalent of two unJits. Planning of systems, increase. in efficiency of usage, c Olce 0 ene These Indsutrial Experience units are available to sandwich course sources and energy conservatIOn. students only and are designed to cover Industrial Experience gained Texts To be advised over two years. I 500100 GE501G Air pollution Studies I 541101 MEl11 Graphics Hours 42 Prerequisites Nil Hours 42 Mechanical Engineering Examination One 2 hour paper & one 3t hour paper Indicating Numerals 0- General courses Content ME- Analysis and Design :t Mechanical Engineering Practice Orthographic projection: Fundamentals, auxiliary planes projections ME-3- Machines of the straight line, of lines inclined to lines, of lines contained by Materials ME-4- Fluid Mechanics planes, of lines inclined to planes, of planes inclined to planes, section ME-5- Automatic Control planes, linl'lS of intersection and developments of surfaces. ME-6- Thermodynamics :~: Industrial Engineering Text To be advised ME-9- Project & Seminar f t ·th the consent of the Head 0 Prerequisites marked thus may, WI. • b d concurrently References the Department of Mechanical Engmeenng, e rea Levens, A. S. Graphics (Wiley) with the subject named. Luzadder, W. J. Basic Graphics (Prentice-Hall) 541302 MFA92 541102ME112 Engineering Drawing and Elementary Desiggn 541303 ME093 541304 ME094 Prerequisites Nil 541305 M!E095 541306 ME096 Content Hours 42 Materials and processes in manufacture, assembly and installation. The One 3 hour paper Engineering inventory. Casting processes. Metalforming processes. Examination Metal cutting processes. Fabrication processes. Precision assembly. Installation of plant and equipment. Rigging procedures. Safety pro Content Philosophy and funda- Orthographic drawings of complete designs. cedures. Marking off techniques, workshop layout, assembly methods. mental!! of engineering design. Text Text DeGarmo, E. P. Materials and Processing in Manufacturing Australian Standard Engineering Draw~ng or (Macmillan) Practice CZI 1976 (Inst. of Engmeers, Doyle, L. E. et aI. Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Aust.) Engineers (Prentice-Hail) References References Graphics (Wiley) Levens, A. S. Campbell, J. S. Processes and Materials in Manufacturing Luzadder, W. J. Basic Graphics (Prentice-Hail) (McGraw-Hill) Datsko, I. Materials, Properties and Manufacturing 541201 MElli Workshop Practice Processes (Wiley) Prerequisites Nil 541103 ~131 ~cs Hours 54 Prerequisites Nil Examination Progressive assessment Hours 42 ~~~ .. t~ A study of basic methods and processes used in the engmeen~g ra d Examination Progressive assessment and examination with instruction, practice and assignments related to .fitt~ng and Content machining, welding processes, boi~ermaking and steel fabncatlon, an Basic concepts required for study of motion: length, time, face and the engineering inventory of matenals and components. mass; Newton's laws of motion; systems of units; friction. Motion of point masses, rigid bodies and connected bodies in straight or curved Text Trade Technology Notes paths, or in simple rotation. Relative motion using translating reference Tech. Education frames. General plane motion of rigid bodies. References Momentum and impUlse, both linear and angular, related to point DeGarmo, E. P. Materials and Processes in Manufacturing masses and rigid bodies. (Macmillan) Energy and the conservation principle applied to mechanical work, Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Doyle, L. E. et aI. strain energy, kinetic energy and friction "losses," for particles and Engineers (Prentice-Hall) rigid bodies. Graphics Science and Design (McGraw-Hill French & Vierck 1970) Text Meriam, J. L. Dynamics 2nd edn S.I. Version (Wiley 1975) H. Ford Trade School Shop Theory (McGraw-Hill) Trade Catalogues Reference Beer, F. P. & Mechanics for Engineers: Mechanics 54120Z ME12Z Process Technology Johnston, E. R. 2nd edn (McGraw-Hi111962) Prerequisite Nil 54Z201 ~201 Laboratory Measurements* 42 Hours Prerequisites tMaths 1& tPhysics IA or IB Progressive assessment Examination Hours 42 137 ,136 Examination Progressive assessment and examination References Content Haberman, C. M. Engineering Systems Analysis (Merril) Fundamental units and quantities are discussed as well as the means Raven, F. H. Mathematics of Engineering Syst.ems by which they are measured. Variability in measured data is described (McGraw-Hill) and an introduction to error analysis is given. The importance of a correct interpretation of experimental data is emphasised, and simple 542302 ME212 Engineering Design* examples of regression analysis are explained. Prerequisites tME121, MElll12, tME214 or CE212 Basic methods using mechanical, optical or electrical systems or some CE111, tMaths I combination of these, which are used for the measurement of length, strain, area, pressure, temperature, force, torque, fluid flow, vibration, Hours 42 acceleration and other physical properties, are described. Selected Examination Progressive assessment laboratory experiments are also provided. Content Text Design procedures for mechanical components. Load estimation. Holman, J. P. Experimental Methods for Engineers Typical allowable stress and factor of safety values. Stress calculations. (McGraw-Hill 1966) References Detail considerations of the design of shafts, bearings, couplings, Beckwith, T. G. & Mechanical Measurements (Addison-Wesley) bolted joints, welded connections, wall brackets, eccentric connections, Buck, W. L. levers, flat and vee belts, drives and springs. Horsepower, calculations for straight and helical spur gear reductions. Brinkworth, B. J. An Introduction to Experimentation (English V.P.) Text Volk, W. Applied Statistics for Engineers (McGraw Hall, A. S. et al. Theory and Problems of Machine Design Hill) (Schaum) References 542104 ME202 Dynamics of Engineering Systems* Black, P. H. & Machine Design (McGraw-Hill) Prerequisites Maths I, tME131, tCEll1 Adams, O. E. Hours 42 DOUghtie, V. L. & Design of Machine Members (McGraw-Hill) Vallance, A. Examination Progressive assessment and examination Faires, V. M. Design of Machine Elements (Macmillan) Content Kent, W. Mechanical Engineers' Handbook Design and System Classification - Lumped parameter and distributed systems; Production (Wiley) discrete systems. Examples commonly occurring in engineering prob Phelan, R. M. Fundamentals of Mechanical Design (McGraw lems. HilI) Linear Graph Analysis and Network Analysis; Block diagrams. Shigley, J. E. Mechanical Engineering Design (McGraw-Hill) Circuit diagrams for mechanical systems - "through" and "across" Machine Cut Gears Helical and Straight Spur variables; equilibrium and compatibility analysis; system modelling; A.S.B. 61-1941 system function. Concept of "state"; free and forced response; stability. 542303 ME213 Engineering Design** Classical time domain analysis; frequency domain analysis of linear lumped and continuous systems. Prerequisite tME212 Text Hours 42 Cannon, R. H. Dynamics of Physical Systems (McGraw-Hill) Examination Progressive assessment 138 '139 Content 542304 ME223 Mechanical Technology** The design of brakes, clutches, gear box reduction units and power Prerequisite tME121 screws for industrial applications. Modem developments in this area will be discussed. Hours 42 Text Examination Progressive assessment Stephenson, J. & Engineering Design (Wiley) Content - Callander, R. A. The history and development of machine tools. Principles of metal References cutting. Mechanisms and components of machine tools. Lathes, drill Black, P. H. & Machine Design (McGraw-Hill) ing and milling machines, boring machines. Reciprocating machine Adams,A.F. tools, gear-cutting machines. Abrasive finishing processes. Numerical control. Dimensional accuracy and surface finish. Jigs and fixtures. Doughtie, V. L. & Design of Machine Members (McGraw-Hill) Production planning, machine loading schedules, economics of machine Vallance, A. tools. Faires, V. M. Design of Machine Elements (Macmillan) Hall, A. S. et al. Theory and Problems of Machine D,esign Texts (Schaum) Campbell, J. S. Processes and Materials in Manufacturing Phelan, R. M. Fundamentals of Mechanical Design (Wiley) (McGraw-Hill) DeGarmo, E. P. Materials Processes in Manufacturing (Macmillan) Shigley, J. E. Mechanical Engineering Design I.S. edn Reference (McGraw-Hill) Doyle, L. E. et al. Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Siegal, W. J. et al. Mechanical Design of Machines (Internat. Engineers (Prentice-Hall) Textbook) 542301 ME232 Dynamics of Machines** 542'1056 ME214 Mechanics of SoUds* Prerequisites Maths I, ME131, MEI1112, CE111 Prerequisites Maths I, MElll/ll2, ME131, CEllI Hours 42 Hours 42 Examination One 3-hour paper Examination Progressive assessment and examination Content Content Description of plane and three-dimensional motion of particles in Uniaxial loading, states of stress and strain, stress and strain relation inertial, translating 'and rotating reference frames. Kinematics of ships; internal forces, internal stresses, defiexion of beams, torsion, plane mechanisms. General three-dimensional motion of systems of buckling. particles and rigid bodies. Text Text Hall, A. S. An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids Meriam, J. L. Dynamics 2nd edn SI Version (Wiley 1975) I.S.edn (Wiley 1973) References References Crandall, S. H. et al. An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids Hirschhorn, J. Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms 2nd edn (McGraw-Hill 1972) (McGraw-Hill) Higdon, A. et 'al. Mechanics of Materials (Wiley) Hirschhorn, J. Dynamics of Machinery (Nelson) Popov, E. P. Introduction to Mechanics of Solids Holowenko, A. R. C. Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms (Prentice-Hall 1968) Wiley) Shanley, F. R. Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-Hill 1967) Synge, J. L. & Principles of Mechanics 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill Griffith, B. A. 1959) 140 1411 542102 ,ME241 Properties of Materials** References Prerequisites Maths I, MEllI, ME1l2, CEllI R. & Dougherty, L. Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Applications Franzini, J. B. Hours 42 (McGraw-Hill) Streeter, V. L. Fluid Mechanics 5th edn (McGraw-Hill) Examination To be advised Content 542203 ~271 ThennodynamUcs** Concepts of - nominal stress and strain - true stress and strain - Prerequisites Maths I, Physics IA or IB elastic, plastic and viscoelastic behaviour. Generalised theories of Hours 42 creep, material failure and yield. Design concepts with fatig~e - frac ture. Dislocations 'and dislocation theory. Plastic flow functions. Examination Progressive assessment Text Nil Content References Funda~ental ther!D0dyn~ic concepts, first and second laws and corolla~les: Reversible and Irreversible processes. Properties of perfect D'Isa, F. Mechanics of Metals (Addison-Wesley 1968) gases, liqUlds and vapours. Marin, Mechanical Behaviour of Engineering J. Calculation of property changes and energy flows for non-flow steady Materials (Prentice-Hall 1962) flow ~nd ,unsteady ~ow processes using various working substa~ces. McClintock & Argon Mechanical Behaviour of Materials Exammahon o~ vanous energy conversion systems as examples of the (Addison-Wesley 1966) above c~lculatlOns ~ Camot cycle, Rankine cycle, reheat cycle, Polakowski, N. H. & Strength of Structural and Engineering regener~t1ve feed heatmg, Ott~ cycle, Diesel and mixed cycles, Stirling Ripling, E. M. Materials (Prentice-Hall 1966) and Enc~son cycles, gas turbme cycles, refrigeration cycles. Whyatt, O. H. & Metals, Ceramics and Polymers Introductlon to combustion processes. Dew-Hughes, D. (Cambridge U.P. 1974) Texts Haywood, R. W. 542202 ME251 Fluid Mechanics* Thermodynamic Tables in S I (Metric) Units (Cambridge U.P. 1972) Prerequisites Maths I, ME131 Rogers, G. F. C., & Engineering Thermodynamics Work and Heat Mahew, R. Hours 42 Transfer, S I Units (Longmans 1972) References Examination Progressive assessment and examination Cole, E. H. Engineering Thermodynamics (Edward Arnold Content 1973) Fluid properties and definitions. Fluid statics:- statics of moving Wallace, F. J. & Basic Engineering Thermodynamics (S I Units) systems, forces on surfaces, buoyant forces, stability of floating and Linning, W. A. (Pitman 1970) submerged bodies. Fluid flow concepts:- Types of flow, continuity equation, Euler's equation of motion along a 543101 ME301 Engineering Computations streamline. Bemouilli equation, energy equation. Linear momentum equation. The moment of momentum equation. Linear and angular Prerequisite Maths I momentum applications. Introduction to dimensional analysis. Viscous Hours 42 etIects:- fluid resistance, laminar and turbulent flow, flow in pipes and conduits. Fluid measurement. Examination Progressive assessment Text Content Streeter, V. L. & Fluid Mechanics 6th edn (McGraw-Hill) Soluti.on o~ equations. Sets of linear algebraic equations by elimination Wylie, E. B. and IteratlOn methods. Numerical integration and ditIerentiation. '142 143 Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations, initial value, 543301 ME333 Dynamics of Machines"'''' boundary value and characteristics value problems. Solution of partial differential equations by finite difference methods. Prerequisites Maths 1m, ME202, ME232. Introduction to linear programming, with engineering applications. Hours 42 T.exts Examination Dom, W.S.& Progressive assessment 'and examination Numerical Methods with Fortran IV Case Content McCracken, D. D. Studies (Wiley 1972) Duncan, A. K. Fortran (Dataset 1973) Kinl em~tics and d~namics of radial cams and toothed gea . Ba ancmg of machinery. nng. Refer.ences Vibrations - Review of one degree of freedom systems Forsythe, G. & Computer Solution of Linear Algebraic Moler, C. B. Systems (Prentice-Hall 1967) Multi degree-of-freedom systems. Vibrations of continu~us systems Texts . Ralston, A. A First Course in Numerical Analysis LS.E. (McGraw-Hill 1965) Hirschhorn, J. Dynamics of Machinery (Nelson) or 543302 ME313 Engineering Design'" Church, A. H. Mechanical Vibrations (Wiley) Prerequisites ME213, ME214, ME232, Maths I References RA. Hours 42 Anderson, Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan) Rothbart, H.B. Examination Progressive assessment and examination Cam D~sign ~nd Accuracy (McGraw-Hill) Seto, W. W. Mechamcal Vzbrations (Schaum) Shigley, J. E. Content Theory of Machines (McGraw-Hill) The design of power unit cylinders, reciprocating power elements, cylinder closures, dynamic struts and dynamic levers using work or 543102 ME342 Properties of Materials'" indicator diagrams as developed from thermodynamics, fluid mechanics or machine tool theory as the basis of horsepower, load and stress Prerequisite ME241 calculation. Effects of inertia, dead weight and centrifugal force on Hours 42 piston loads. Inertia bending of struts and bending induced by bearing friction. Stress summation and factor of safety criteria. Special refer Examination Progressive assessment and examination ence to reciprocating engine, compressor and power press units. Content Manufacturing techniques and material compatibility. Introduction to optimisation techniques and formalised decision making in design. Ela~icity ~fa network of long chain molecules - general stress- stram relatIOns for rubber-like materials - Mooney' th f I def t' . . s, eory or arge Text o~~ Ions - Rivlm - Sanders and Carmichael _ Hold Siegel, W. J. et 'al. Mechanical Design of Machines , apphcatIons to natural rubbers. erway (Internat. Textbook) References J?YD'ami~ beba~iour of rubber-like materials - spring dash ot model lmg of .lmear VIscoelastic behaviour. Material characterisati;n methods Howarth, M. H. Design of High Speed Diesel Engines - solvIllg field problems in linear viscoelastic behaviour with Laplace (Constable) tra~sforms and superposition integrals. . Lipson & Juvinall Handbook of Stress and Strength (Macmillan) Haslc course. in fractUre mechanics - temperature approach" and the Matousek, R. Engineering Design (Blackie) stress analysIs approach - stress intensity factor thickness temper Purday Dies.el Engine Design (Constable) ture a?d fatigue effects - fracture toughness. A~plications' to desi; Seely & Smith Advanced Mechanics of Materials (Wiley) I t~stmg met~ods - C.O.D. (crack opening displacement) testing re atlOn of vanous tests to fracture toughness. Shigley, J. E. Mechanical Engineering Design (McGraw-Hill) Walshaw Diesel Engine Design (Newnes) Text Nil 144 1145 Examination Progressive assessment and eXamination References Elementary Engineering Fracture M echanic~ Content Brook, D. Theory of Viscoelasticity - An IntroductiOn Basic equations for interactions between fluids and moving vanes Christensen, R. M. (Academic 1971) Applications to radial flow pumps and fans, and the development of similarity relationships and descriptions of performance. Similar ap Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics Knott, J. F. plications to axial flow pumps and fans, turbo-compressors, water (Butterworths 1973) . turbines, steam turbines, and gas turbines. Study of cavitation as it Fracture of Brittle Solids (Oambndge U.P. Lawn, B. R. & affects machines handling liquids. Wilshaw, T. R. 1975) The Physics of Rubber Elasticity 2nd edn Texts Nil Treloar, L. R. G. (Oxford U.P. 1958) References Cscanady Theory of Turbomachines (McGraw-Hili) 543103 ME343 Mechanics of SoUcJs*· Kovats, A.& Pumps, Fans and Compressors (Blackie) Desmur,G. Prerequisites CE212 or ME214 Hours 42 543204 ME36'1 Automatic Control· Progressive assessmen.t and examination Examination Prerequisite Maths lIB Hours 42 Content . ti' Formulation of problems in Theories of s.tress, .stram ru;td elas ~ty·roblems. Shear centre. Torsion Examination Progressive assessment and examination elasticity. Statically mdete~mmate ~a gy Ptorsion of thin-walled sections. of prismatic bars - mem /an~an~ 0 In~tability problems. Buckling of Content Strain energy met~ods 0 anfl ys~\_ xial loading systems. Torsional An introductory course in linear control systems. Mathematical models columns under aXIal and exuna ~ ms of systems and components; differential equations and transfer instability. Plane stress and plane stram proble . functions. Discussion of analog computers and their use in the sol Nil ution of equations and simulations of systems. Simple systems of first Texts and second order. Analysis cif steady state performance. System stab References ility and transient response by algebraic, root-locus and frequency An Introduction 10 the Mechanics of Solids Crandall, S. H. et aI. response methods. Introduction to compensation techniques. (McGraw-Hill) Description of components of servo-mechanisms and process control Mechanics of Metals (Addison-Wesley) D'lsa,F. A. systems. Introduction to Mechanics of Deformable Drucker, D. C. Solids (McGraw-Hill) Text Stress, Strain and Strength (McGraw-~ill) Fortmann, T. E. & Introduction to Linear Control Systems Theory Juvinall, R. C. Hitz, K. L. (Dekker 1976) Mechanics of Solids and Fluids (Prentice:HaII) Long,R. R. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials (Addison- References McClintock, F. A. & Desoer, C. A. Notes for a Second Course in Linear Systems Argon,A.S. Wesley) . Mechanics of Materials (McGraw-HIl~) (Van Nostrand Reinhold) Shanley, F. F. Advanced Mechanics of Materials (Wiley) Gupta & Hasdorff Fundamentals of Automatic Control (Wiley) Seely, F. B. & Melsa & Schultz Linear Control Systems (McGraw-Hili) Smith, A. M. Raven,F.H. Automatic Control Engineering (McGraw-Hili) 543201 ME352 Fluid MechaniCS*· 543202 ME372 Heat 'liansfer"'· Prerequisite ME251 Prerequisite tMaths IIB Hours 42 ,147 146 Hours 42 Examination Progressive assessment and examination 543501 ME381 Methods EngineerlDg* Prerequisites Maths I ME223 M Content , ,E122 Conduction; steady and unsteady, one and two dimensional, with and Hours 42 without internal heat generation and including convection boundaries. Examination Numerical and analogue solutions. Progressive assessment Convection; laminar and turbulent. Analytical and impirical solutions. Content Analogy between momentum and heat transfer. The integration of man, machines and rna . Radiation: development of radiation networks. Exchange between efficiency of operation. The critical te~al~ to aC~ieve maximum transmitting, reflecting and absorbing surfaces. Combined modes of methods. Work study. Ergonomics. A~~~~ttonmg ~ttitude. Charting heat transfer in heat exchangers. Text y samplIng. Case studies. Text Niebel, B. W. Motion and Time Study (Irwin) Bayley, F. J. et al. Heat Transfer (Thomas Nelson 1972) References References Alford, L. P. & Production Handbook (Ronald) Jakob, M. Heat Transfer Vols 1 & 2 (Wiley) Bangs, J. R. (eds) Barnes, R. M. McAdams, W. H. Heat Transmission (McGraw-Hill) Motion and Time Study (Wiley) Krick, E. V. Methods Engineering (Wiley) 543505 ~373 1Jmernlo~·· Maynard, H. B. (ed) Industrial Engineering Handbook (M G Prerequisite ME271 Hill) c raw- Hours 42 543502 MEl83 Quality Engineerfng*'" Examination Progressive assessment Prerequisites Maths lIB, ME223, ME122 Content Hours 42 General thermodynamic relations, equations of state, compressibility Examination factor. Progressive assessment and examination Non-reactive gaseous mixtures, gas and vapour mixtures, psychrometry. Content First and second law analysis of energy systems including power plants, Concepts of quality Sam I· gas turbines, transportation prime movers, air compressors, refriger measurement. Operating cta:~~te ~l~s. Inspection by attributes, by ation and air conditioning. of experiments. AnalYSis of varian:;~tlc curves, control charts. Design Reactive mixtures, enthalpy and internal energy of reaction, equilibrium Texts constant. Nil Thermodynamics of irreversible processes, entropy production. References Introduction to statistical thermodynamics, entropy and probability, the Amer. Soc. of Tool & MfgEngs Handbook of Industrial Metrology energy partition function, use in determining thermodynamic properties. (Prentice-Hall) Introduction to direct energy conversion systems such as thermoelecric DUncan, A. J. Quality C~mtrol and Industrial Statistics devices, fuel cells, thermionic devices, magnetohydrodynamic power. (Irwm) Grant, E. L. Text Juran, J. M. & Stati~tical Quality Control (McGraw-Hill) Wood,B.D. Applications of Thermodynamics (Addison Qualzty Planning and Analysis (McGraw-Hill) Wesley 1969) Gryna,F. M. Kirkpatrick, E. G. Quality Control fo'/ Managers and Eng· (Wiley) meers Maynard, E. G. (ed.) Indu~~ Engineering Handbook (McGraw- 148 1149 543503 ME384 Design f or Production"'''' Busacker, R. G. & Finite Graphs and Networks Prerequlsl· ·t es ME213, ME223, ME122 Saaty, T. L. 1965) Hours 42 De Russo, P.M. et al. Machol, R. State Variables for Engineers (Wiley 1965) Examination Progressive assessment and examination Systems Engineering Handbook (McGraW_HilI 1965) McMillan, C. & Contents ., .neering ergonomics and Gonzalez, R. F. Systems Analysis: A Computer Approach to The 'application of econOIDlCS, methlods engl and d~ign of products. Decision Models (Irwin Dorsey 1968) · .. g to the deve opment ' Meredith, D. D. et aJ. mechanIcal d k ting of engineering products. Design and Planning oj Engineering Systems e~gl~ee~ (Wiley 1967) Production, dIstnbubon an mar ~ ethod 1.n relation to scale of Raven, F. H. · bl and inspectIon m s . Mathematics of Engineering Systems ProductIon, assem y 1 d tool jig and fixture deSIgn. output. Principles of metro ogyan , (MCGraW-Hill 1966) Texts Nil 544452 ME402 Systems Planning, organization and Conn-ol"'''' References Prerequisites Maths IIB, ME361 Gladman, C. A. Geometric Analysis of Engineering Designs Hours 42 (Australian Trade Publications 19:2) Examination Kempster, M. H. A. Principles of Jig and Tool Design (Enghsh U.~.) Progressive assessment 'and examination McCormick, E. J. Human Factors Engmeermg. . (McGraw-Hill Content 1964) Goals and structures of systems. Mathematical modelling and system 416105 ME385 Accounting and Financial Studies simulation. Control functions and control systems. Hierarchical COn trol systems. System performance criteria. Concepts of optimization. Content Formal organisation and decision theory. Application of systems For subject entry see page 210. techniques to organisational analysis and design. Examples of indus trial and business systems. 544451 ME401 Systems Analysis'" Texts Nil Prerequisites Maths lIB, ME361 References Hours 42 Acknoff, R. L. Battersby, A. A Concept of Corporate Planning (Wiley 1970) Examination Progressive assessment and e~amination Network Analysis for Planning Scheduling (MacMillan 1970) Oarzo, R. & Yanouzas, V. Formal Organisation, A Systems Approach Content ifioation Mathematical modelling. J. (Irwin Dorsey 1965) System concepts and Sys~~ fcla~odels Stochastic models. Deter Citron, S. J. Deterministic and pr.oba I IgC h th and Network Analysis; Elements of Optimal Control (Holt Rinehart & ~ry Winston 1969) ministic systems - Lmear rap . e anal sis of continuous and Kuester, J. L. & Classioaltime modelling and analysis. Mize, J. H. Optimization Technlques with Fortran a~ fr~que~:od~o:a;stem/ (MCGraW-Hill 1973) discrete systems; 'atnxRam data and signal analysis; Response of Machol, R. StoChastic Processes - n d om .. Systems Engineerlng Handbook (McGraW-Hill systems to random excitation; Systems identification. 1965) McMillan, C. & Texts Nil Gonzalez, R. F. Systems Analysis: A Computer Approach to Declsion Models (Irwin Dorsey 1968) Meredith, D. D. et al. References Design and Planning of Engineering Systems Bendat, J. S. & Measurement and Analysis oj Random Data (Wiley 1967) Wayne-Weymore, A. ~iersol, A. G. (Wiley 1968) A Mathematical Theory of Systems Engineer ing (Wiley 1967) ',150 544417ME404 Mathematical Progl'8lllltling* (oot offered in 1978) 544407 ME417 Design of Worm and Speclal ~ Gear Reduc...., Uuits (not offeml in 1978) . 544461 ME405 Advanced Engineering ComputatioDS Prerequisite ME301 544409 ME419 Design of Conveyors and Materials HandUug EquJpme~t Prerequisites ME313, ME232 Hours 42 Hours Examination Progressive assessment 42 EXamination Content Progressive assessment Content Advanced FORTRAN programming . lIb Variable formats, relational and logical expressIOns, co~p ex age ra, Types of conveyors and materials handling equipment. Design features multiple entry and return points for subroutine ~nd functIOn segm;nts, and performance characteristics. Design of components. disc and magnetic tape files, compoundmg of prog~ams rom Flow patterns of bulk solids in storage bins. Strength and flow prop ~::::nts stored1 in separate filfeOs 'ld;;ge~tJ.~~~es~s:l~ ~~~a~c~~~~o~~~e:~ erties of bulk solids in relation to hopper design. Design of hoppers dump and over ay programs r . .'. for 'mass' flow and 'funnel' flow conditions. for a number of problems, e.g. matnce mampulatIons. Bin wall pressure distributions. Some advanced computing techniques. For exam.ple:- lue differential (a) The . Nachtsheim-Swigert iteration scheme for SOlVIng end va Introduction to pneumatic and hydraulic conveying systems. equations., flats of banded equations using Gauss (b) Use of "out-of-core" solver 0 rge se Texts Nil limination f In;oductio~ to the solution of heat, mass and momentum trans er References problems using:- . Brook, N. (a) The marker-and-ceU ffinite difference technlque. Mechanics of Bulk Materials Handling (b) Finite element techniques. (Butterworths 1971) Brown, R. L. & Text Richards, J. C. Principles of Powder Mechanics (Pergamon) Ext.ended Fortran - ICL Technical Publication Hawk, M. C. No. 4269 (ICL 1971) Bulk Materials Handling (Uni. of Pittsburgh, References School of Engineering Voh. I (3) 1971 Alder, B. et aI. (eds) Methods of Computational Physics (Academic & II (8) 1973) 1964) , Jenike, A. W. Storage and Flow of Solids (Bul. 123. Utah Various articles from- Journal of Computational Physics Engineering Experiment Station 1964) Hudson, E. O. Mathematics of Computations Conveyors (John Wiley-Chapman & Hall) Rudenko, N. International Journal for Numerical Methods Materials Handling Equipment (Peace in Engineering Publishers, Moscow) Spivakovsky & 544453 ME407 Enviromnental Engineering (tIIOtoffereid in 1978) Dyackkov Conveyors and Related Equipment (Peace Publishers, Moscow) Stocker, H. E. 544404 ME413 Design of Crankshafts, Flywheels and 0 ther Rotating Materials Handling (Prentice-Hall) Members (rot offered in 1978) 544419 ME434 Advanced Kinematics and Dynamics of Machines 544403 ME414 ~ of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Power Systems I(oot: otfured in 1978) (tIIOt offeIreId in 1978) 544405 ME415 Design of Crane and Hoist Equipment (tIIOt offured in 544401 ME444 Properties of Materials (not offered in 1978) 1978) 544402 ME445 Mechanics of SolicIs (trot offered in 1978) 544406 ME416 Design of Pressure Vessels, High Pressure Pipelines, 'Plates and Shells (not offered in 1978) 544416 ME448 An Introduction to Photomechanics (llIOt offered in 1978) 544418 ME449 ReUabillty Analysis for Mechanical Systems (n~ offered in! 1978) \152 1153 544411 ME453 Fluid Mechanics (00t offered in 1978) Smith, G. W. Engineering Economy: Analysis of Capital 544461 ME454 Turbomachinery (IIIOt offell"ed in 1978) Expenditures 2nd edn (Iowa State D.p. References 1973) 544412 ME473 Thermodynamics (not: offeired in 1978) Braddock, G. R. & The Elements of Economic Analysis 544413 ME474 Heat Transfer (not: offe.Ted in 1978) Archbold, D. A. (McGraW-Hill 1970) 544423 ME476 Development in the Use of Solar Energy (00t offeI'eid 1978) De Garroo, E. P. & Engineering Economy 5th edn (McMillan Canada, J. R. 1973) 544101 ME481 Engineering Administration Prerequisite Maths I 544463 ME483 Production Engineering (not: offered in 1978) Hours 42 544841 ME487 Operations Research - Deterministic Models* Examination Progressive assessment and examinations Prerequisite Maths lIB Content Hours 42 The nature and functions of an industrial enterprise. Theories of Examination Progressive assessment and examination organization. Behavioural aspects of work. Production management. Content Text Nil Concept of optimisation; Optimisation approaches; Formulation of References Models; Linear Programming; Allocation and assignment; Simplex Buffa, E. S. Modern Production Management (Wiley Method; Duality; Theory of Games, Parametric Programming; Integer 1973) Programming; Zero-one Programming; Quadratic Programming; De Bynt, W. J. People and Organizations (McGraw-Hill composition prinCiple. Network theory; Dynamic Programming. 1971) Geometric Programming. Applications. Litterer, J. A. The Analysis of Organization (Wiley 1973) Texts Ackoff, R. L. & Fundamentals of Operations Research (Wiley) 544102 ME482 Engineering Economics Sasienj, M. W. Prerequisite Maths I Hillier, I. S. & Introduction to Operations Research Lieberman, G. J. (Holden-Day) Hours 42 Taha, H.A. Operations Research (Macmillan) Examination To be advised Refer.ences Content McMillan, C. Mathematical Programming (Wiley) The time value of money, economic criteria for decision making, McMillan, C. & Systems Analysis - A Computer Approach to purchase and replacement economics, cost benefit analysis, evaluation Gonzalez, P. F. Decision Models (Irwin-Dorsey) of accounting data for decision making. Wagner, H. W. Principles of Operations Research (Prentice Introduction to demand, supply, price and the policy of the firm in Hall) various operating environments. Decision making under risk and uncertainty. 544842 ME488 Operations Research - Probabillstie Models*. Texts Prerequisite Maths lIB Fabrycky, W. J. & Economic Decision Analysis (Prentice-Hall Hours Thuesen, G. J. 1974) 42 or Examination Progressive assessment 1154 115S 544203 ME496 Project/Seminar Content Hours 126 Statistical decision theory; Forecasting, methods moving average exponentially smoothed average. Inventory control theory. Fixed order Examination Progressive assessment quantity; fixed order cycle systems; Production - inventory . syste~s. Queueing theory; simple queue Multi-server queues. Queues 10 senes. 11h.e followinJg subjoots ha;ve been! approved forincluSiollJ !illi M.&g.Sc. Transients in queues; simulation of systems. Applications. programmes. 11W o1fe:rlling of any subject is dependent on adequaJte enrol Text menl(1s in that subject. Subjects marked t are unlikely to be offered in 1978. Saaty, T. L. Elements of Queueing Theory (Prentice-Hall) Unit ME404 Mathematical Programming References 1 ME502G Operations Research & Decision Theory Smoothing, Forecasting and Prediction of Time tME503G 2 Brown, R. G. Design of Experiments for Engineering Researcr 2 ME505G Systems Analysis & Design Series (Prentice-Hall) 2 MES08G Air Pollution Studies II 1 Dychman, T. R. et a1. Management Decision Making under MESllG Experimental & Theoretical Stress Analysis Uncertainty (Macmillan) ME515G 2 Advanced Design Concepts in Mechanical Engineering 2 & Analysis for Inventory Systems (Prentice-Hall) ME517G Materials Handling & Transportation Systems Hadley, G. ME535G 2 Vibration & Noise Problems in Industry 2 Whitin, T. M. tME536G Advanced Dynamics of Machines ME546G 1 Taha, H. A. Operations Research (Macmillan) Elasticityl, Plasticity & Applications 2 tME554G Fluid Mechanics 1 tME555G Advanced Turbomachinery 2 544843 ME489 Operations Researcb - ApplicatioJlS in Indus1ry ME575G Heat TranSfer 1 ME581G Mathematical Programming _ 2 Prerequisite Maths IIB tMES82G Probabilistic Models in Operations Research 2 tME583G Modelling of Management Problems 1 Hours 42 ME584G Simulation 1 ME685G Examination To be advised Advanced Operations Research 2 Content 540115 MES02G Operations Research and Decision Theory (Refer also The case study approach to industrial cases. The application of ME487/488) operations research to industrial problems. Hours 3 hours of lectures, seminars & tutorials per Texts Nil week References Examination Progressive assessment and examination Dooley, A. R. et al. Casebooks in Production'Management (Wiley Content 1968) Development of models as an aid in decision making. Mathematical Duckworth, E. A Guide to Operation Research (Methuen concepts of statistics in problem solving. Mathematical programming. 1965) Inventory control theory. Queueing theory and applications. Eilon, S. et a1. Exercises in Industrial Management (Macmillan 1966) Texts As for ME487 & ME488 McKenny, J. L. & Cases in Operations Management References Rosenbloom, R. S. Vajda, S. Readings in Mathematical Programming Rivett, B.H.P., & A Manager's Guide to Operational Research (Pitman) Ackoff, R. L. (Wiley 1963) Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations Research Schnelle, K. E. Case Analysis and Business Problem Solving (Prentice-Hall) (McGraw-Hill 1967) 157 1156 540101 MES03G Design of Experiments for Engineering Researda Texts Nil Prerequisites Nil References Busacker, R. G. & Hours 3 hours of lectures, seminars & tutorials per Finite Graphs and Networks (McGraw-HilH· week Saaty, T. L. 1965) Citron, S. J. Examination Progressive assessment Elements of Optimal Control (Holt R' h ; & Winston 1969) , me art Content Converse, A. O. Optimization (Holt, Rinehart & Winston A systematic approach to the analysis and design of experimen~s .apd 1969) the interpretation of experimental results. The course has been dIvIded Deutsch, R. Systems Analysis Techniques (Prentice-Hall into three approximately equal parts as follows:- 1969) (1) Statistical methods for the design and evaluation of experiments. Kuester, J. L. & Optimization Techniques with Fortran (2) Model analysis, use of true and distorted models as well as Mize, J. H. (McGraW-Hill 1973) analogues. Use of dimensional analysis. Machol, R. Systems Engineering Handbook (McGraw_ (3) Methods of measurement, mechanical, optical, electrical and Hill 1965) electronic instrumentation. Recording techniques and data pro Taha, H. A. cessing. Use of computers. Planning of computer and laboratory Operations Research (McMillan 1971) Wayne-Weymore, A. operations. A Mathematical Theory of Systems Engineer. ing (Wiley 1967) Texts Nil References 54(1124 ME508G Air PoUution Studies n Bright-Wilson Introduction to Scientific Research (McGraw Prerequisite GE501G Hill) Hours 42 Cook & Rabinowicz Physical Measurements and Analysis (Addison-Wesley) Content Ezekiel & Fox Methods of Correlation Analysis and Atmospheric diffusion models and physico-chemical interactions on Regression Analysis (Wiley) the local and global scale. Ambient measurement and control of Kom& Kom Mathematics Handbook for Scientists and exhausts from motor vehicles. Engineers (McGraw-Hill) Text Experimental Statistics Handbook 91 Seinfeld, J. H. (U.S. Nat. Bur. of Standards) Air Pollution-Physical and Chemical References Fundamentals (McGraW-Hill 1975) Deminger, A. 540112 ME505G Systems Analysis and Design Models for Environmental Pollution Control Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials and seminars per (Ann Arbor Science Publishers 1973) week Stem, A. C. Air Pollution 3 Vols (Academic 1968) Examination Progressive assessment 540106 MESnG Experimental and Theoretical Stress Analysis Hours Content 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week An introduction to systems concepts and systems applications. Mathe Examination matical modelling and some probabilistic concepts. Deterministic and Progressive assessment probabilistic models. Linear graph theory and networks. Problem Content formulation. Types of systems, physical and organizational. Mixed An introduction to .the experimental and theoretical analysis of com systems. Optimization of systems. Sub-system analysis. Methods of plex cO?Iponents WIth. emphasis o~ the Use of computer techniques. solution. Simulation. System stability. Theoretical and expenmental applIcations of the use of strain gauge, 1158 photoelastic and modelling methods will be covered. Certain aspects of 540113 ME517G Materials Handling and Transportation Systems simulation techniques will also be given. Hours 3 hours per week Texts Nil Examination Progressive assessment Ref.erences Content Dalley, J. W. & Experimental Stress Analysis (McGraw-Hill Principles of granular mechanics and flow patterns and propertie Riley, W. F. 1965) / Me~surement of strength and flow properties in relation to hop~' Durelli, A. J. et al. Analysis of Stress and Strain (McGraw-Hill desI~. Stres~ analysis of bulk solids. Design of hoppers, feeding anJ 1958) handlmg eqUIpment. Durelli, A. J. & Introduction to Photomechanics Analysis and ~pt~ization of mate~ia1s handling and transportation Riley, W. F. (Prentice-Hall 1965) systems. Ex:unmatlOn of the techmcal characteristics and unit cost data for vanous type~ of transport systems. Examples considered will McMillan, C. Mathematical Programming (Wiley 1970) be selecte~ from vanous. types of conveyor systems, pipeline systems Southwell, R. V. An Introduction to the Theory of Elasticity (Dover 1969) (pneumatIc and hydraulic) road and rail systems and sea transport The Finite Element Method in Engineering syste~s such as Lash, Splash, Ro Ro, Container etc. Other studies Zienkiewiez, O. C. may mclude stockpiling, packaging and cargo systems. Science (McGraw-Hill 1971) Texts Nil 540107 ME515G Advanced Design Concepts In Mechanlcal Engineering References Hours 3 hours per week Brown, R. L. & Principles of Powder Mechanics (Pergamon) Richards, J. C. Examination Progressive assessment Hawk, M. C. Bulk Materials Handling Vol. 1 (Univ. of Content Pittsburgh, School of Engineering, No. 3 The application of system analysis principles to the solution of prob 1971) lems associated with the design of mechanisms. Formalising of the Hawk, M. C. Bulk Materials Handling Vols. I (3) & II (8) design process. Fundamental concepts of reliability. Reliability analysis. (Univ. of Pittsburgh, School of Engineer Methods of improving the reliability of Systems. Computer program ing 1971) ming for mechanical design applications. The optimum design of Jenike, A. W. Gravity Flow of Bulk Solids Bull. 108 (1961) typical mechanical components. & Bull. 123 (1964) Texts Nil 5torage and Flow of Solids (Utah Engineering Experiment Station) References The Use of Computers in Engineering Design Furman, T. T. 540102 ME535G Vibration and Noise Problems In Industry (English UP.) Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & laboratory Haviland, R. P. Engineering Reliability and Long Life Design (Van Nostrand 1964) per week Johnson, R. C. Optimum Design of Mechanical Elements Examination Progressive assessment (Wiley) Content Matouseki, R. Engineering Design (Blackie) Engineering Design (McGraw-Hill) A systematic study of both noise and vibration problems which are Morrison, D. ?f common occurrence in industrial plants and structures. It is divided Polovko, R. M. Fundamentals for Reliability Theory mto: (Academic 1968) (i) So?nd waves and their measurements. Fundamentals underlying Shooman, M. L. Probabilistic Reliability. An Engineering no~se control. Criteria for noise and vibration control. Practical Approach (McGraw-Hill 1968) nOIse control. 160 161 References (ii) Basic vibration theory. Vibration sources, vibration measure ment and analysis. Vibration control: shock and vibration isolation Ford Advanced Mechanics of Materials (Longmans) in machines and vehicles. Effects of shock and vibration on Hill, R. The Mathematical Theory of Plasticity structures. (Oxford V.P.) Wang Applied Elasticity (McGraw-Hill) Texts Zienkiewicz & Holister Stress Analysis (Wiley) Anderson, R. A. Fundamentals of Vibrations (Macmillan) Noise Reduction (McGraw-Hill) Beranek 540114 ME554G Fluid Mechanics References Hours 1t hours of lectures per week Harris & Crede Shock and Vibration Handbook Vol. 2 (McGraw-Hill ) Examination To be advised Pestel, C. E. & Matrix Methods in Elastomechanics Content Leckie, F. A. (McGraw-Hill) A selection of the following topics. Two phase flow particularly related to transport of solids in pipelines; 540108 ME536G Advanced DynamIcs of Machines Fractional analysis and its application; Pump and compressor design; Hours 1t hours of lectures per week Application of hydrodynamics; Computer applications in fluid mechanics. Examination Progressive assessment Texts Nil Content Dynamic motion analysis: the energy distribution method, equivalent References mass-and-force method, the rate-of-change-of-energy method. Kovats, A. Centrifugal and Axial Flow Pumps and Advanced kinematics .of the Plane Motion: the inflection circle, Compressors (Pergamon) Euler-Savary equation, Bobilliers construction, Hartmann's construct Streeter, V. L. Handbook of Fluid Dynamics (McGraw-Hill) ion. Vallentine, H. R. Applied Hydrodynamics (Butterworths) Introduction to synthesis; graphical methods, analytical methods. 540103 ME555G Advanced Turbomachinery Text Hirschhorn, J. Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Motion Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week (McGraw-Hill) References Examination Progressive assessment Hall, A. S. Kinematics and Linkage Design (Prentice-Hall Content 1960) More advanced study of the fluid mechanics and thermodynamics of Holowenko, A. R. Dynamics of Machinery (Wiley) flow in cascades and three-dimensional guiding surfaces, leading to the design of a selected turbomachine. 540109 ME546G Elasticity, Plasticity and Applications Texts Nil Hours 3 hours of leotures & tutorials per week Reference Examination Progressive assessment Csanady, G. T. Theory of Turbomachines (McGraw-Hill 1964) Content Development of theories of elasticity and plasticity; application of 540'118 ME575G Heat Transfer these theories to elastic, elasto-plastic and plastic problems: use of Hours 1t hours of lectures & laboratory per week approximate methods of solution; application of slip-line field solutions to certain plasticity problems; use of experimental methods. Examination Progressive assessment Texts Nil 1162 163 Content 540120 ME582G Probabilistic Models in Operations Research A selection of the following topics. Hours Heat transfer in laminar and turbulent flow; Heat transfer with 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & seminars per boiling; Condensation heat transfer; Heat exchangers; Radient heat week transfer and furnace applications; Applications of dimensional analysis; Examination Progressive assessment Applications of computer techniques in heat and mass transfer. Content Reference To be advised Revie~ of relevant,. ~robability an~. statistics theory; utility theory; Bayes theorem; decIsIOn trees; deCIsIon models under risk and un 540119 ME581G Mathematical Programming certainty; queueing theory; Markov models, renewal theory; variable Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week inventory models; forecasting; time series analysis; production-inventory models; quality assurance models; reliability. Examination To be advised Texts Nil Content References A survey of methods for the solution of statics, deterministic optimisation problems. Taha,H.A. Operations Research (MacmiIIan) Linear programming; the simplex algorithm and its revised form duality Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations Research (Prentice theory; sensitivity analysis; decomposition algorithms transportation and Hall) assignment problems. Linear programming in integers; cutting plane algorithms branch 540121 MES83G Modelling of Management Problems and-bound methods; implicit enumeration; alogrithms for binary Hours 1t lecture hours per week integer programmes. Network, scheduling and other combinatorial problems. Examination Progressive assessment Introduction to the theory of convex nonlinear programmes; the Content Kuhn-Tucker theorem applications to quadratic programming and Principles of model building; classification of models; cause-effect geometric programming. structures; organizational objectives; problem formulation; manage Dynamic programming methods. ment problems in industry and government; models for marketing, Texts manpower, production, inventory, distribution, and investment· case studies of management problems. ' Gass, S. I. Linear Programming 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill I.S. edn) Reference Geoffrion, A. M. (ed.) Perspectives on Optimisation (Addison-Wesley Rivett, B. H. P. Principles of Model Building (Wiley) 1972) Nemhauser, G. L. Introduction to Dynamic Programming 540122 ME584G Simulation (Wiley 1966) References Hours H lecture hours per week Bellman, R. E. & Applied Dynamic Programming Examination Dreyfus, S. E. (Princeton 1962) Progressive assessment Duffin, R. J. et al. Geometric Programming (Wiley 1967) Content Hadley, G. Linear Programming World Student Series The basic methodology of simulation and its relationship to operations Addison-Wesley 1969) research and the scientific method; analogue, digital and hybrid Kiinzi, H. P. et al. Nonlinear Programming (Blaisdell 1966) simulation; Luenberger, D. G. Introduction to Linear and Nonlinear the representation of uncertainty in simulation models, sampling Programming (Addison-Wesley 1973) methods; Taha, H. A. Operations Research (Macmillan 1971) simple example of simulation of a queue to iIIustrate the problems and Wilde, D. J. & Foundations of Optimisation (Prentice-Hall methods involved in the construction of different models to answer Beightler, C. S. 1967) different questions; ,164 the general discrete event network and its limitations; Content general solutions to the modelling of such networks; A review and reVISIOn of probability theory, random variables and the classical 3 phase model; distributions. Sampling distributions. Confidence interval estimation. programming languages for simulation; Standard tests of significance. Linear regression and least squares design of simulation experiments; analysis of data. simulation project. Text Nil Guttman, 1. & Introductory Engineering Statistics (Wiley) I Wilks, S. S. References Naylor, T. H. Computer Simulation Experiments with Models References of Economics Systems (Wiley 1971) Moroney, M. J. Facts from Figures (Pelican) Naylor, T. H. et al. Computer Simulation Techniques (Wiley Paradine, C. G. & Statistical Methods for Technologists (English 1966) Rivett, B. H. P. V.P.) Tocher, K. D. The Art of Simulation (English V.P. 1963) Wadsworrh, G. P. & Probability and Random Variables (McGraw Bryan, J. G. Hill) 433260 ME681G Industrfal Law Walpole, R. E. Introduction to Statistics (Macmillan) For subject description see Faculty handbook Economics & Commerce 433240 ME681D Industrial Law 540123 ME685G Advanced Operations Research For subject einltlry see Faculty 1m.ndbook Eoonomrics & Contme:rce Prerequisite ME502G or ME487 / 488 540173 ME684D Project Hours 3 hours of lectures, tutorials & seminars per week Hours 84 Exami1lation Progressive assessment Examination Progressive assessment Content 540174 ME685D Industrial Process Control The application of the Operational Research Method and techniques 540175 ME686D Industrial Psychology } (oot offered in 1978) to tactical and strategic industrial problems. Analysis and simulation of production - inventory control systems, queueing systems, invest Metallurgy ment and replacement, quality control and reliability. Indicating Numerals Reference Met-O General Wagner, H. M. Principles of Operations Research (Prentice Met-l Computations Hall) Met-2- Physical Chemistry Met-3- Transport Diploma Subject Entries Met-4- Mechanical Met-5- Physical Metallurgy & Metallography 540152 ME582D Industrial Computations Met-6- Extraction Met-7- Fabrication & Materials Prerequisites Nil Met-8- Structure & Metal Physics Hours 42 Met-9- Laboratory Examination Progressive assessment and examination 11'1122 Met1U Chemical Metallww 1 unit Prerequisite Nil 166 1167 Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, References demonstration & practical classes Dieter, G. Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraW-Hill) Examination One 1t hour paper Polakowski, N. H. & Strength and Structure of Engineering Ripling, E. Materials (Prentice-Hall) Content Wyatt, O. H. & Introduction to chemical thermodynamics and the rates of homogeneous Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge Dew-Hughes, D. U.P.) and heterogeneous chemical reactions. Extension to electrochemical and photochemical reactions, thermo 11'1151 MetISl Microstructure of Materials dynamics and kinetics of chemical change illustrated by reference to 1 unit the environmental degradation of materials. Wet and dry corrosion of Prerequisites Nil metals. Chemical attack on refractories, ceramics and cement. Photo Hours chemical breakdown of polymers, Stress corrosion of metals and About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial plastics. Internal chemical breakdown of materials. demonstration & practical classes ' Examination Texts One 1t hour paper Chitton, J. P. Principles of Metallic Corrosion (Chern. Soc.) Content Guggenheim, E. A. Elements of Chemical Thermodynamics The ge~eration of microstructure and its relationship with material (Chern. Soc.) propertIes. S~ates of ma~ter, bonding in solids, crystal structure, phases, Ives, D. J. G. Principles of Extraction of Metals (Chern. surfac~s, gram boundanes and interfaces, atom movement. Phase rule Soc.) and mIcrost~~t~res in binary systems for eqUilibrium conditions and Reference for .nea~ eqUIlIbrIUm tr~nsformations including: isomorphous, eutectic, Guy, A. G. introduction to Materials Science pente~ttc and eutectold types, the lever rule. Microstructures of ceramICS and pol~mers. Te7h.nically. important systems including iron 111141 MetI41 Mechanical Properties of Materials 1 unit ca.rbon, copper-z!nc, alumm~u~-sIltcon, aluminium-copper. Modific at~on of eutecttcs, n~rmalIZtng a?d annealing. Non-equilibrium Prerequisites Nil mIcrostructures, quenchmg, martenSIte and bainite ITT diagrams Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, age hardening and tempering. ' , demonstration & practical classes Text Examination One 1t hour paper RoUason, E. C. Metallury for Engineers (Arnold) Content References Macroplasticity. The tension test, engineering stress 'and strain, true stress Rhines, F. N. Phase Diagrams in Metallury (McGraw-Hill) and strain, theories of strength, complex stresses, yielding, flow and fracture, Van Vlack, L. H. Elements of Materials Science (Addison effect of metallurgical variables. Visco-elastic behaviour of materials, Wesley) classical models. Heating a cold worked metal, recrystallization, hot working. Wulff, J. et a1. Structure and Properties of Materials Vol 1 Microplasticity. Slip in single crystals, work hardening, multiple slip, (Wiley) . deformation bands in polycrystals. Theoretical strength anomaly and disloc Wyatt, O. H. & ations, edge and screw types, their interaction, multiplication and pile ups. Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge Dew-Hughes, D. U.P.) Fradure. Types of fracture under static loading, ductile, brittle. Creep dynamic loading fatigue. Ductile-Brittle transition in mild steel,the effects 111181 MetISl Atomic Strncture of Materials of variables, Mnle ratio. Creep Test, shape of curve, microstructural 1 unit aspects, creep rupture. Fatigue Test, S-N curve, effect of variables. Prerequisites Nil Text Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Wulff, J. et aI. Structure and Properties of Materials Vol. 3 demonstration & practical classes (Wiley) Examination One 1t hour paper 168 169 Content 112212 Met212 Metallurgical Stoichiometry 1 unit Introductory crystallography; crystal systems, lattices and unit cells. Prerequisites Miller indices and stereographic projection. The periodic table and atomic bonding. The metallic structures, b.c.c., f.c.c., c.p.h. from Hours About 21 lecture hours and 21 tutorial hours stacking equal spheres. Metallic solid solutions, Hume-Rothery rules, short and long range order. Defects. Ionic structures, from stacking Examination One 1t hour paper coordination polyhedra. Pauling's rules. Covalent structures. Structures Content with more than one type of bond, silicates and polymers. The stoi~hiometry of metallurgical pro~es~es. Algebraic stoichiometry Text after Ans. Mass and Energy balances m mdustrial metallurgical prOr Wulff, J. et al. 5tructure and Properties of Materials Vol. 1 ces~es. and plants .. I~teract.ive computing techniques for industria. (Wiley) stolc~lom~ry. StolchlOmetnc models for graphical and computer References manipulatIOn. Cracknell, A. P. Crystals and their Structure (Pergamon) Text Van Vlack, L. H. Elements of Materials Science (Addison To be advised Wesley) References } 111'182 Met182 Electronic Structure of Materials 1 unit 112213 Met213 Applied Statistics 1 unit Prerequisites Nil Prerequisites Nil Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes demonstration & practical classes ' Examination One 1t hour paper Examination One 1t hour paper Content Content Atomic bonding and electron mobility. Electrons in a potential box, Distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal. Sampling distributions. free electron model of a metal, effects of the lattice, alkali, noble and Tests and confidence intervals for means, variances, proportions and transition metals, insulators and semi conductors. Specific heat and distributions. Analysis of variance. Regression analysis. thermal conductivity of electrons and lattices. Thermal and Electronic properties of metals, insulators and semi conductors. Magnetic Text As for ME582D properties of metals and insulators. Optical properties of metals, insul References To be advised ators and semi conductors. Text 112221 Met221 Metallurgical Thennodynamics 1 unit Wulff, J. et al. The Structure and Properties of Materials Prerequisite Met121 Vol. 4 (Wiley) Corequisite Met261 References To be advised Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, 112211 Met211 Metallurgical Computations 4 units demonstration & practical classes Examination Prerequisite Maths I One 1t hour paper Content Hours About 112 lecture hours & 56 tutorial hours T~e Principle of Additivity. Enthalpy. Calorimetry. First postulate Examination As determined by the Faculty of Mathematics Gibbs free energy. Second and third postulates. Chemical potential. Content Equilibrium constants. Simple gaseous reactions. Gas/ solid reactions. ConSIsts of Topics A, CO and F of Mathematics II. ,170 171 The oxygen potential diagram, Ellingham diagrams. Simultaneous gas/ solid reactions. Chemical equilibria in aqueous solutions. Graphical representation. Electro-chemical equilibria in aqueous solutions. Theories of work hardening, deformation bands, kink bands, dislocation E-pH diagrams. interactions with solutes and particles. and annealing of polycrysta11ine metals. Deforma~ion Text Oates, W. A. Text Introduction to Chemical Thermodynamics for Reference Metallurgy Students Honeycombe, R. W. K. The Plastic Deformation of Metals (Arnold) Gaskell, D. References Introduction to Metallurgical Thermodynamics Hall, E. O. Yield point phenomena (Macmillan) 112231 Met231 Rate Processes Tegart, W. J. McG. Elements of Mechanical Metallurgy Prerequisite MetI21 1 unit (Macmillan) Hours 112251 Met251 Metallography About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes Prerequisites 1 unit Examination MetI21, Met151, MetISl One 1 t hour paper Hours Content About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes Examination solidsIntroduction and liquids. to chemical kinetics and transport processes in gases, One 1t hour paper Content Defects in solids, diffusion and defects. Homogeneous and hetero geneous nucleation and the growth of particulate and lamellar second Physical examination of metals, optical microscopy qualitative and phases. Quasi-chemical equilibrium of defects and the Wagner theory quantitative, D.T.A., Dilatometry and hardness. Thermodynamics of of oxidation. The interpretation and use of rate data. Derivation of phase diagrams and transformation kinetics. Decomposition of austen raterates data.from experimental measurements. MOdels for the correlation of ites, characterization of pearlite, bainite and martensite. X-ray metallography,techniques. production of x-rays, uses of the Laue and powder Text To be advised Texts References Cu11ity, B. D. Burke, J. Elements of X-ray Diffraction Kinetics of Phase Transformations (Addison Wesley) Welty, J. R. et al. Reed-Hill, R. Fundamentals of Momentum, Heat and Mass Physical Metallurgy Principles (Van Nostrand) Transfer (Wiley) References 112241 Met241 Microplasticity Cottrell, A. H. de Hoff, R. T. Theoretical Structural Metallurgy (Arnold) Prerequisites Met141, MetI51, MetlS1 1 unit Kehl, G.H. Quantitative Microscopy (McGraw-HilI) Hours Metallographic Laboratory Practice About 21 lecture hours and 21 hours of (McGraw-Hill) tutorial, demonstration and practical classes Samuels, L. H. Examination Metallographic Polishing by Mechanical One 1t hour paper Methods (Pitman) Content 112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy Metallography of the plastic deformation of single crystals, slip, Prerequisite Met121 1 unit twinning and clearage, stress strain curves of metal crystals. Corequisite dislocations,Dislocation theory,jogs. cross slip, climb, dissociation into partials, sessile Met221 Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, 172 demonstration & practical classes Text One 1t hour paper Examination Pauley, S. Technical Report Writing Today (Houghton Mifflin) Content.. . metallurgy. Phase separation References Comprehensive review of e~trac~o~uction of metal oxides. Volatile Mitchell, J. H. A first course in technical writing (Chapman processes. Fuels. Ore preparatlOn· te. Matte smelting Refining & Hall) Slags and re frac ones. . d metal processes. . I F alloys Hydrometallurgy an Swanson, R. For your information (Prentice-Hall) processes. Rare and reactive meta s. erro . Electrometallurgy . 113323 Met311 SCatisticai Design and OpCimisation of 1 unit Text Metallurgical Processes Principles of Extraction Metallurgy Rosenqvist, T. Prerequisites Met212, Met213 (McGraw-Hill) References Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 tutorial hours Extraction Metallurgy (Pergamon) Gilchrist, J. D. Unit Processes in Extraction Metallurgy Examination Progressive assessment and one 1t hour paper Pehlke, R. D. (Elsevier) Content 1 unit Experimental design: Randomised and randomised-block, factorial 112271 Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy and fractional factorial designs applied to metallurgical situations. . 't Met141 Met151, Met181 Optimisation: Method of formulation, single variabJe and multi P rereqursr es' . variable techniques. Linear and non-linear problems, constrained About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutonal, problems, confidence regions. Hours demonstration & practical classes Text To be advised One 1t hour paper Examination Reference Text Content common metal-working Ray, W. H. & Process Optimisation with application in An introduction to and a study of ~he wire and tube drawing, Szekely, J. Metallurgy and Chemical Engineering techniques. Rolling, forging, deep drawmg, (Wiley) casting, extrusion and powder metallurgy. 113313 Met312 Modelling and Control of Metallurgical 1 unit Text Mechanical Metallurgy (McGraw-Hill) Processes Dieter, G. E. Prerequisites Met212, Met213 References Fundamentals of Metal Casting (Addison About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial Flinn, R. A. Hours Wesley) & practical classes Principles of Metal Working (Arnold) Rowe, G. W. Examination Progressive assessment and final exam~nation t unit 113301 Met301 Communication Skills Content Construction of models, use of models in prediction, identification and Prerequisites Nil simulation, validity of models using examples from current metallur I hours & a student seminar gical practice. Computer control systems, system components, Hours About 21 ecture advantages and justification of computer systems. Demonstration by Examination Progressive assessment use of simulation packages. Use of microcomputers in on line data logging and control. Application to a practical example in the Content laboratory. Preparation of written and oral reports. 174 As for Met311 and References 113331 Met331 Transport Processes in Metallurgical Systems 1 unit Pehlke, R. D. Unit Processes of Extractive Metallurgy Prerequisites Nil (American Elsevier) Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial 113324 Met321 Heterogeneoos Equilibria 1 unit demonstration & practical classes ' Prerequisite Met221 Examination One 1t hour paper Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, COTitent demonstration & practical classes Viscosity and viscous flo 'th r . with phase change. w WI IqUld metals and slags. Heat transfer Examination Progressive assessment and one 1t hour paper Mass transfer in heterogen 11' Content transfer processes coupledeo~s meta urgtcal systems. Simultaneous Condensed phase equilibria in ternary systems. Application to alloy reaction systems. ' ransport phenomena. Single particle steels, alumiDJium alloys, tungsten carbide and refractories. Gas/ Text condensed pbase equilibria in multi component systems. Applications To be advised to extraction metallurgy. References 1 References 113332 Met332 Fluid Mechauics of Metallurgical Processes Prince, A. Alloy Phase Equilibria (Elsevier 1966) 1 unit Levin, E. M. & Phase Diagrams for Ceramists (Amer. Ceramic Prerequisites Nil Hall, F. D. Soc. 1956-69 3 vols) Hours About 21 l~cture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, 113322 Met322 Electrochemistry and Corrosion 1 unit demonstratlOn & practical classes Examination Prerequisite Met221 One 1t hour paper Content Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes !!~:l riste~s in pyro metallurgical processes. Slag-metal flow. Gas- , ow m vacuum processes. Melting packed b d fl J Examination One 1t hour paper m metallurgical reactors Gas bubbl fl' e ow. et flow Content in ingots and castings. Flow at SOlid~fiC~:o~niJ~:~~::.allurgy, Flow Metals in equilibrium with aqueous solutions. Departures from equilib Text } To be advised rium. Kinetics of electrode processes. Corrosion. Surface films and References passivity. Corrosion prevention and control. Electrodeposition. Electro polishing, 113341 Met341 Fracture and Failure Analysis Text To be advised 1 unit Prerequisite Met241 References Hours Denaro, A. R. Elementary Electrochemistry (Butterworth) About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial Fontana, M. G. & Corrosion Engineering (McGraw-Hill) demonstration & practical classes ' Greene, N. D. Examination One 1t hour paper Potter, E. C. Electrochemistry: Principles and Applications Content (Clever-Hume) The unique features of various modes of failu . Uhlig, H. H. Corrosion and Corrosion Control (Wiley) ~~laint ed fro~ a ~etal!urgical and metallographi~ v~~~ ~~~~~bed and West, J. M. Electrodeposition and Corrosion Processes e s ress-stram sltuatlOn at a t t" k . (Van Nostrand) th~ Griffith's criterion developed. s a lOnary crac tip is explored and Failure analysis and case histories. 176 ,177 Text Nil Further topics in dislocation theory, yield point phenomena, fracture, Reference age hardenmg, creep. I.S.I. Publication Fracture Toughness No. 121 (1969) Texts Bain, E. C. & Alloying Elements in Steel (A.S.M.) 113351 Met351 Metallography 1 unit Paxton, H. W. Prerequisite Met252 Honeycombe, R. W. K. Plastic Deformation of Metals (Arnold) Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, References demonstration & practical classes Cottrell, A. H. Dislocations and Plastic Flow in Crystals Examination One 1t hour paper (Oxford U.P.) Smallman, R. E. Modern Physical Metallurgy (Butterworths) Wyatt, O. H. & Content odem metallographic methods. Metals, Ceramics and Polymers (Cambridge A practically ori~nted c~~St~ ofa~ quantitative treatment of data Dew-Hughes, D. U.P.) Theory of operahon, app ~ca 10D; Transmission electron micro from modem metallograph.lc equlpm~~ld ion microscopy, Quantimet, 113353 Met353 Solidification Processes 1 unit scopy; scanning electron mlcroscop~, 'd ntification and analysis from PrereqUisites MetI51, Med81 classimat. Element a~d combPoun I I. e and X-ray diffraction methods. X-ray spectroscopy, mlcropro ~ ana YSIS Hours Particle size and texture analysIs. About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes Texts Examination One It hour paper Smallman, R. E. & Modern Metallography (Pergamon) Ashbee, K. H. G. Content Cullity, B. D. Elements of X-ray diffraction (Addison The structure of liquid metals and the solid-liquid interface. Wesley) References Theories of pure metal solidification and nUcleation. Polyphase alloy growth, impurity effects, cellular growth, microsegregation, macro Andrews, K. W. Physical metallurgy. Techniques .and segregation. Structures in castings and ingots. Gases and inclusions in application (Allen & Unwm) steel ingots. Homogenization. Belk, J. A. & Electron microscopy and microanalysis of Effect of cast structures and inclusions on mechanical properties. Davies, A. L. metals (Elsevier) Text Brandon, D. G. Modern techniques in metallography Flemings, M. C. (Butterworths) Solidification Processing (McGraw Hill) Thomas, G. Transmission electron microscopy of metals References (Wiley) ChadWick, G. A. Metallography of Phase Transformations (Butterworths) 113352 Met352 Physical Metallurgy 1 unit Davies, G. J. Solidification and Casting (Halsted Press) Prerequisites Met241, Met252 113354 Met354 X-ray and Electron MetaUography Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, 1 unit demonstration & practical classes PrereqUisites Met241, Met252 Hours Examination One 1t hour paper About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes Content . h d Examination Physical metallurgy of alloy steels, effect of a~oymg elements, ar en One 1t hour paper ability of alloy steels. Tempering and temper brIttleness. 179 Content b A mainly theoretical treatment of the use of X:ray anI dle1tet~cteron crye~~~ Text h D'ff a 1'on and the reclproca a 1 . To be advised References ~~ru:;:~;:l1~~~~:Si~' Ex:in~tfo~ and the dynamica~ theory of scatterin~ } Electron diffraction pattern, Image contrast, bnght and dark field 1 electron microscopy. 113366 Met363 Metallurgical Process Theory Texts Prerequisite Met212, Met261 Azaroff, L. V. Elements of X-ray crystallography (McGraw Hours Hill) About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes Thomas, O. Transmission electron microscopy in metals Examination (Wiley) Progressive assessment and final examination References Content Hirsch, P. et al. Electron microscopy of thin crystals Shaft furnace modelling. Theory of steelmaking processes including (Butterworths) models of continuous steelmaking processes. Multiport modelling of Thomas, O. & Electron microscopy and the strength of steel finishing processes. Mixing theory for batch and semi continuous Washburn, J. eds.) crystals (Interscience) pyrometallurgioal reactors. SimUlation of pyrometallurgical reactor systems. 113365 Met361 Extraction Metallurgy Refer.ences Prerequisite Met261 Alcock, C. B. Principles of PYl'Ometallurgy (Academic 1974) Filippov, S. Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, The Theory of Metallurgical Processes (MIR demonstration & practical classes Publishers 1975) Pehlke, R. D. Examination One 1t hour paper Unit Processes of Extractive Metallurgy (Elsevier 1973) Pehlke, R. D. Content BOF Steelmaking Vol. II-Theory (A.I.M.E. Review of current technology in the metallurgy of ferrous and non 1975) ferrous processes. Richardson, F. D. Physical Chemistry of Melts in Metallurgy Text To be advised Vols I & II (Aoademic 1974) References 113364 Met364 Refractories Jones, M. J. (ed.) Copper Metallurgy (I.M.M.) 1 unil Prerequisite Met231 Pehlke, R. D. (ed.) B.O.F. Steelmaking (A.I.M.E.) Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, 113362 Met362 Hydro- and Electro- Extraction Metallurgy 1 unit Content demonstration & practical classes Prerequisite Met261 Techniques for the investigation and testing of refractories. Phase equilibria and rates of reaction in complex oxide systems. The clay Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, water system and alumino-silicate refractories. The structure, properties demonstration & practical classes and industrial applications of silica, magnesite, dolomite, chrome, Examination One 1t hour paper alumina and carbon refractories. Special refractOries, including in sulating materials. Content Text Review of current technology in the hydro- and electro- metallurgy of Nil ferrous and non-ferrous processes. 180 18li Content References A description and analysis of the techniques for the pr()dllctinn~J Refractories: Production and Properties forming of commercially important polymers. Refractories in Iron & Steelmaking Chesters, J. H. } (Iron & Steel Inst.) Text The Chemistry and Physics of Clays (Benn) Seymour, ,R. B. Modern Plastics Technology Grimshaw, R. W. 113374 Met374 Welding and Non Destructive Testing 113371 Met371 Materials SelectioD Prerequisites Met141, Met151 or Engineering I Prerequisites Met241, Met252, Met271 About 84 hours of lectures, tutorials & practi Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial Hours demonstration & practical classes ' cal exercises Progressive assessment and final examination Examination One 1t hour paper Examination Content Content . . ~e. basic principles and the techniques are introduced for the modem An introduction to the metallurgy, prop:rties. applicatlons ~~ ~f Jo~g methods of: fusion welding brazing and soldering. The metal common metals and polymers of industnal sIgmfIoance.. EmphaSis lurgIcal changes which accompany these joining processes are discussed. is given to techniques for critical comparison and ev.aluation. Exten However the main emphasis is on the arc welding of steels. Non sive use is made 'of case histories and on-plant studIes. destructive testing techniques and their applications are introduced. Text Text Metallurgy for Engineers (Arnold) Rol1'ason, E. C. Lancaster, J. F. The metallurgy of welding, brazing and soldering (Elsevier) Reference To be advised References 1 unit Jackson, M. D. Welding methods and metallurgy (Griffin) 113372 Met372 Fabrication Processes Kennedy, G. A. Welding Technology (Sarns) Prerequisite Met271 A.S.M. Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Hours demonstration & practical classes 113381 Met381 Metal Physics 1 unit Prerequisite Met182 Examination One 1t hour paper Hours About 21 elective hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Content Detailed examination of selected metal working processes from a demonstration & practical classes fundamental and from a practical viewpoint. Examination One 1t hour paper Content Text To be advised The topic will be introduced by consideration of the Brillouin zone References } theory and the reciprocal space representation of lattice and electron 1 unit waves. 113373 Met373 polymer Technology The cour~e will be completed by considering such topics as: Stability Prerequisites Met141, MetI51 of met~lhc pha~es, electri~al properties of materials. Magnetism. About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, MagnetIc propertIes of matenals. Semi conductors. Hours demonstration & practical classes Text To be advised Examination One 1t hour paper Hours About 42 hours References Altmann, S. L. Bland theory of metals (Pergamon) Examination By seminar An introduction to Solid State Physics and its Elliott, R. J. & Content Gibson, A. E. Applications (Macmillan) Topics in the general area of metallurgy and materials. Kittel, C. Introduction to Solid State Physics (Wiley) Texts 4 units Nil 113391 Met391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory References } Prerequisites Nil Hours 3 hours per week 114434 Met411 Metallurgy Computations 1 unit Prerequisites Nil Examination Progressive assessment Hours About 42 hours Content The practices of optical, X-ray and electron metallography and the Examination By written report and seminar mechanical and physical testing of metal components. Content Texts Topics to be arranged. To be advised References } Text Nil References 113392 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Laboratory 2 units } Prerequisites Nil 114435 Met421 Heterogeneous Equilibria 1 unit Hours 3 hours per week Prerequisite Met221 Examination Progressive assessment Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Content demonstration & practioal classes Experimental work in chemical and elec~rochemical equilibria ~nd Examination Progressive assessment and 1t hour paper kinetics. Transport processes. Pyrometallurglcal and hydrometallurgIcal experiments. Content Condensed phase equilibria in ternary sytems. Applica,tion to alloy 1144it5 Met401 Directed Reading 2 units steels,aluminium alloys, tungsten carbide and refractories. Gas/ condensed phase equilibria in multicomponent systems. Applications Prerequisites Nil to extraction metallurgy. Hours About 42 hours Refer.ences Examination By written report and seminar Levin, E.M. & Phase Diagrams for Ceramists (Amer. Hall, F. D. Ceramic Soc. 1956-69 3 Vols) Content Prince, A. Alloy Phase Equilibria (Elsevier 1966) Topics to be arranged. Richardson, F. D. The Physical Chemistry of Melts in Metallurgy Text Vols I & II (Academic) Nil Wagner, C. Thermodynamics of Alloys (Addison-Wesley) References } 114431 Met431 Heat Transfer 1 unit 114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar 1 unit Prerequisite Met331 Prerequisites Nil 184 185 Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hDurs Df tutorial, Hours About 8~ hDurs Df lectures, tutorials & pr cU'- demDnstmtiDn & practical classes cal exercIses a Examination One 1t hDur paper Examination Progressive 'assessment 'and final examination Content Content Heat transfer mDdelling in casting and sDlidificatiDn, welding, pyrD Linaar elastic and elastic-plastic fracture mechanics fr'n--+ur 'teri metallurgical reactiDn systems, heat treatment and fabricatiDn systems. . d' d' , ...... ecn a sp~en esigns an testing methods data analysis, life redicatiD~ Text technIqUes and fracture cDntrol plans, case histDries. p TO' be advised Reference } Text Rolfe, S. T. & Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures Barsom, J. M. 114432 Met432 Fluid Mechanics 1 unit (Application of Fracture Mechanics) (Prentice-Hall) Prerequisite Met332 Reference Knott, J. F. Fundamentals of Fracture M,echanics AbDut 21 lecture hDurs & 21 hDurs of tutDrial, Hours (BUtterwDrthS) demDnstratiDn & praotJical classes 114451 Met451 Electron Metallography Examination One 1t hDur paper 1 unit Content Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met354 The sDlidifying interface with variDus mDrphDIDgies. The impinging Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hDurs of tutDrial, jet geometry in gas-liquid metal contaoting in pryDmetallurgy. Melting demDnstratiDn & praotical classes packed beds. Examination One 1t hDur paper Text TO' be advised Content References } The interaCtiDn Df electrDns with crystalline materials and the develop ment of image contrast. Characterization of structural defects. 114433 Met433 Metallurgical Rate Processes 1 unit Texts TO' be advised Pr.erequisite Met231 References Hours About 21 lecture hDurs & 21 hDurs Df tutDrial, Hawkes, P. W. Electron optics and electron microscopy demDnstratiDn & practical classes (TaylDr & Francis) Examination One 1t hDur paper Heidenreich, R. D. Fundamentals of transmission electron microscopy (Wiley) Content Single particle reactiDn systems in pyrometallurgy. Solid particle-gas 114452 Met452 Physical Metallurgy slag systems, liquid metal drop-gas-slag systems, liquid metal drDp-gas 1 unit systems. Heterogeneous reactiDn kinetics, Fe-C-O reactiDn in a steel Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met353 making envirDnment. Hours About 21 lecture hDurs & 21 hours of tutorial, Text demDnstration & practical classes TO' be advised References } Examination One 1t hDur paper Content 114442 Met441 Applications of Fracture Mecbanics 2 units Topics Dn the relatiDn between mechanical prDperties and micro Prerequisite Met341 structure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal frictiDn in metals. Text TO' be advised 1186 11R7 Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial References demonstration & practical classes ' Cahn, R. W. Physical Metallurgy (Elsevier) Examination One 1 hour paper Kelly, A. Strong Solids (Oxford D.P.) t Kelly, A & Strengthening Mechanisms in Crystals Content Nicholson, K. B. (Elsevier) Modelling and analysis of processes in extraction pyro-, hydro- and Nowick, A S. & Anelastic Relaxation in Crystalline Solids electro-metallurgy. Reactor kinetics of industrial reactors. (Academic) Berry, B. S. Text To be advised 114453 Met453 Metallography 1 unit References } Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met353 114471 Met471 Materials Selection 1 unit Hours About 21 lecture 'hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practioal classes Prerequisite Met371 Examination One 1t hour paper Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes Content Examination Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrystallization, One 1t hour paper grain boundaries and interfaces. Content Text To be advised An examination of the important features and properties of the less common and more technically sophisticated materials, their applications References and limitations. The Theory of Phase Transformations in Christian, J. W. Texts Metals and Alloys (Pergamon) To be advised A.S.M. Phase Transformations (Manchester References Conference "The Mechanism of Phase AS.M. Metals Handbook Vol. 1, 8th edn Transformations in Crystalline Solids") 114472 Met472 Welding and Non-destructive Testing 1 unit 114461 Met461 Extraction Metallurgy 1 unit Prerequisite Met374 Prerequisites Met361, Met362 Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes demonstration & practical classes Examination One It hour paper Examination One It hour paper Content Content The course covers the important details of welding power supplies, Study in depth of selected topics in the current technology of extraction advanced techniques and controls. Welding of special metals and metallurgy from the field of: hydrometallurgy, pyrometallurgy and alloys. Hard facing 'and metal cutting processes. Fundamental prin electrometallurgy. ciples of modern non-destructive testing. Detailed examination of Text each process. To be advised References } Text To be advised References 114462 Met462 Reactor Analysis 1 unit A.S.M. Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn Pr.erequisite Met363 Kennedy, G. A. Welding Technology (Sams) 1189 ,188 114481 Met481 Dislocation Theory 1 unit Text Nil Prerequisites Met352, Met241 References } Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, demonstration & practical classes 11'1102·111106 Met092.6 Industrial Experience 1 unit each Prerequisites Nil Examination One 1t hour paper Examination By arrangement Content Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movement of .dis Content locations. Applications to plastic deformation, fracture, transformations These subject units are designed to formalise the period of Industrial and strengthening. -,?xperience which may be studied ,in lieu o! electiv~ units by part To be, advised tIme student~. Eac~ of the Industnal Expenence umts is equivalent Texts to one elective umt of 42 hours. Students who. wish to study the References Industrial E:xperience units Met092-?96 wi!l no.rm~IIy be required to Friedel, J. Dislocations (Gautier-Villars) attend nommated lecture and tutonal perIOds WhiCh will deal with Nabarro, F. R. N. Dislocations (Oxford u.P.) working and professional environments, essentials o.f co.mmunication and report writing. In 'additio.n, each student wiII be required to Theory of dislocations (McGraw-Hill) Hirth, J. P. & present a seminar relating to aspects of his experience. Some assign. Lathe, J. ments relating to employment and experience will be set. Students Will also be required to present a report giving a connected account and 114482 Met481 Metal Physics 1 unit critical evaluation of hds industrial experience. Prerequisites Met381, Met354 The following subjects have been approved for inclusion in M.Eng.Sc. Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, programmes. The offering of any subject is dependent on 'adequate enrol- demonstration & practical classes ments in iliat subject. Units 115521 Met 521 Metallurgical Thennodynamics 1 Examination One H hour paper 115531 Met 531 Heat Transfer 1 115532 Met 532 Fluid Mechanics 11 Content 115533 Met 533 Metallurgical Rate Processes 1 Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: Neutron 115541 Met 541 Fratture Mechanics 1 diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations, nuclear 115551 Met 551 Electron Metallography 1 115552 Met 552 Physical Metallurgy 1 reactor materials, magnetic and electrical materials, superconductors, 115553 Met 553 Metallography 1 etc. 115561 Met 561 Extraction Metallurgy 1 115562 Met 562 Reactor Analysis 1 Text To be advised 115571 Met 571 Materials Selection 1 115572 Met 572 Welding & Non-Destructive Testing 1 Reference 115581 Met 581 Dislocation Theory 1 Kittel, C. Introduction to Solid State Physics (Wiley) 115582 Met 582 Metal Physics 1 114483 Met491 Laboratory Project 2 units 115521 Met521 MetallUl'licaI Thermodynamics Prerequisites Nil Prerequisite Met321 About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Hours About 84 hours Hours demonstration & practical cl'asses Examination By written report and seminar Examination To be advised Content Topic to be arranged. 1190 191 Content Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hour f . · s 0 tutonal Introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Configurational models of demonstrafiion & practical classes ' alloys and slags. Vibrational, electronic and magnetic contributions Examination to the partition function. Towards an understanding of phase equilibria. To be advised Content Texts To be advised Single particle reaction systems in pyrometallury. Solid p rt· 1 ··d a IC e-gas- References s1 ag sys t ems, lIqm metal drop-gas-slag systems, liquid metal dro _ Richardson, F. D. The Physical Chemistry of Melts in gas syst:ms. H~terogeneous reaction kinetics, Fe-C-O reaction in P Metallurgy Vols I-II (Academic) steelmakmg envIronment. a Wagner, C. Thermodynamics of Alloys (Addison-Wesley) Texts To be advised 115531 Met531 Heat Transfer References } Prerequisite Met331 115541 Met541 Fracture Mechanics Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Prerequisite Met341 demonstration & practical classes Hours Examination To be advised About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial demonstration & practical classes ' Content Examination To be advised Heat transfer modelling in casting and solidification, welding, pyro metallurgical reaction systems, heat treatment and fabrication systems. Content Texts ~inear elastic fracture mechanics, stress distribution round a crack To be advised t~p, e~ect of y~elding. Development of equations for idealized fracture References } sltuatJ?ns, tes~mg pr~ce?ures, specimen design, C.O.D. Testing. Data analYSIS and hfe predICtIOns, prediction of fatigue life effect of hostile 115532 Met532 Fluid Mechanics environments. Application of fracture mechanics to n~n-ferrous metals and polymers. Prerequisite Met332 Text Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Knott, J. F. Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics demonstration & practical classes (Butterworths) Examination To be advised References To be advised Content Topics treated will include: 115551 Met551 Electron Metallography The teeming system geometry for continuous or batch ingot prod Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met354 uction. The solidifying interface with various morphologies. The impinging jet geometry in gas-liquid metal contacting in pyro Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial metallurgy. Melting packed beds. demonstration & practical classes ' Texts Examination To be advised To be advised References } Content The inter~ction of electrons with crystalline materials and the develop 115533 Met533 Metallurgical Rate Processes ment of Image contrast. Characterization of structural defects. Prerequisite Met231 Texts To be advised 192 1193 Ref.erences 115561 Met561 Extraction Metallurgy Hawkes, P. W. Electron Optics and Electron Microscopy Prerequisites Met361, Met362 (Taylor & Francis) Hours Heidenreich, R. D. Fundamentals of Transmission Electron About 21 lecture hours & 21 h . demonstration & t' Ours of tutonal, Microscopy (Wiley) prac lcal classes Examination To be advised 115552 Met552 Physical Metallurgy Content Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met353 ~tudy in depth of selected topics in the current techn Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, IOn metallurgy from the field of: hydrometallu ology of extract demonstration & practical classes electrometallurgy. ry, pyrometallurgy and Examination To be advised Texts To be advised Content References } Topics on the relation between mechanical properties and micro structure. Strengthening mechanisms. Internal friction in metals. 115562 Met562 Reactor Analysis Texts To be advised Prerequisite Met363 References Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of t t . I · &. u ona, Cahn, R. W. Physical Metallury (Elsevier) d emons tratIOn practIcal classes Kelly, A. & Strengthening Mechanisms in Crystals Examination To be advised Nicholson, K. B. (Elsevier) Content Kelly, A Strong Solids (Oxford D.P.) Nowich, A. S. & Anelastic Relaxation in Crystalline Solids Modelling and analysis of processes in extraction pyro- hydro- and electro-metallurgy. Reactor kinetics of industrial reactors. Berry, B. S. (Academic) Texts } To be advised 115553 Met553 Metallography References Prerequisites Met351, Met352, Met353 Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21, hours of tutorial, 115571 MetS71 Materials Selection demonstration & practical classes Prerequisite Met371 Examination To be advised Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Content demonstration & practical classes Metallography of phase transformations in metals. Recrystallization, Examination To be advised grain boundaries and interfaces. Content Texts To be advised An examination of the important features and properties of the less References common and more technically sophisticated materials, their appli cation and limitations. A.S.M. Phase Transformations (Manchester Confer ence "The Mechanism of Phase Texts To be advised Transformation in Crystalline Solids") Reference Christian, J. W. The Theory of Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys (Pergamon) AS.M. Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn 194 115572 Met572 Welding and Non-destmctive Testing nuclear reactor materials, magnetic and electrical materials Prerequisite Met374 conductors, etc. , super- Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, Texts To be advised demonstration & practical classes Reference Examination To be advised Kittel, C. Introduction to Solid State Physics (Wiley) Content The course covers the important details of welding power supplies, Naval Arcbffectnre advanced techniques and controls. Welding of special metals and NA-o General courses NA-l alloys. Hard facing and metal cutting processes. Fundamental prin Analysis and Design NA-2- Shipbuilding practice ciples of modem non-destructive testing. Detailed examination of each NA-3- Machines process. NA-4- Applications NA-5- Resistance & Propulsion Texts To be advised NA-6- NA-7- Reference NA-8- Industrial Engineering NA-9- A.S.M. Metals Handbook Vol. 6, 8th edn Project & Seminar 544602 NA402 Special Purpose Ships 115581 Met581 DIslocation Theory Prerequisites Met352, Met241 Prerequisites NA311, NA351 Hours Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, 42 demonstration & practical classes Examination One 3-hour paper Examination To be advised Content Content Ships for special cargoes, dredges, tugs, b 'b I su merSI les, offsore struct- Advanced topics on the structure, interactions and movement of ures, supp y tenders etc. Design criteria. dislocations. Applications to plastic deformation, fracture, transform Text ations and strengthening. Brahtz, J. F. (ed.) Ocean Engineering (Wiley) Texts To be advised 544604 NA431 Ship's Machinery References Prerequisites NA311, NA351 Friedel, J. Dislocations (Gautier-Villan) Nabarro, F. R. N. Dislocations (Oxford V.P.) Hours 42 Examination 115582 Met582 Metal Physics One 3-hour paper Content Prerequisites Met381, Met354 Pro!,ul~ion machinery, aUxiIliary h' Hours About 21 lecture hours & 21 hours of tutorial, navIgatIOnal aids. mac mery, deck machinery, rigging, demonstration & practical classes Text Examination To be advised Harrington, R. L. (ed.) Marine Engineering (Soc. of Naval Content Architects) Topics will be chosen from a list including such items as: Neutron diffraction methods, diffraction theory, lattice vibrations, 544601 NA452 Theoretical NaVal Architecture Prerequisites NA311, NA351 ,196 Content Hours 42 Part A (Surveying) Examination One 3-hour paper Classes of surveys - nature, causes and classes of errors _ elementary e.rror pro~agation -linear measurement with tapes, ordinary differen Content . . t bilisers. Sea-going qualities, dynamic tIal levellmg, angle measurement, plane table tacheometry optical Wave theory, ShIPS dynamIcs, sa square, Abney level, Indian Clinometer, magnetic' compass. positioning. Field notes -line ranging, chain surveys - traversing and traverse calculations - plane triangulation - contour surveys _ plane table Texts Nil surveying. References Route Surveys - areas and volumes - horizontal (circular and trans Robb, A. M. Theory of Naval Architecture (Griffin) ition) and vertical curves. I Architecture (Soc. of History of surveying and survey instruments. Principles of Na.va L & Marine Encrineers) Naval Architecls b Part B (Cartography) Cartographic drawing - plotting and plan drawing for cadastral and engineering surveys. 544801 NA481 Sh.ipyard Production and Management Prerequisites Nil Text Bannister, A. & Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972) Hours 42 Raymond, S. Examination One 3-hour paper References Clarke, D. Plane & Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn Content . dardisation, yard lay-out, production (Constable 1969) Pre-f~brication te~hlllq~~~C~i~~ arrangements. planrung, contract aw, Whyte, W. S. Basic Metric Surveying (Butterworths 1969) 544504 NA496 Project/Seminar 521111 SV121 Survey Camp I Hours 126 Corequisite SVll1 Surveying I (B.Surv. students only) Examination Progressive assessment Duration 5 days Surveying Examination Progressive assessment Content SV-D Servicing course SV-l General Surveying Survey Camps Extensive contour and detail survey, including horizontal and vertical SV-2- control by traverse and differential levelling - plane tabling - stadia. SV-3- Survey Computations SV-4- Astronomy A small engineering survey. Associated calculations and plans. SV-5- Geodesy SV-6- Photogrammetry 522404 SV212 Surveying n SV-7- Land Studies SV-8- Project and Seminars Prerequisites SVIII Surveying I SV-9- Special co,!rses Corequisites SV23I Survey Computations I SV111 Surveying I 521110 Hours Nil Part A: AVerage It lecture hours, 1 tutorial hour Prerequisites & 2 fieldwork hours per week 1. 'wture hours t rutorial hour Hours Part A: Average 1:z- 1 • K Part B: 1 leclure hour & t tutorial hour per week & 2t fieldWOTK hours ~r wee week Examination Two 3-hour papers Part B: 1 lwture hour & t ,tutoJ1iaJ. bbur per Examination Two 3-hour papers 199 Content 522406 SV231 Survey Computations I Part A (Surveying) '" 1 1 11' 0 re- P . 1 velling barometric 1evellmg, tngonometnca eve m"" Prerequisite SVl11 Surveying I reClse e, . d d surveying- Hours ciproca11evelling-hydrographic su~eym~ -.un ergroun d r 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week gyrotheodolites - plane triangu1atlon wIth smg1e second theo 0 Ites. Examination Progressive assessment Part B (Optics) . thin Content Reflection and refraction at plane and c~rve? surfa~es - pns~,\. k" lenses and spherical mirrors - lens combmatlOns, ~hICk le~ses, . t lC _ Use of tables - plane trigon0metrical formulae - calculation ft.' mirrors - aberrations, parabolic reflectors - o~tlcal tram~ III sur ang Ies, areas, roa d ways, su bdIVISlons.' . . U se of calculating mach'0 n- T veying instruments, optical compensators, optlcal plumbmg-Gauss raverse compu t at IOns· mc. I u d'mg 0 ff sets an d'missing data probl meso collimation techniques. A re~s f rom co-or.d' mates - tra~sf' orm~tlOns - !,esections and inter-ems. Texts sectl?ns,. mathematlcal and semI-graphic. Sphencal trigonometry and applIcatIOns to survey problems. Elementary computer programming. Bannister, A. & Surveying 3rd edn (Pitman 1972) Texts Raymond, S. Clark, D. Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. 16th edn The University of Newcastle Computing Centre (Constable 1969) Handbook (Univ. of Newcastle 1975) Clark, D. Plane and G.eodetic Surveying for Engineers The Manual 0/ the N.S.W. Integrated Surveys Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973) Grid (N.S.W. Govt Printer) References Admiralty Manual of Hydrographic SUrveying 522410 SV271 Basic Regional and Urban Economics Vols I & II (HMSO 1975) Prerequisite Economics I Cooper, M. A. R. Modern Theodolites and Levels (Crosby Lockwood 1971) Hours 2 lecture hours per week Hodges, D. J. & Optical Distance Measurement (Butterworths Examination To be advised Greenwood, J. B. 1971) Content Ingham, A. E. Hydrographic Surveying for the Surveyor and Engin.eer (Crosby Lockwood 1974) Application of economic analysis to sub-national areas. Regional Smith, J. R. Optical Distance Measurement (Crosby accounts-descriptions of regional economies-regional income Lockwood 1970) determination and growth-impact of growth on regional economic structure-regional effects of national policy-design of regional 522405 SV222 Survey Camp II policy under constraints of national objectives and regional structure. Selected case studies, stressing cross-country comparisons. Prerequisite SV121 Survey Camp I Broad survey of economic issues within the urban or metropolitan Corequisite SV212 Surveying II environment-relation of cities to national and regional economy interrelation of cities-central place theory and location analysis Duration 5 days housing and land use theory-urban economic development and growth-urban analysis, sociology and planning-public policy and Examination Progressive assessment welfare. Content Text Extensive engineering survey - con~rol ?y pl~ne tria~g.ulation a~d Richardson, H. W. traversing - setting out road centrelIne, mcludmg transItIOn. ?nd cir Regional Economics (Weidenfeld & Nicolson cular curves - calculation of grades and earthworks quantItIes, and 1969) associated drawings. References Bish, R. L. & Urban Economics and Policy Analysis Nourse, H. O. (McGraw-Hill 1975) Dean, et al. Spatial Economic Theory (Free Press 1970) 200 201 Isard, W. Introduction to Regional Science (Prentice netic waves - electromagnetic distance measurem t . t' 1 'd 1" h d' en - navlga lona Hall 1975) aJ S, app IcatlOns to y rographlc surveying. Isard, W. Methods of Regional Analysis (M.LT. Press 1960) Text McKee, et al. Regional Economics (Free Press 1970) Burnside, D. C. Electromagnetic Distance Measurement (Crosby Lockwood 1971) Matthew, E. & Readings in Urban Economics (MacMillan References Rothenberg, J. (eds) 1972) Admiralty Manual of Hydrographic Surveying McMaster,}. C. & Australian Urban Economics: A Reader Vol. II (HMSO) Webb, G. R. (eds) (ANZ Book Co. 1976) Hames, G. Sound Underwater (David & Charles 1974) Needleman, L. (ed) Regional Analysis (Penguin 1968) Laurila, S. H. Electronic Surveying and Mapping 2nd edn Nourse, H. O. Regions, Resources and Economic Growth (Larrar 1966) (McGraw-Hill 1968) Saastamoinen, J. 1. Surveyors Guide to Electromagnetic Di!J1tance Perloff, et al. Regional Economics (Nebraska u.P. 1960) Measurement (Toronto D.P. 1967) Perloff, H. S. & Issues in Urban Economics (John Hopkin Wingo, L. (eds) 1968) 523330 SV323 Survey Camp m Stillwell, F. J. B. Australian Urban and Regional Development Prerequisite SV222 Survey Camp II (ANZ Book Co.) Corequisites SV313 Surveying III SV361 Photogrammetry I 432300 SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies Duration 12 days Prerequisite Nil Examination Progressive assessment Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week for 1st t year Content Examination One 3-hour paper Preparation of detail and topographical map from aerial photos, including: Content Horizontal control by second-order triangulation and EDM traverse The Australian constitution and legal system-legal research and vertical control by trigonometric levelling and precise levelling; ex writing-areas of law-legal concepts and terminology-statute law tension of control by barometric levelling. --case law. Stellar observations for latitude, longitude and azimuth. Text To be advised 523326 SV332 Survey Computations n References } Prerequisite SV231 Survey Computation I 523305 SV313 Surveying m Hours *lecture hour & * tutorial hour per week Prerequisites SV212 Surveying II Examination One 3-hour paper EE203 Introduction to Electrical Information Content Hours Average 1 lecture hour & t fieldwork hour Revision and extension of error theory - adjustment by least squares per week - error ellipse calculations. Examination One 3-hour paper Text Nil Content References Electronic timing - frequency measurement and calibration - phase Rainsford, H. F. Survey Adjustments and Least Squares shift measurement of sinusoidal waves - propagation of electromag- (Constable 1957) Richardus, P. Project Surveying (North Holland 1966) 2021 ,20l 523327 SV341 Astronomy I 523329 SV361 Photogrammetry I Prerequisite SV231 Survey Computations I Prerequisite Nil Hours Average 2 lecture hours & 1 fieldwork hour Hours Average It lecture hours & It laboratory per week hours per week Examination One 3-hour paper Examination One 3-hour paper Content Content The celestial sphere and astronomic triangle - definitions, conventions Ster~oscop!C vision - geometry of single aerial photograph - stereo and time -latitude by circum-meridian methods; longitude by ex SC.OplC p~Irs - fundam~ntal mathematical relationships - radial meridian methods; best position, balancing - azimuth by circum t~Iangulat~on. Inn.er, .relatIve and absolute orientation with respect to elongation, circumpolar and sun observations - optimum position, dIrect optIcal proJectIon. Cameras, physical properties of photographs. balancing - position line methods. Text Text Nil Wolf, P. R. Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hill 1974) References Reference Biddle, C. A. Text Book of Field Astronomy (HMSO 1958) The Manual of Photogrammetry Vols. I & II Roelofs, R. Astronomy Applied to Land Surveying (Amer. Soc. of Photogrammetry) (Ahrend 1970) 433300 SV392 Property and Survey Law 523328 SV351 Geodesy I Prerequisite SV291 Introduction to Legal Studies Prerequisite SV231 Survey Computations I Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week for SV212 Surveying II 2nd half year Hours Average 2 lecture hours & 1 fieldwork hour Examination One 3·hour paper per week Content Examination One 3-hour paper The notion of property--classifications of property-estates in land Content interests in land-systems of title to land--dealings with land Historical development of geodesy - differential geometry - the statutory control of land use, with particular reference to the Local spheroid - Legendre's Theorem·- computation of geographical co Government Act 1919 (N.S.W.) ordinates - geodetic surveying (horizontal control) - map projections The regulation and legal liability of surveyors-survey investigations - the Australian Map Grid and the N.S.W. Integrated Survey Grid. and searches. Texts Texts Clark, D. Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Hallman, F. Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as Apply Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973) in New South Wales (Inst. of Surveyors, The Australian Map Grid Technical Manual Aust. 1973) 2nd edn (Aust. Govt Publishing Service Willis Notes on Survey Investigation (N.S.W. Govt 1972) Printer) The Manual of the N.S.W. Integrated Survey References To be advised Grid (N.S.W. Govt Printer) lntegrated Survey Grid Tables (N.S.W. Govt 524125 SV414 Surveying IV Printer 1972) Reference Prerequisites SV313 Surveying III Bomford, G. Geodesy 3rd edn (Oxford 1971) 204 205 Corequisites SV332 Survey Computations II Examination One 3-hour paper SV392 Property & Survey Law Content Hours 2 looture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Topics selected from:- Examination One 3-hour paper Corrections to observations and calculations Star co-ordinates Content Meridian methods Map reproduction - methods of preparation and reproduction of line Equal altitude methods maps - other map products. Precise timing Cadastral surveys in N.S.W. - survey practice law; professional eth~cs; Text surveyors' rights, powers and duties - Torrens and Common Law tItle To be advised. surveys; searches - identification surveys, field records and plans References } integrated surveys. Tape standardisation, laboratory testing of instruments, error analysis 524128 SV452 Geodesy n in survey methods. Prerequisite SV351 Geodesy I Text Corequisite SV332 Survey Computations II Hallmann, F. M. Legal Aspects of Boundary Surveying as apply in New South Wales (Inst. of Hours Average 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per Surveyors, Aust. 1973) week References Keats, J. S. Cartographic Design and Reproduction Examination One 3-hour paper (Longman 1976) Content Richardus, P. Project Surveying (North Holland 1966) Least squares adjustment of control surveys - variance/ covariance matrix, variance factor and weight coefficient matrix - elementary 524126 SV415 Surveying V (Elective) statistical testing of observations and adjusted values - precise Prerequisite SV313 Surveying III levelling. Relationship between geoid and ellipsoid - astro-geodetic levelling Corequisites SV414 Surveying IV ellipsoidal elevations - mean sea level and the geoid-gravity and its SV332 Survey Computations II use in geodesy - methods for establishing a world geodetic system. Hours 1 lecture hour and t tutorial hour per week Text Examination One 3-hour paper Clark, D. Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol. II 6th edn (Constable 1973) Content R.eferences Measurement of deflection and settlement of structures - survey Bomford, G. Geodesy 3rd edn (Oxford 1971) methods in industry - relocation of lost marks - special surveying Richardus, P. Project Surveying (North Holland 1966) problems. Text 524129 SV453 Geodesy m (Elective) To be advised. References } Corequisite SV452 Geodesy II Hours Average 1 lecture hour & t tutorial hour per 524127 SV442 Astronomy n (Elective) week Prerequisite SV341 Astronomy I Examination One 3-hour paper Hours Average 2 lecture hours & 1 fieldwork hour per week 206 207 Content 524135 SV472 Land Valuation Calculations on the ellipsoid - conformal projection of an ellipsoid - Prerequisite Nil atmospheric refraction and its effect on survey measurements - ad Hours justment of control surveys, precision of adjusted measurement?, 1-& lecture hours per week error ellipses of adjusted co-ordinates. The permanence of geodetic Examination One 3-hour paper position -long range goals of geodesy. Content Text To be advised General principles of urban and rural land valuation - unimproved References } and improved capital values -- valuation of leasehold and freehold land - subdivisional value of land - valuation of buildings - relevant Acts and Regulations - N.S.W. Land and Valuation Court proceedings 524130 SV462 Photogrammetry n and decisions. SV361 Photogrammetry I Prerequisite Text Average ! lecture hour & t laboratory hour To be advised. Hours References per week } Examination One 3-hour paper 524136 SV473 Town Planning (not offered in 1978) Content 524133 SV 481 Project Photogrammetric orientation. Design principles and practica.1 applic ation of exact and approximate restitution instruments. Flight and Prerequisite & According to the nature of the topic. project planning - aerial mapping - aerial triangulation of strips. Corequisites Text Hours Personal contact with supervisor as required. Wolf, P. R. Elements of Photogrammetry (McGraw-Hill Minimum work load of 3 hours per week. 1974) Reference Examination Assessment Manual of Photogrammetry Vols I & II Content (Amer. Soc. of Photogrammetry) EITHER A minor research project involving a literature review and/ or analy 524131 SV463 Photogrammetry m (Elective) tical and/or experimental investigation Corequisites SV462 Photogrammetry II OR SV332 Survey Computations II A land studies project, involving selection of a site suitable for a Hours Average t lecture hour & ! laboratory hour specified purpose, investigation of title, zoning, site survey, environ per week mental impact study, design for development. Examination One 3-hour paper SUbjects Offered by Non.Engineering Departments Content The subjects included in this section are those offered by Departments Propagation of errors in aerial triangulation and strip adjustment. in other Faculties which are compUlsory subjects in one or more Camera calibration. Rectification, mosaics, orthophotography. Engineering courses. A few subjects which are popular as Electives Text are also included. For details of other subjects, it will be necessary to To be advised. refer to the appropriate Faculty Handbook. References } The subjects names are arranged in alphabetical order. 208 209 416104 Accounting and Financial Studies Texts Note Enrolment in this subject is restricted to students who have not previously passed any accounting examinations at tertiary level. Colditz, B. T. & Australian Accounting: The Basis for Business Gibbins, R. W. Prerequisites Nil Decisions 2nd edn (McGraw-HilI) Tilley, I. & Capita~, Income and Decision Making (Holt, Hours 2 lecture hours per week Jubb, P. Rmehart and Winston) Examination An examination each half-year Accountancy Exercises (Univ. of Newcastle) References Content Barton, A. D. The use of accounting information for business decisions. Analysis of The Anatomy of Accounting (Queensland balance sheets. Income appropriation and flow of funds statements; V.P.) basic accounting procedures; the concept of cost; types and uses of Buckley, J. W. & Accounting: An Information Systems Approach internal accounting systems; cost allocation; the concept of income; Lightner, K. M. (Dickenson) inventory valuation; measurement and accounting; accounting for Burns, T. J. & The Accounting Sampler 2nd edn (McGraw inflation; preparation of financial statements; analysis and interpret Hendrickson, H. S. Hill) ation of financial statements. Carey, J. L. The Rise of the Accounting Profession Vols Basic cost accounting; management control processes; budget as a I & II (A.I.C.P.A.) planning device; budget as a control device; budgeting and employee Cerepak, J. R. Accounting for Business (Merrill) behaviour; responsibility accounting; performance evaluation; cost Chambers, R. J. analysis for management decisions including capital acquisitions and Accounting and Action (Law Book Co.) optimal investment behaviour; transfer pricing; capacity utilisation and Colditz, B. T. & Study Guide to Australian Accounting control; statistical techniques for operational cost control. Gibbins, R. W. (McGraw-HilI) Davidson, S. et al. Financial Accounting (Dryden) Text Gibson, G. J. & The Accounting Process (BuHerworths) Colditz, B. T. & Australian Accounting (McGraw-Hill) Gillard, R. A. Gibbins, R. W. Gole, V. L. Fitzgerald's Analysis and Interpretation of Reference Financial and Operating Statements Gordon, M. J. & Accounting: A Management Approach (Irwin) (Butterworths) Shillinglaw, G. Gordon, M. J. & Accounting: A Management Approach Shillinglaw, G. (Irwin) 411100 Accounting I Granof, M. H. Financial Accounting: Principles and Issues Prerequisites Nil (Prentice-Hall ) Harrison, J. et al. Accounting: A Direct Approach (Cheshire) Hours 2 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week Hunter, M. H. & Accounting (Holt, Rinehart & Winston) Examination Two 3-hour papers Allport, N. J. A. Mathews, R. The Accounting Framework (Cheshire) Content May, R. et aI. An analysis of the accounting function in the social structure; the A New Introduction to Financial Accounting (Prentice-Hall) historical cost model of income measurement and asset valuation. Alternative systems of accounting measurement--'Current purchasing McCrae, T. W. The Impact of Computers on Accounting power, current cost accounting. Various types of entities: partnerships, (Wiley) companies, manufacturing and non-trading concerns. An introduction McNeil, E. Financial Accounting (Goodyear) to basic techniques of management accounting including allocation Morrison, L. & Financial Accounting Concepts and Procedures of overheads, product costing and budgeting. Analysis and interpreta Cooper, K. (Dryden) tion of financial statements; funds statements and an introduction Meigs, W. B. et a1. Financial Accounting 2nd edn (McGraw to business finance. A brief survey of external influences on account Hill) ing including an introduction to the affect of taxation on business decision~making. 211 Thacker, R. J. Accounting Principles (Prentice-Hall) 721900 Chemistry IS Thomas, A. L. Financial Accounting: The Main Ideas (for Civil, Electrical & Meoh 212 12131 All papers are of 3-hours duration. the course principally concentrates on microeconomics but in a way which integrates it with other areas of economics. The average laboratory mark counts 20% Following the introductory review, the course concentrates on the towards the final grading. theory of individual and market demand. There is also some dis Content cussion of macroeconomic concepts of demand. Concepts of supply Analytical Chemistry and of market equilibrium are introduced, and the macroeconomic Basic principles: spectroscopic procedures; separation methods. Keynesian analogue to Marshallian market equilibrium is discussed. Inorganic Chemistry After an analysis of the production function and costs of production, Symmetry and structure; main group metal chemistry; types of the course examines various types of market competition and their co-ordination complexes; surface elucidation; transition metal economic implications. Perfect competition, monopoly, oligopoly chemistry. and other types of imperfect competition are considered. Attention Dynamics is paid to the results of both theoretical and empirical studies. A Kinetics; chemical affinity; electrochemical cells. section then follows analysing the pricing and employment of pro Organic Chemistry ductive services and some macroeconomic extensions of distribution Aliphatic and aromatic chemistry. theory are considered. A concluding section of the course deals Thermodynamics with various aspects of economic welfare. Basic laws, and applications to ideal and non-ideal systems. Throughout the course special attention will be given to the institu tional context in which economic decisions are made. Texts Cotton, F. A. & Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3rd edn Background Reading Wilkinson, G. (lnterscience 1972) Heyne, P. The Economic Way of Thinking (Science Geissman, T. A. Principles of Organic Chemistry 3rd edn Research Associates) (Freeman 1968) Samuelson, P. et al. Economics 2nd Australian edn (McGraw Hill) Shriner, R. L. et al. The Systematic Identification of Organic Texts Compounds 5th edn (Wiley 1964) Lipsey, R. Positive Economics 4th edn (Weidenfeld & Wentworth, W. E. & Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry NIcolson) Ladner, S. J. (Wadsworth 1972) Tisdell, C. Economics of Markets: An Introduction to Also advisable, particularly if proceeding to Chemistry lIlA Economic Analysis (Wiley 1974) Pickering, W. F. Modern Analytical Chemistry (Dekker 1971) Workbook to Accompany the Economics of Shoemaker, D. P. & Experiments in Physical Chemistry 2nd edn Markets (Wiley 1975) Garland, C. W. (McGraw-Hill 1967) and one of the following- Cole, C. L. Microeconomics-A Contemporary Approach 4211(10 Economics I (Harcourt, Brace & Jovanovich 1973) Prerequisites Nil Hirshleifer, J. Price Theory and Applications (Prentice-Hall 1976) Hours 3 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Leftwich, R. H. The Price System and Resource Allocation Examination One 3-hour paper plus progressive assessment 6th edn (Holt, Rinehart 1976) Content Mansfield, E. Micro.economics, Theory and Application 2nd edn (Norton 1975) Introduces the basic economic problem (the problem of scarcity) and reviews the relevance of the main areas of economic study to this Notes will be distributed on topics not covered by the above texts. problem. Theories and aspects of such topics as employment, References To be advised economic allocation,the distribution of income, and growth and Lockwood, W. W. The Economic Development of Japan 2nd development are broadly reviewed in the beginning to provide .a edn (Princeton D.P. 1968) background for later studies. While elementary macroeconomIC concepts and theories are introduced at various points in this course, 2,14 Ohkawa, K. & Japanese Economic Growth (Stanford D.P. Keynes, J. M. General Theory of Employment, Interest and Rosovsky, H. 1973) Money (Macmillan) Perkins, D. H. ,ed.) China's Modern Economy in Historical Mueller, M. G. (ed.) Readings in Macroeconomics 2nd edn (Holt, Perspective (Stanford D.P. 1975) Rinehart & Winston 1971) Smith, T. C. The Agricultural Origins of Modern Japan Trevithick, J. A. & The Economics of Inflation (Martin Robinson (Stanford D.P. 1958) Mulvey, C. 1975) Van Leur, J. C. Indonesian Trade and Society (Van Hoeve 1955) 352200 Geograpby DB 422203 Econorrdcs n Prerequisites Geography I Prerequisites Economics I Hours 4 lecture hours, 2 hours of practical! tutorial Hours 3 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week work per week & 8 days field work Examination One 3~hour paper Examination To be advised Cont.ent Content The elementary macroeconomic concepts introduced in Economics I (i) A study of processes and patterns in man's physical environment. are developed into 'a comprehensive examination of the determinants The behaviour of the atmosphere, including its interaction with the of aggregate economic activity. The micro economic foundation of earth's surface, over wide ranges of scale in space and time. macroeconomic analysis is examined and the concept of general (ii) Geomorphic processes and problems of hi8torical geomorphology. equilibrium is introduced. Conventional static models of economic The subject is a prerequisite for the Fluvial Geomorphology and activity, including both product and monetary markets, are examined Advanced Geomorphology electives in Geography III. from the Keynesian and Monetarist points of view. Dynamic impli Texts • cations are introduced and extended into a preliminary discussion of the nature and causes of economic fluctuations and growth. Emphasis Barry, R. G. & Atmosphere, weather and climate (Methuen is given to the welfare implications of macroeconomic analysis, Chorley, K. J. paperback 1975) particularly in relation to policy goals associated with levels of em Miller, A. Meteorology 2nd edn (Charles & Merrill 1971) ployment, price stability and economic growth. Reference is made Strahler, A. N. Physical Geography 4th edn (Wiley 1975) to externalities associated with macroecenomic policy measures, panicularly as they effect the non-economic welfare of society. Special References To be advised attention is given to the institutional context in which macroecon omic decisions are made and the role of the government and inter 421107 Introductory Quantitative Methods (Rep~aceS Economic S1J~cs I) national sectors. Prerequisites Nil Texts Hours 3 hours of lectures & tutorials per week in Nevile, J. W. Fiscal Policy in Australia-Theory and small groups Practice (Cheshire 1970) Examination One final 3-hour paper & progressive assess Macroecenomics (Irwin 1974) Wonnacott, P. ment Content References This course is an introductory course aimw ,aJt givmg studoorts aJn under Barrett, N. S. The Theory of Macroeceonomic Policy strunxLing of basic quantitative met:lrods used in economics and business. The (Prentice-Hall 1972) course coversthTee ,broad areas: elemenvary st3Jt:istics, maJthemaJtioal tech Bowers, D. A. & Elementary Mathematical Macroeconomics niques in economics 'and elementary computinJg. Baird, R. N. ( Prentice-Hall 1971) Elementary Statistics: Topics covered include probability, mell8UTes of Keiser, N. F. (ed.) Readings in Macroeconomics: Theory, cenJtral tendency and dispersion, inJtroduotory sampling and S'anlpling Evidence and Policy (Prentice-Hall distributilO1ll!, hypotheSlis testing, liooar regression3i1ld correlation oo.!a1ysis, time series anlalysis 'a!Ild index numbers. 1970) 216 217 Mathematical Techniques: Topics coveredinc1ude 1lhe USei of funo't:i:on5l in Suggested Preliminary Reading eICOnonrics, eleme'Illtlary calculus and m~ces in economics and MatlremaJtia; . Nettheim, G. & Understanding Law (Butterworths) of Finance. Chisholm, R. Elementary Computing: Stud:enits will be taught BASIC progromming and howro use thJei Faculty's compUJliing facilities. Sawer, G. The Australian and the Law (Pelican) Williams, G. L. Learning the Law (Stevens) Preliminary Reading Moroney, M. J. Facts from Figures (Penguin) Prescribed Texts Y romans, K. A. lntroductory Statistics: Statistics for the Social (It is envisaged that these will be as follows but students should check Scientist Vol. 1 (Penguin) with the notice board of the Department of Legal Studies before Texts buying). James, D. E. & lntroduction to Quantitative Methods in Enright, C. Constitutional Law (Law Book Co.) Throsby, C. D. Economics (Wiley 1973) Shtein, B. J. L. & lntroduction to Business Law (Law Book Co.) Hamburg, M. Basic Statistics: A Modern Approach Lindgren, K. E. or (Harcourt Brace Jovanovich 1974) The Constitution of the Commonwealth of Newton, B. L. Statistics for Business (S.R.A. 1973) Australia (Aust. Govt Publishing Service) References Printed materials to be issued to students at the commencement of Kazmier, L. G. Statistical Analysis in Business and Economics the course. 4th edn (Allyn & Bacon 1973) Further References Neter, J. ea al. Fundamental Statistics for Business and Derham, D. P. et al. An Introduction to Law (Law Book Co.) Economics 4th edn (Allyn & Bacon 1973) Sawer, G. Australian Government Today (Melbourne Pollard, A. H. An Introduction to the Mathematics of U.P.) Finance (Pergamon 1968) Sawer, G. The Australian Constitution (Aust. Govt Shao, S. P. Statistics for Business and Economics Publishing Service) (Merrill) Mathematics Whitmore, G. A. et al. Self-Correcting Problems in Statistics (Allyn & Bacon 1970) Preliminary Notes The Depa1'llmenJt offe!I'S and eDtanUnes subjeo1S. Baoh subjoot is CIOmpoSed Yamane, T. Statistics-An Introductory Analysis of topics, elaoh sinlgle-uniLt IIopic COIlSist:in:g of about 27 lootores and 13 (Harper) tutorialstibrouglIDut 1Ihe year. Bach of h.e Part I. Part II, and PaiI1t ill 431100 Legal Studies I subjeo1: C'OIlSi'SItB of the equiWllent of four single un!iJt topics. For Mathe matics I, 1Ih.ere is no ch.Joi.ce of lIopics; fur Mathematics IIA, lIB, DC there Prerequisites Nil is sbm.e choice avaJi.lable .ro students; fur Mathematics llIA and llIB there Duration One full acadamic year is ~ wider cOOice. No tIiOpic lIIIay be CIOuntedt!wtice in lIIIaking up 1219 (b) Where a student's performance during the year has been better Real Analysis (topic AN)-M. J. Hayes than his performance in the final examination, then the former Prerequisites Nil will be taken into account in determining his final result. On the other hand, when a student's performance during the year has Hours 1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per fortnight been worse than his performance in the final examination, then Content his performance during the year will be ignored in determining Real Numbers. Sequences and series. Functions of one real variable, his final result. continuity, differentiability, integrability. Power series, Taylor Series. Part I Subject 661100 Mathematics I Text Nil Prerequisites Nil References Apostol, T. Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week Calculus Vol. I 2nd edn (Blaisdell 1967) Spivak, M. Calculus (Benjamin 1967) Examination Two 3-hour papers Content Calculus (topic CA)-R. F. BerghoUit Topics AL - Algebra Pr.erequisites Nil AN - Real Analysis 1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per CA - Calculus Hours fortnight SC - Statistics and compiling Content Vector geometry in three dimensions. Revision of differentiation and Part I Topics integration of polynomials and trigonometric functions. Differentiation of rational functions and of implicit and parametrically defined Algebra (topic AL)-R. B. Eggleton functions. Definition and properties of logarithmic, exponential and Prerequisites Nil hyperbolic functions. Integration by parts and by substitution tech niques. Integration of rational functions. First order separable and Hours 1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per linear differential equations. Second order linear differential equations fortnight with constant coefficients. Conic seotions and simple three-dimensional Content geometry of curves and surfaces. Partial differentiation. Tangency. Introduction to basic algebraic objects and ideas. Induction: Binomial Theorem. Matrices, algorithms for solution of equations. Complex Text numbers. Permutations. Vector spaces, basis and dimension, subspaces. Ayres, F. Calculus (Schaum 1974) Homomorphisms, matrix representation, rank and nullity, determin ants. Eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Applications are illustrated References throughout the course. Apostol, T. Calculus Vol. I (2nd edn) Blaisdell 1967) Hille, E. & First Year Calculus Internat. Textbook Series T.ext Salas, S. (Blaisdell 1968) Lipschutz, S. Linear Algebra (Schaum 1968) Kaplan, W. & Calculus and Linear Algebra Vol. I (Wiley References Lewis, D. J. 1970) Brisley, W. A Basis for Linear Algebra (Wiley 1973) Spivak, H. Calculus (Benjamin 1967) Kolman, B. El.ementary Linear Algebra (Macmillan 1977) Liebeck, H. Algebra for Scientists and Engineers Statistics and Computing (topic SC)-A. J. Dobsrorr (Wiley 1971) Prerequisites Nil McCoy, N. Introduction to Modern Algebra (Allyn & Hours 1 lecture hour per week & 1 tutorial hour per Bacon 1968) fortnight Tropper, M. A. Linear Algebra (Nelson 1973) ('220 221 Topic in Statistics Content e.g. Applications of Statistics H Introduction to computers. FORTRAN programming. Calculating the J Topic in Applied Mathematics e.g. Dynamics co or C*, E* zeros of functions. Numerical integration. Descriptive statistics, mean K Topic in Pure Mathematics and variance. Probability. Binomial and normal distributions. Samp e.g. Group Theory ling distributions. Confidence intervals; t- and X2_ tests. L Real Analysis A requirement is the writing of successful computer programmes to The selection rules and definitions of the Part n subjects follow. solve problems in statistical and numerical analysis. *No longer offered Text 662100 Mathematics IIA Blatt, J. M. Basic Fortran IV Programming; Version Prerequisite Mathematics I MIDITRAN (Computer Systems of Aust. or 1969) Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week Bellamy, C. J. & An Introduction to Computer Programming in Examination Each topic is examined separately Whitehouse, L. G. Fortran (monecs Fortran) (Monash Uni. Compo Centre 1976) Content Referenc.es Topics B, CO and D. In exceptional circumstances and with the Hine, J. & A Programmed Text in Statistics Vols 1, 2, 3 consent of the Head of Department, one topic from A, F, G, or H Wetherill, G. B. (Chapman & Hall 1975) may be substituted for B. Additional substitutions may be allowed Hoe1, P. G. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics in the case of candidates who have passed the subject Mathematics lIB. (Wiley 1971) Ralston, A. A First Course in Numerical Analysis 662200 Mathematics lIB (McGraw-Hill 1965) Prerequisite Mathematics I Spiegel, M. R. Statistics (Schaum 1968) Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week Wilkes, M. V. A Short Introduction to Numerical Analysis (Cambridge u.P. 1971) Examination Each topic is examined separately Part II Subjects Content Four topics chosen from A to H, where CO counts as two topics, The DepaJl1tmentt offers three Part II subjeots. Studenlts whose course and approved by the Head of Department. In exceptional circum restricts them TO lOne suCh subject must study Mathematics IIA lOr Mathematics lIB. The subjelOt Mathematics IIA is a pre- or oorequiSi111e stances, and with the consent of the Head of D.epartment one or more for Mathematics IIC,amd IIAamd IIC together a pretrequ.isi1le for ·ainy of the topics I, J, K or L may be included. Part ill subjoot,sostudenJts wisbling Itlo lIake two Part II oobjootS wlOuld For students in the departments of: IIA Chemical Engineering-Topics CO, D, F nlOrmally choose Mathematics 222 2231 Content 662204 Topic H-Probabllity and Statistics Topics K, L and one of the pairs of topics G and J, H and I or G Freund, J. E. Mathematical Statistics 2nd edn and H. Subject to the consent ot the Head ot D.epartment one topic or (Prentice-Hall 1971) from A to J may be substituted for one of the topics I or J. Hoel, P. G. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 4th edn Notes (Wiley 1971) 1. Mathematics liB is no 'longer offered in two parts in the Faculty of Science. Students Mendenhall, W. & Mathematical Statistics with Applications who passed Mathematics liB part (i) before 1971 should consult Note 1 on page 90 of the 1971 handbook. Schaeffer, R. L. (Duxbury 1973) 2. Irl order to pass both Mathematics IIA and Mathematics liB a student must study all the topics A to H above and offer them for examination. 662301 Topic I-Topic in Statistics 3. Mathematics IIA is a corequisite or prerequisite for Mathematics IIC. e.g. Applications of Statistics 4. In order to pass in all three Part II subjects a student must study all eleven topics and Nil offer them for examinatidn. 5. Students whose courses include Physics IliA are advised to include topics CO, H and one 662302 Topic .f-Topic in Applied Mathematics of B, D or F in their Part II Mathematics subjects. This may require the use of the e.g. Dynamics substitution rules. Nil 6. Students who passed a Par~ II Mathematics subject prior to 1974 and who wish to take further Part II Mathematics subjects should note that the topic coded "l" in 1974-1978 corresponds to the topic coded "A" in previous years. Such students may require special 662303 Topic K-Topics in Pure Mathematics permission for their selection of Part II topics, and should consult with the Head of e.g. Group Theory Department. Nil 7. Topics C and E existing before 1977 are no longer offered as separate topiCS. 662304 Topic L-Real Analysis Texts tor Part II Topics Nil Part m Subjects 662101 Topic A-Mathematical Models The Mrut:lremaltics Deparonent offers twx> Part III subjects, each comprising Nil four lopics chosen from b liSit below. 662102 Topic B-Complex Analysis StudeiDlls wishii,ng :to proceed to HonOurs in Mathemillltlics are requiJ.1ed tIo Spiegel, M. R. Theory and Problems ot Complex Variables take bo~h these subjeot:s. They will aloo be reqUJired 10 Sltudy 'additiODlail. (McGraw-Hill 1964) tJOpics 'as prescribed by tIreI Hoods of Departmeruts concemed. Passe'S in both Mathematics IIA aI1ld IIC are prerequisite fur entry tIo 662109 Topic CO-Vector Calculus and Differential Equations Mathematics IIIA,and Mathematics lIlA ,is pre- or rorequisILte for Either Mathematics IIIB. lit wiH be a~umed th1rut: Sltudenlts taking a 1ibIird-yerur Kreyszig, E. Advanced Engineering Mathematics 2nd edn subject in 1978 bJave allfeady Sltudied topics C, D, E, K,and L iDi tihe!ir or both (Wiley 1968) Part II subjects. Greenspan, H. D. & Calculus--an Introduction to Applied Summaries of >tIre Part m lopics lIoge'tiher with extended bookliSiIs will Benney, D. J. Mathematics (McGraw-Hill 1973) appeiM' in ,tIre bJrundbook of the Faculty Of Ma,tihemwtics am will also be and aVa!Hable from t1w Departmelnlt. Boyce, W. E. & Elementary Differential Equations and Di Prima, R. C. Boundary Value Problems (Wiley 1969) Elective Units in Mathematics Subject to meeting any pre- or corequisite requirements, students may 662104 Topic D-Linear Algebra take additional Part II Mathematics topics as elective units. When Lipschutz, S. Linear Algebra (Schaum 1974) taken in this way each topic is regarded as a separate subject of one unit value designated by an Engineering number. 662202 Topic F-Numerical Analysis and Computiu~ Conte, S. D. & Elementary Numerical Analysis (McGraw-Hill The numbers allocatedare:- deBoor, C. 1972) 662105 EM2A Mathematical Models 662106 EM2B Complex Analysis 662203 Topic G-Finite Mathematics 662108 EM2D Linear Algebra 662206 EM2F Numerical Analysis & Computing Nil 662211 EM2G Finite Mathematics 662208 EM2H Probability & Statistics (j6Z305 EM21 Topic in statistics, e.g. Applications of Statistics Z2L!. 225 662306 EM2J Topic in Applied Mathematics, e.g. Mechanics Notes Topic in Pure Mathematics, e.g. Group Theory 662307 EM2K 1. In order to take both Mathematic; IliA and Mathematics IIIB, a student must study 662308 EM2L Analysis of Metric Spaces eight topics from the above with the restriction that Topic 0 or Topic FM, and at least one of P, PO, Q, R, l) or Y must be included: in those eight topics. 2. Students whose course includes a subject from Schedule B may have their choice of List of Topics for Part m MathemaUcs topics further restricted. 3. Students aiming to take Mathematics IV may be required to undertake study of more Topic Prerequisites topics than the eight comprising the two part III subjects. FM Foundations of Mathematics K, L *M General Tensors C N Variational Methods C. E Texts jor Part III Topics o Mathematical Logic K. L P Ordinary Differential Equations E 663210 Topic FM-Foundations of Mathematics PD Partial Differential Equations B Nil PI.. Programming Languages and Advanced Applications in Computing F 663101 Topic M-General Tensors--oot offered in 1978 Q Fluid Dynamics B, C, E R Theory of Statistics H 663102 Topic N-Variational Methods *S Geometry C Nil *T Group Theory D, K TC Computing C, F 663103 Topic O-Mathematical Logic U Operations Research D Mendelson, E. Introduction to Mathematical Logic (Van V Measure Theory and Integration L Nostrand 1964) W Analysis of Nonned Linear Spaces L X Rings and Fields D. K 663104 Topic p-ordinary Differential Equations Y Topic in Applied Probability Hirsch, M. W. & Differential Equations, Dynamical Systems e.g. Infonnation Theory C, D, H Z Mathematical Principles of Numerical Analysis C. D, E Smale, S. and Linear Algebra (Academic 1974) The selection mles and definitions of the Part III subjects foJlew. 663108 Topic PD-Partial Differential Equations *This topic will not be offered in 1978. Nil 663100 Mathematics IlIA 663211 Topic Pl.-Programming Languages and Advanced Applications in Computing Prerequisites Mathematics IIA & lIe Nil Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week 663105 Topic Q-F1uid Dynamics Examination Each topics is exlamined separately Nil Content 663106 Topic R-Theory of Statistics A subject compnsll'lg four topics, which must include 0 or PM or Nil both, land at least one of P, PO, Q, R, U or Y. In addition, students 663107 Topic S-Geomefry-nlOt 'Offered in 1978 taking this subject will be required to complete an essay on a topic chosen from the history or philosophy of Mathematics. 663201 Topic T--':Group Theory-lliOIt offeJred in 1978 663209' Topic TC-Theory of Computing 663200 Mathematics nm Nil Pre- or Corequisite Mathematics IlIA 663202 Topic U-Operations Research Hours 4 lecture hours & 2 tutorial hours per week Nil Examination Each topic is examined separately 663203 Topic V-Measure Theory and Integration Nil Content 663204 Topic W-Analysis of Normed Linear Spaces A subject compnsIng four topics chosen from the unstarred topics Brown, A. L. & Elements oj Functional Analysis (Van listed above. Page, A. Nostrand 1970) .226 1227 Elective Units in Mathematics Content Subject to meeting any pre-or corequisite requirements, students may Seotion 1: Introduction to Philosophy take Part III topics as elective units. Seot:i'Oll 2: Logic and Options Section 3: Seminars 412600 Organisational Behaviour Section 1: 381101 Introduction to Philosophy (Mr Spa,rkes. Dr Dockrill. Prerequisites Nil Dr Robill'OOn) Hours 2 lecture hours per week Hours 1 hour per week Examination Two 2-hour papers (Terms 1 & 2) Examination One 3-hour paper at end of year One 3-hour paper (Final) Content Content Theories and research results relevant to problems of administration (i) Plato's theory of political actiyity, morality, the nature of the from the behavioural sciences viewpoint. Topics include behavioural soul and its immortality, and universals. models, values and attitudes, learning, perception, motivation, (ii) Descartes' quest for infallible knowledge, his theory of innate creativity, problem-solving, communications, group dynamics and ideas, and his attempt to prove the existence of God and the leadership. These are treated in relation to the classical managerial immaterial character of the soul. functions, and the management of specialised functional areas, such as personnel, marketing, production and finance. Texts Descartes, R. Philosophical Writings (Anscombe & Geach Texts eds) (Nelson) Leavitt, H. J. & Readings in Managerial Psychology 2nd edn Plato The Last Days of Socrates (Tredennick ed) Pondy, L. R. (Chicago u.P.) (Penguin) Luthans, F. Organisational Behaviour (McGraw-Hill) References . Burnet, J. Greek Philosophy (Macmillan) References Flew, A. Thinking about Thinking (Fontana) Gellerm'an, S. W. The Management of Human Relations Guthrie, W. K. C. (Holt, Rinehart & Winston) The Greek Philosophers (Methuen) Socrates (C.U.P.) Leavitt, H. J. Managerial Psychology (Chicago U.P.) Kenny, A. Descartes (Random House) Miner, J. B. Management Theory (Macmillan) Taylor, A. E. Plato: the Man and his Work (Methuen) Pugh, D. S. Writers on Organisations (Penguin) Schein, E. H. Organisational Psychology (Prentice-Hall) Section 2: 381103 Logic and Options Sutermeister, R. People and Productivity (McGraw-Hill) Hours 2 hours per week throughout the year Tannenbaum, A. S. Social Psychology of the Work Organisation (Wadsworth) Content 381100 Philosophy I First half year. Introduction to Logic (Assoc. Pmfessor .Do1lIiela) Prerequisites Nil Assumes no prior acquaintance with logic and introduces students to a formal study of validity of arguments as encountered in philo Hours 3-4 hours per week sophy and elsewhere. Examination See below Texts Lecture notes with further references will be issued Assignments One essay (Maximum length: 2000 words) Examination An examination in Term II. For those dissatis Two shorter pieces of writing for the seminars. fied with their result, a further examination in Marks awarded for assignments Will be included in the mark for the November year's work. 228 ~29 Second half-year: two of a seri~ of options. 741300 Physics m Examination One 3-hour paper for the 2 options Prerequisite Nil Content Hours 3 lecture hours & 3 hours laboratory or (a) Basic Symbolic Logic demonstrations & practice period per week (b) Scientific Method Examination One 2-hour paper after the end of each term ( c) Introduction to Ethics (d) Bertrand Russell's The Problems oj Philosophy Content Details of options will be provided during the first half-year, and For students who in general do not intend to proceed with further choice should be discussed with members of the Department. studies in Physics. (A credit pass or better in Physics IB will normally be required for entry to Physics II). The treatment will require a Section 3: 38'1104 Seminars (Mr Sparkes. Dr Dockrill. Dr Lee) minimum of mathematics and will involve 'an experimental approach throughout. The coverage of the subject will be somewhat broader Hours Each Seminar & group will have nine one hour than in Physics IA. meetings in the first half ye'ar Content Texts Seminars are conducted in small groups, and the programme is related Bueche, F. Principles oj Physics 3rd edn (McGraw-Hill to the material of Section 1. Members of groups 'are expected to 1977) prepare papers, and to develop acquaintance with problems and ways Bueche, F. 3rd edn of discussing them. Workbook in Principles oj Physics (McGraw-Hill 1977) As with essays, marks awarded for papers will be included in the mark for the year's work. Credit is also given for performance as a group member. 742101 PH221 ~Iectromagnetics and Quantum Mechanics Prer.equisites Mathematics I, Physics lA, or norm1ally a 741200 Physics iA credit pass in IB Prerequisite Nil Hours 45 lecture hours & 45 laboratory hours Hours 3 lecture hours & 3 hours of laboratory & Examination 3 hours tutorial work per week Content Examination One 2-hour paper after the end of each term For students in Electrical Engineering and covers Electromagnetics and an hour's written examination on the year's and Quantum Physics. practical work Content Students who may later wish to continue Physics in the Science For students who may wish to proceed to Physics II, and for all Faculty are advised that Science Faculty regulations require that students in the Faculty of Engineering except Chemical Engineering. Physics II be completed in a single year. (Some students in Chemical Engineering may be advised to take Texts Tets will be listed on the Physics Dept notice Physics IB). board A rigorous, mathematically based discipline with empnasis on the 742100 Physics II unifying principles which link together different areas of the subject. Lectures will cover mechanics, wave motion, electromagnetism, ther Prerequisites Mathematics I, Physics IA or normally a credit mal physics, geometrical optics, physical optics, and quantum physics. pass or better in Physics IB The treatment throughout will 'assume some knowledge of calculus. Hours 3 lecture hours & 3 laboratory hours per week Texts Examination Equivalent of 6 hours total examination Gray, R. et al. Student Study Guide (Wiley 1970) Resnick, R. & Physics (3rd Combined edn) (Wiley 1977) Halliday, D. 230 231 Content Pre- or Corequisite Physics IlIA Mechanics Hours 90 lectures, 180 hours laboratory total, & two Thermal Physics Mathematics topics Quantum Physics Electromagnetics Examination Two 2!-hour papers & assessment. The mathe Physical Optics matics topics will be examined by the Depart ment of Mathematics Physics II students who have completed only Mathematics I, should Content include a Mathematics II subject. It is suggested that in addition to The subject emphasizes the experimental and applied aspects of Topic CO this should include 2 topics chosen from H, B, D or F. Physics. The Department considers it desirable that some mathematical Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Dept notice studies should be continued through this level, so two mathematics board topics are included in Physics IIIB, to be selected in consultation with 743100 Physics llIA the Physics Department. Prerequisites Physics II, a Mathematics subject with Topics The Physics lecture course will treat the following topics: C, E, G, and H or B or D recommended. For Experimental Techniques Mathematics II in 1978 Topics CO & 2 from Photometry and Instrumental Optics H, or B or D or F are recommended Nuclear Measurements Radio-frequency Spectroscopy Hours 120 lecture hours & 240 laboratory & tutorial Electronics hours Geophysics Examination Assessment to the equivalent of three 3-hour Statistical Mechanics papers Solid State Physics Content Physics of Fluids The areas of classical and quantum physics essential to the under Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Dept notice standing of both advanced pure physics and also the many applications board of physics. Some electronics is also included. A. Classical Physics 660111 CS-Programming and Algorithms-A. J. Guttmann Mathematical methods, advanced mechanics, special theory of rela tivity, electromagnetics including waveguide and antenna theory. Prerequisite Mathematics I B. Modem Physics Hours 2 lecture hours & 1 tutorial hour per week Quantum mechanics, atomic and molecular physics, statistical physics, for 1st half year solid state physics, nuclear physics, electronics. Examination One 3-hour paper & a possible paper on C. Laboratory programming techniques Parallels the lecture course in overall content, with at least one Content experiment available in each topic, although students are not expected Structured Programming, Program design, Flow charts, Decision to carry out all the experiments available. Tables, Natural Language formulation of algorithms. Introduction to Texts Texts will be listed on the Physics Dept notice FORTRAN, ALGOL and the conversational language BASIC. Use of board. Students should retain their Physics II higher level languages to solve problems of a non-numerical nature. texts Programming techniques, efficient programming, evaluation of expres sions, sources of error. Programme development, diagnostics, testing, 743200 Physics IllB etc. Nature of algorithms and heuristics. Analysis of algorithms. This subject will not be offered in anyone year unless there are three Programme structure, procedures, subroutines, scope of variables. or more enrolments. Recursion. Simulation, Random number generators. Prerequisite Physics II 232 1233 Text Subject Units Year II Guttmann, A. J. Programming and Algorithms (Heinemann Mathematics lIB Part 1 1976) Chemistry IIA Chemical Engineering I Arts Subject Part I COMBINED DEGREE COURSES Year m Mathematics lIB Part 2 A student may enrol in the combined courses leading to the Bachelor Chemical Engineering IIA Part 1 of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Commerce/Bachelor of Elective I Engineering, Bachelor of Economics/Bachelor of Engineering, Bach Arts Subject Part II Arts Subject Part I or II elor of Science/Bachelor of Engineering, Bachelor of Metallurgy/ Industrial Experience Bachelor of Mathematics degrees on the successful completion of his Year IV Chemical Engineering IIA Part 2 first year course. Students wishing to transfer to a combined degree Chemical Engineering lIB course will be expected to be above average quality and the minimum Arts Subject Part III standard looked for will be credit level. Only in exceptional circum Industrial Experience Year V stances will a student be allowed to transfer to a combined degree Chemicai Engineering III course during his second year or later. Arts Subject Part I, II 01' III Students who are considering transferring to a combined course at the Projects II end of the first year should familiarise themselves with the requirements for both degrees and pay particular attention to the choice of elective BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING subjects. Students are advised to consult their Student Advisor at an IN CIVIL ENGINEERING early stage. The first four years are identical with the RE. programme except that Electives I and II must consist of Arts subjects Parts I and II BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING respectively. . Year V A combined course approved by the Faculty Boards of Arts 'and Arts Subject Part I 4 Engineering leading to admission to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts Arts Subject Part II 5 and Bachelor of Engineering, shall include, in addition to the require Arts Subject Part III 8 ments for admission to the degree of Bachelor of Engineering, five Note 17 Students wishing to maJor in Mathematics should ensure that Mathematics .I!B in the B.E. subjects which must include not less than one Part III and one Part II programme is replaced by Mathematics IIA as necessary co· and pre· requIsites to Mathe· subject and at least four of which shall be selected from Group I of matics lie and Mathematics IliA respectively. the Schedule of Subjects to the Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Recommended programmes, approved by the Faculty Boards of Arts IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING and Engineering, appear below: In addition to the requirements for the B.E. with the relevant elective requirements selections as shown in Appendix A, the combined degree BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING student is required to undertake one year in the relevant non engineer IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ing faculty. This year may be taken after completion of 'the ,third or the Subject fourth year of a RE. programme. For some, ,there may be advantages Year I for taking this year after completing the four year RE. requirements Chemistry I CEllI Statics but before taking out a RE. degree. MEllI Graphics MEll2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING ChEIOI Industrial process principles IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Physics IA or IB Mathematics I Year I ME121 Workshop Practice CEl11 Statics MElll Graphics MEll2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I MEl31 Dynamics .1 234 235 Subject Units • Must be selected from departmental technical electives. 2 Approximate hours only. Refer to Arts Faculty Handbook for subject details. Mathematics I 4 a Mathematics liB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. Physics IA 4 Chemistry IS 2 MEI21 Workshop Practice BACHELOR OF ARTS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING MEI22 Process Technology IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Met151 Microstructure of Materials Subject Units 17 Year 1 With approval of Head of Department. Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistrty IS, and CElli Statics Mell51 and ME122. MElli Graphics Year II Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I .Arts subject Part I 4 ME1l2 MEI31 Dynamics I ME201 *Laboratory Measurements Mathematics I 4 ME202 "Dynamics of Engineering Systems Physics IA 4 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids I Chemistry IS 2 ME223 **Mechanical Technology MEl21 Workshop Practice 1 ME232 *"'Dynamics of Machines MEI22 Process Technology ME241 *"'Properties of Materials Met151 Microstructure of Materials ME251 "'Fluid Mechanics ME271 "'*Thermodynamics I 17 aMathematics lIB 4 With approval of Head of Department, Chemistry I (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS, Metl51 16 and ME122. Year m Year II 2Arts subject Part II 5 • Arts subject Part I 4 2Arts subject Part I or Part II 4t ME201 *Laboratory Measurements I EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information I ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 EE204 * *Introduction to Electrical Energy I ME214 *Mechanics of Solids I 1 ME212 *Engineering Design 1 ME223 **Me£hanical Technology I ME213 "'*Engineering Design 1 ME232 **Dynamics of Machines 1 ME301 Engineering Computations 1 ME241 **Properties of Materials 1 ME342 "'Properties of Materials ME251 *Fluid Mechanics 1 ME343 "''''Mechanics of Solids I ME271 **Thermodynantics 1 ME361 ""Automatic Control aMathematics lIB 4 17t 16 Year IV Year III .Arts subject Part III 8 ,Arts subject Part II 5 .Arts subject Part II or Part III 6t ,Arts subject Part I or Part II 4t ME352 *Fluid Mechanics 1 E£203 *Introduction to Electrical Information 1 1 ME372 '" *Heat Transfer 1 EE204 *" Introduction to Electrical Energy 1 ME373 * "'Thermodynamics 1 ME212 • Engineering Design ME213 **Engineering Design 1 17t Engineering Computations 1 Year V ME301 ME342 *Properties of Materials 1 CE303 Structural Design 2 1 ME313 "'Engineering Design 1 ME343 *. Mechanics of Solids ME333 **Dynamics of Machines 1 ME381 *Methods Engineering 1 ME481 "'Engineering Administration 1 17t ME482 **Engineering Economics 1 Year IV ME496 Project/Seminar 4 ,Arts subject Part III 8 one unit selected from ,Arts subject Part II or Part III 6t ME381 *Methods Engineering ME383 **Quality Engineering 1 ME383 "'*Quality Engineering } ME384 **Design for Production 1 ME413 Design of Crankshafts, Flywheels and other Rotating Members 1 ME487 ~Operations Research-Deterministic Models ME414 Design of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Power Systems ME488 "'-Dperations Research-Probabilistic Models ME419 *Design of Conveyors & Materials Handling Equipment '" First half year 18t ME449 Reliabiiity Analysis of Mechanical Systems ** Second half year ME487 *Operations Research-Deterministic Models .Electives 3 * First half year 14 ** Second half year 236 237 Subject Units BACHELOR OF COMMERCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Year V IN CIVIL ENGINEERING Subject ME313 * Engineering Design 1 Units ME333 **Dynamics of Machines 1 Year I ME361 • Automatic Control 1 CElll Statics ME385 Accounting & Financial Studies 2 MEllI Graphics ME496 Project/Seminar 4 ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 2 Electives 5 ME131 Dynamics 1 * First half year 14 ,. Mathematics I 4 ** Second half year Physics IA 4 1 Approximate unit values. Refer to Arts Faculty Handbook for subject delails. Chemistry IS 2 .. See Elective Requiremenls - Appendix A. CEl7! Engineering Surveying 2 3 Malhemalics liB may be taken in two parts each of three terms duration. 16 Year II BACHELOR OF COMMERCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING ,. Mathematics lIB 4 BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING CE2!2 Mechanics of Solids 1 CE221 Properties of Materials 1 The following recommended programmes have been approved by the CE222 Materials Technology 2 Faculty Boards of Economics & Commerce, and Engineering: CE231 Fluid Mechanics I 1 CE241 Water Resources Engineering 2 CE223] Engineering Geology BACHELOR OF COMMERCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING EE203 *lntroduction to EJectrical Information 1 IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING EE204 **Introduction to Electrical Energy 1 Year I .. One Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 I ,. Chemistry 4 18 "Mathematics I 4 Year III CEllI Statics 1 ME121 Workshop Practice MEllI Graphics 1 ME271 **Thermodynamics 1 MEI12 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 CE313 Structural Analysis & Design I 4 ChelOl Industrial process principles 1 CE324 Soil Mechanics 2 Physics IA/IB 4 CE332 Fluid Mechanics II 2 ME121 Workshop Practice 1 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems 1 17 ME301 Engineering Computations 1 Year TI CE372 Transportation Engineering 1 Chemical Engineering I 6 .. One Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 Chemistry II 5 ,. Mathematics IIB Part I 2 17 .. One Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 Year IV CE414 Structural Analysis & Design II 4 17 1 Year TIl CE425 Earth & Rock Engineering Chemical Engineering IIA 7 CE452 Engineering Construction 2 .. Mathematics IIB Part 2 2 CE453 Project 2 .. One Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 .One Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 ,.One Economics & Commerce subject Group A or B 4 .One Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 17 17 Year IV Year V Chemical Engineering lIB 3 .One Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 Three Economics & Commerce subjects 12 "One Economics & Commerce subject Group B or C 4 Elective II 3 .. One Economics & Commerce subject Group C 4 .One Economics & Commerce subject Group C 4 18 Year V First half year 16 Chemical Engineering III 5 * S ** Second half year ,.Project II ,. The subjects which count towards the B.Com. degree are those marked ,. plus six Engin:"r Two Economics & Commerce subjects 8 ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year I II or Y,:ar IV of the full-time Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C sublect 18 ,238 ~39 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF COMMERCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Subject Units Subject Units Year I Year I ,Mathematics I 4 CEll1 zStatics EE131 Circuit Fundamentals I I ME111 zGraphics I CE111 Statics I ME112 zEngineering Drawing & Elementary Design I MEllI Graphics ME 13 I zDynamics I ME112 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design zMathematics I 4 ME131 Dynamics Physics IA 4 Metl82 Electronic Structnre of Materials Chemistry IS 2 Physics IA 4 MEI21 Workshop Practice Chemistry IS 2 ME122 Process Technology MEI21 Workshop Practice I Mell51 Microstructure of Materials 17 Year II 17 With approval of Head of Department Chemistry I (4 EE211 **Energy Conversion units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS, Met151 and EE221 *Semiconductor Devices Mel22 Year II EE232 Electrical Circuits ,Mathematics JIB (Topics B. CO, D) 4 EE203 * Introduction to Electrical Information PH221 Electromagnetics & Quantum Mechanics 2 EE204 ** Introduction to Electrical Energy lOne Economics & Commerce Subject Group A 4 ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems I lOne Economics & Commerce Subject Group A 4 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids I ME223 **Mechanical Technology 1 17 ME241 **Properties of Materials 1 Year III zMathematics IIB 4 EE313 **Power Systems zOne Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 EE314 *Electrical Machinery 20ne .Economics & Commerce subject Group A 4 EE323 *Linear Electronics EE325 * *Introduction to Digital Technology IS Year III EE333 "Advanced Circuit Analysis EE341 *Automatic Control ME201 *Laboratory Measurements 1 EE344 **Communications I ME212 "'Engineering Design 1 EE361 *btroduction to Logic and Assembly Language I ME213 **Engineering Design 1 One from EE300, EE400 I ME232 * *Dynamics of Machines 1 ,One Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 ME251 *Fluid Mechanics 1 lOne Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 ME271 **Thermodynamics 1 zOne Economics & Commerce subject Group A or B 4 17 zOne Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 Year IV ,5 from EE300, EE400, EE500 5 zOne Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 ,One Economics & Commerce Subject Group B 4 IS lane Economics & Commerce subject Group B 4 Year IV 4 "Electives ME301 Engineering Computations 17 ME313 *Engineering Design Year V ME333 **Dynamics of Machines EE480 Project 3 ME342 *Properties of Materials I EE491 Seminar I ME343 **Mechanics of Solids 1 5 from EE300, EE400, EE500 5 ME352 *Fluid Mechanics 1 lOne Economics & Commerce subject Group C 4 ME361 * Automatic Control I lOne Economics & Commerce subject Group C 4 ME372 **Heat Transfer I **Thermodynamics 1 17 ME373 20ne Economics & Commerce subject Group B or C 4 * First half year zOne Economics & Commerce subject Group C 4 ** Second half year , The subjects which count towards the B.Com. degree are those marked, plus six Engineer * First half year 17 ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in 3rd or 4th year of the full-time Second half year Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C subject ** 2 The four elective units must be taken in the Faculty of Engineering. 240 241 Subject Units Subject Units YeaI'V Year IV CE303 Stmctural Design 2 ME301 Engineering Computations One unit of- ME313 *Engineering Design ME381 *Methods Engineering ME333 **Dynamics of Machines ME383 **Quality Engineering } ME342 *Properties of Materials ME413 Design of Crankshafts, Flywheels & other Rotary Me ME343 **Mechanics of Solids ME361 *Automatic Control ME414 Design of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Power Systems ME381 *Methods Engineering ME419 *Design of Conveyors & Ma. terials Handling Systems ME383 **Quality Engineering ME449 Reliability Analysis of Mechanical Systems ME384 **Design for Production ME487 *Operations Research-Deterministic Models ME487 *Operations Research-Deterministic Models 1 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 ME488 ** Operations Research-Probabilistic Models 1 1 Electives S "One Bachelor of Commerce subject 4 "One Economics & Commerce subject Group C 4 15 16 Year V 1 3 electives must be chosen from the list of Departmental Electives. ME496 Project/Seminar 4 " The subjects which count towards the B.Com. degree are those marked " plus six Engineer. ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year II I or Year IV of the full-time 1Electives 3 Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C subject. .Two Bachelor of Commerce subjects 8 Notes 15 BACHELOR OF COMMERCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING * First half year IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ** Second half year Year I 1 These elective units must be chosen from the list of Departmental Electives. " The subjects which count towards the B.Com. degree. are those marked " plus six CE111 "Statics 1 Engineering units chosen from subjects normally taken In Year II I or Ye~r IV of the ME111 "Graphics 1 full.time Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C sublect. ME112 "Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 Introductory Quantitative Methods is not a compulsory subject for students who have ME131 "Dynamics successfully cOn'lpleted Part II Mathematics Topic H and who proceed directly to and pass 1 one of Economic Statistics II, Statistical Analysis, Quantitative Business AnalysiS II or "Mathematics I 4 Commercial Electronic Data Processing. "Physics IA 4 Chemistry IS 2 ME121 Workshop Practice BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING ME122 Process Technology IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MettS 1 Microstmcture of Materials Year I "Chemistry I 4 17 Year n "Mathematics 4 *Introduction to Electrical Information CE111 Statics 1 EE204 **Introduction to Electrical Energy ME1lt Graphics 1 ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems MElt2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids ChE101 Industrial Process Principles 1 ME223 **Mechanical Technology Physics IA/IB 4 ME241 **Properties of Materials MEl21 Workshop Practice 1 2Mathematics lIB 4 17 "Accounting I 4 Year II .Economics I 4 Chemical Engineering I 6 Chemistry IIA 5 18 Year III "Mathematics lIB Part I 2 2 Economics I 4 ME201 *Laboratory Measurements ME212 * Engineering Design 17 ME213 Year III **Engineering Design 7 ME232 Chemical Engineering lIA **Dynamics of Machines 2 ME2S1 *Fluid Mechanics "Mathematics lIB Part 2 "One Bachelor of Economics Subject 4 ME271 * *Thermodynamics :j:" Introductory Quantitative Methods 4 § 2lntroductory Quantitative Methods 4 .Two Bachelor of Commerce subjects 8 17 * First hell year 18 ** Second half year 242 Subject Units Subject Units Year IV Year IV Chemical Engineering lIB 3 CE4!4 Structural Analysis & Design II 2Economics II 4 4 Earth & Rock Engineering 2Two Bachelor of Economics subjects 8 CE425 1 CE452 Engineering Construction 2 Elective II 3 CE453 Project 2 18 § ,.Introductory Quantitative Methods 4 Year V ,.Economics II 4 Chemical Engineering III 5 Project II 6 17 ,. Two Bachelor of Economics subjects 8 Year V ,.Four Bachelor of Economics subjects 16 19 Notes ,. The subjects which count towards the B.Ec. degree are those marked,. plus six Engineer ,. The subjects which count towards the B.Ec. degree are those marked,. plus six Engineering ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year III or Year IV of the full·time units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year III or Year IV of the full·time Engineer· Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C subject. ing programme which may be counted as one Group C subject. Introductory Quantitative Methods is not a compulsory subject for students who have Introductory Quantitative Methods is not a compulsory subject for students who have successfully completed Part II Mathematics Topic H and who proceed directly to and pass successfully completed Part II Mathematics Topic H and who proceed directly to and pass one of Economic Statistics II, Statistical Analysis, Quantitative Business Analysis il or one of Economic Statistics II, Statistical Analysis, Quantitative Business Analysis II or Commercial Electronic Data Processing. Commercial Electronic Data Processing. BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING Year I Year I ,.Mathematics I 4 CElll Statics 1 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals 1 MEllI Graphics 1 CEllI Statics 1 ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 MEl11 Graphics 1 ME131 Dynamics 1 MElt2 Enllineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 2Mathematics I 4 ME13! Dynamics 1 2Physics IA 4 Met182 Electronic Structure of Materials 1 , Chemistry IS 2 ,.Physics IA 4 CEI71 Engineering Surveying 2 Chemistry IS 2 Workshop Practice 16 ME121 Year H 17 2Mathematics lIB 4 Year H CE212 Mechanics of Solids 1 EE2lt *Energy Conversion CE221 Properties of Materials 1 * EE221 *Semiconductor Devices 1 CE222 Materials Technology 2 EE232 Electrical Circuits 1 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I 1 aMathematics lIB 4 CE241 Water Resources Engineering 2 Ph221 Electromagnetics & Quantum Mechanics 2 CE223J Engineering Geology 1 "Economics I 4 EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information 1 ,.One Bachelor of Economics subject 4 EE204 **lntroduction to Electrical Energy 1 "Economics I 4 17 Year HI 18 Year m EE313 **Power Systems *Electrica1 Machinery 1 ME121 Workshop Practice EE314 EE323 *Linear Electronics 1 ME271 **Thermodynamics 1 EE325 **!ntroduction to Digital Technology 1 CE313 Structoral Analysis & Design I 4 *Advanced Circuit Analysis 1 CE324 Soil Mechanics 2 EE333 *Automatic Control 1 CE332 Fluid Mechanics II 2 EE341 **Communications 1 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems 1 EE344 *!ntroduction to Logic & Assembly Languages 1 ME301 Engineering Computations 1 EE361 One from EE300, EE400 1 CE372 Transportation Engineering 1 ~ dntroductory Quantitative Methods 4 ,.One Bachelor of Economics subject 4 aEconomics II 4 * First half year 17 First half year 17 ** Second half year * ** Second half year 12.~4 245 Subject Units Subject Units Year IV Year IV Five from EE300, EE400. EE500 5 ME301 Engineering Computations I 2Two Bachelor of Economics subjects 8 ME313 *Eugineering Design I .Electives 4 ME333 **Dynamics of Machines I 17 ME342 *Properties of Materials 1 Year V ME343 **Mechanics of Solids 1 EE480j491 Project Seminar 4 ME352 *Fluid Mechanics 1 Five from EE300, EE400, EE500 5 ME361 *Automatic Control I 2Two Bachelor of Economics subjects 8 ME372 **Heat Transfer 1 ME373 **Thermodynamics Notes 17 2 Two Bachelor of Economics subjects 8 1 The six elective units must be taken in the Faculty of Engineering. 2 The subjects which count towards the B.Ec. degree are those marked 2 "Ius six Engineer 17 ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year III or Year IV of the full-time Year V Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C subject. CE303 Structural Design 2 Introductory Quantitative Methods is not a compulsory subject for students who have One unit of successfully completed Part II Mathematics Topic H and who proceed directly to and pass one of Economic Statistics II, Statistical Analysis, Quantitative Business Analysis II or ME381 *Methods Engineering Commercial Electronic Data Processing. ME383 * *Quality Engineering ME413 Design of Crankshafts, Flywheels & other Rotating Members BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING ME414 Design of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Power Systems IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME449 Reliability Analysis of Mechanical Systems *Operations Research-Deterministic Models Year I ME487 ME496 Project Seminar I4 CElli Statics 1 lElectives 5 MElli Graphics 1 2 One Bachelor of Economics subject 4 MEll2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 ME 13 I Dynamics 1 16 2 Mathematics I 4 • Three elective: must be chosen from the list of Departmental Electives. 2Physics IA 4 2 The subjects which count towards the B.Ec. degree are those marked 2 plus six Engineer ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year III or Ye'!r IV of the full-time Chemistry IS 2 Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C sublect. MEI21 Workshop Practice Introductory Quantitative Methods is not a compulsory subject for students who have ME122 Process Technology successfully completed Part II Mathematics Topic H and who proceed directly to and pass MeU51 Microstructure of Materials one of Economic Statistics II, Statistical Analysis, Quantitative Business Analysis liar Commercial Electronic Data Processing. 17 Yearn BACHELOR OF ECONOMICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information EE204 **Introduction to Electrical Energy IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 Year I ME214 *Mechanics of Solids 1 CE111 Statics 1 ME223 **Mechanical Technology 1 MEl11 Graphics :1 ME241 **Properties of Materials I ME112 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I zMathematics JIB 4 ME131 Dynamics ,t 2 Economics I 4 2Mathematics I 4 zOne Bachelor of Economics subject 4 2Physics IA 4 18 Chemistry IS 2 Year In MEI21 Workshop Practice 1 ME201 *Laboratory Measurements 1 ME122 Process Technology 1 ME212 *Engineering Design I MeU51 Microstructure of Materials 1 * *Engineering Design ME213 I 17 ME232 **Dynamics of Machines 1 Year n ME251 *Fluid Mechanics I EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information 1 ME271 **Thermodynamics I EE204 **Introduction to Electrical Energy 1 § zIntroductory Quantitative Methods 4 ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 2Economics JI 4 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids 1 zOne Bachelor of Economics subject 4 * First half year First half year 18 * ** Second half year ** Second half year 246 247 Subject Units IlIB or a Part III subjeot chosen from Schedule B of the Schedule of ME223 **Mechanical Technology I Subjects approved for the degree of Bachelor of Mathematics and ME241 **Properties of Materials I other subjects to a minimum of 50 units taken from the Schedule of 2Mathematics lIB 4 Subjects approved for the degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Mech 2Economics I 4 anical) , Bachelor of Engineering (Industrial), Bachelor of Engineering 20ne Bachelor of Economics subject 4 (Electrical), B'achelor of Engineering (Chemical) or Bachelor of 18 Year m Engineering (Civil). ME201 *Laboratory Measurements The following recommended programmes have been approved by the ME212 *Engineering Design I Faculty Boards of Mathematics & Engineering. ME213 * *Engineering Design I ME232 **Dynamics of Machines I ME251 *Fluid Mechanics 1 BACHELOR OF MA THEMA TICS/ BACHELOR OF ME271 * *rhermodynamics 1 ENGINEERING IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING § 2lntroductory Quantitative Methods 4 .Economics II 4 Subject Units .One Bachelor of Economics subject 4 Year I 18 Chemistry I 4 Year IV CElli Statics 1 ME301 Engineering Computations 1 MEl 11 Graphics 1 1 ME313 *Engineering Design I ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 ME333 **Dynamics of Machines 1 ChE101 Industrial Process Principles 1 ME342 *Properties of Materials 1 Mathematics I 4 ME343 **Mechanics of Solids I Physics IA or IB 4 ME361 *Automatic Control I MEI21 Workshop Practice ME381 *Methods Engineering 1 17 ME383 **Quality Engineering I Year II ME384 **Design for Production 1 Mathematics IIA 4 ME487 *Operations Research-Deterministic Models 1 Mathematics IIC 4 ME488 **Operations Research-Probabilistic Models 1 Chcmistry IIA 5 .One Bachelor of Economics subject 4 Chemical Engineering I Part 1 15 14 Year V Year m Mathematics IIIA 8 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 Chemical Engineering I Part 2 5 lElectives 3 Chemical Engineering IIA Part 1 2 .Two Bachelor of Economics subjects 8 15 Notes 15 Year IV * First half year Mathematics IIIB or Part III Schedule B subject 8 ** Second half year Chemical Engineering IIA Part 2 5 1 These elective units must be chosen from the list of Departmental Electives . Chemical Engineering IIB 3 • The subjects which count towards the B.Ec. degree are those marked. plus six Engineer. 16 ing units chosen from subjects normally taken in Year III or Year IV of the full·time Year V Engineering programme which may be counted as one Group C subject. Chemical Engineering III 5 Introductory Quantitative Methods is not a compulsory subject for students who have Projects II 6 successfully completed Part II Mathematics Topic H and who proceed directly to and pass one of Economic Statistics II, Statistical Analysis, Quantitative Business Analysis liar Elective I 5 Commercial Electronic Data Processing. 16 BACHELOR OF MATHEMATICS/BACHELOR OF BACHELOR OF MATHEMATICS/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING ENGINEERING IN CIVIL ENGINEERING A combined course leading to admission to the degrees of Bachelor of Year I Engineering 'and Bachelor of Mathematics as approved by the Faculty CElli Statics 1 MElli Graphics 1 Boards of Mathematics and Engineering shall include, Mathematics I, MEI12 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I Mathematics lIA, Mathematics lIC, Mathematics IlIA, Mathematics ME 13 I Dynamics 1 Mathematics I 4 1248 .249 Subject Units Subject Units Physics IA 4 Year II Chemistry IS 2 EE211 **Energy Conversion Engineering Surveying 2 CEl71 EE221 *Semiconductor Devices 16 EE232 Electrical Circuits Year n Ph221 *Electromagnetics & Quantum Mechanics 4 2 Mathematics IIA Mathematics IIA CE212 Mechanics of Solids 1 4 Mathematics IIC 4 CE221 Properties of Materials I Electives 2 CE222 Materials Technology 2 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I 1 15 Year III CE241 Water Resources Engineering 2 Maths lIlA 8 CE223J Engineering Geology 1 Maths IIIB or Schedule B 8 EE203 OOlntroduction to Electrical Information Part III subject EE204 * *Introduction to Electrical Energy 16 MEl21 Workshop Practice Year IV ME271 * *Thermodynamics EE313 **Power Systems 16 EE314 *Electrical Machines Year III EE315 **Power Electronics Mathematics IIC 4 EE323 *Linear Electronics CE313 Structural Analysis & Design 4 EE325 **Introduction to Digital Technology CE324 Soil Mechanics 2 EE333 *Advanced Circuit Analysis CE332 Fluid Mechanics II 2 EE341 *Automatic Control eE351 Civil Engineering Systems EE344 ** Communications CE372 Transportation Engineering 1 EE361 *Introduction to Logic & Assembly Language 1 ME301 Engineering Computations 1 GE350 Seminar I GE350 Seminar 2 from EE300, 400 2 16 Electives 4 Year IV 8 15 Mathematics IlIA Year V CE414 Structural Analysis & Design II 4 EE480 Project 3 CE425 Earth & Rock Engineering 1 EE491 Seminar I CE452 Engineering Construction 2 9 from EE300, 400 or 500 9 ME482 Engineering Economics 1 Electives 2 16 Year V 15 Mathematics IIIB 8 CE453 Project 2 BACHELOR OF MA THEMA TICS/ BACHELOR OF Electives 4 ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 14 Year I Total Units 78 CEllI Statics MElli Graphics MEl12 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 BACHELOR OF MA THEMA TICS/ BACHELOR OF ME131 Dynamics I ENGINEERING IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Mathematics I 4 Physics IA 4 Year I Mathematics I 4 Chemistry IS 2 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals 1 MEl21 Workshop Practice 1 CElli Statics 1 ME122 Process Technology 1 MElli Graphics I Metl51 Microstructure of Materials ME1l2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 17 Physics IA 4 Year II Chemistry IS 2 Mathematics IIA 4 MetI81 Electronic Structure of Materials 1 Mathematics IIC 4 ME131 Dynamics 1 ME201 *Laboratory Measurements MEl21 Workshop Practice I ME202 **Dynamics of Engineering Systems ME214 *Mechanics of Solids 17 * First half year * First half year ** Second half year ** Second half year 250 251 Subject Units Subject Units ME223 **Mechanical Technology Year n Mathematics IIA ME232 **Dynamics of Machines 4 Mathematics I1C ME241 **Properties of Materials 4 ME201 *Laboratory Measurements ME251 *Fluid Mechanics 1 1 ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems ME271 * *Thermodynamics 1 1 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids 1 16 ME223 **Mechanical Technology 1 Year m ME232 **Dynamics of Machines Mathematics IlIA 8 1 ME241 **Properties of Materials ME212 *Engineering Design 1 ME251 * Fluid Mechanics ME213 * *Engineering Design 1 ME271 **Thermodynamics EE203 *Intro. to Elect. Info. 1 EE204 **Intro. to Elect. Energy 16 ME301 Engineering Computations Year III Mathematics IlIA *Properties of Materials 8 ME342 ME212 *Engineering Design ME343 **Mechanics of Solids 1 1 ME213 **Engineering Design ME361 *Automatic Control 1 1 EE203 *Intro: to Elect. Info. 1 16 EE204 **Intro. to Elect. Energy 1 Year IV ME301 Engineering Computations Mathematics IIIB or Part III Schedule B Subject 8 1 ME342 *Properties of Materials 1 *Engineering Design 1 ME313 ME343 * * Mechanics of Solids 1 **Dynamics of Machines 1 ME333 ME361 *Automatic Control 1 ME352 *Fluid Mechanics 1 ME372 **Heat Transfer 1 16 * *Thermodynamics 1 Year IV ME373 Mathematics IIIB or Part III Schedule B Subject 8 Seminar 1 GE350 ME313 * Engineering Design 1 CE303 Structural Design 2 ME333 **Dynamics of Machines 1 16 ME381 *Methods Engineering 1 Year V ME383 **Quality Engineering 1 ME481 *Engineering Administration 1 ME384 * *Design for Production 1 ME482 * *Engineering Economics 1 ME487 *O.R.-Deterministic Models 1 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 ME488 **O.R.-J>robabilistic Models 1 ME381 *Methods Engineering } GE350 Seminar 1 **Quality Engineering ME383 16 ME413 Design of Crankshafts etc. Year V Design of Hydraulic Systems etc. One from 1 ME414 ME385 Accounting & Financial Studies 2 *Design of Conveyors etc. ME419 ME496 Project/Seminar 4 Reliability Analysis ME449 lElectives 7 ME487 *Ops. Res. Deterministic Models .Electives 6 13 * First half year • Includes 3 units of Departmental Technical Electives 13 ** Second half year * First half year 1 Includes 3 units of Departmental Technical Electives and 4 units of Industrial Engineering ** Second half year Electives. BACHELOR OF MATHEMATICS/BACHELOR OF BACHELOR OF MA THEMA TICS/ BACHELOR OF METALLURGY ENGINEERING IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Year I A combined course leading to admission to the degrees of Bachelor of CElll Statics 1 Metallurgy and Bachelor of Mathematics as approved by the Faculty MElli Graphics 1 Boards of Mathematics and Engineering shall include Mathematics I MEll2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design 1 ME131 Dynamics Mathematics IIA, Mathematics IIC, Mathematics IlIA and eithe; Mathematics I 4 Mathematics IIIB or a Part III subject chosen from Schedule B of the Physics IA 4 Schedule of Subjects approved for the degree of Bachelor of Mathe Chemistry IS 2 matics and other subjects to a minimum of 50 units taken from the ME121 Workshop Practice 1 ME122 Process Technology 1 schedule of subjects approved for the degree of Bachelor of Metallurgy. MetI51 Microstructure of Materials 1 17 252 ;253 Subject Units BACHELOR OF SCIENCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Year I IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Mathematics I 4 Physics IA 4 The candidate shall complete all requirements for the Bachelor of Mell41 Mechanical Properties of Materials 1 Engineering in Chemical ~ngineering and comply with the require MellSI Microstructure of Materials I MetI81 Atomic Structure of Materials 1 ments of the Faculty of SCIence for the degree of Bachelor of Science Met182 Electronic Structnre of Materials I with the provision that Engineering I is recognised as a Science Met121 Chemical Metallurgy 1 part I subject and Chemical Engineering I 'as a Science part II MElli Graphics 1 subject (Clause 12b of the Science degree requirements) and that a ME1I2 Engineering Drawing & Elementary Design I subject taken for the Science degree may be accepted as Elective II ChE101 Industrial Process Principle I· MEl21 Workshop Practice for the Engineering degree. Normally the requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree shall be completed before the candidate 17 Year II enrols for the final year of the Engineering degree, ,Mathematics IIA 4 2Mathematics IIC 4 A typical course structure would be as follows for a candidate Met221 Metallnrgical Thennodynamics 1 majoring in Chemistry:- Met212 Metallurgical Stoichiometry I Met213 Applied Statistics 1 Subject Units Met23 I Rate Processes 1 Year I Chemistry I Met261 Extraction Metallurgy 1 Engineering I Met252 Metallography 1 Mathematics I Met241 Microplasticity I Physics IA or IB Met271 Fabrication Metallurgy I MEI21 Workshop Practice 16 Year II Year III Chemical Engineering I Mathematics IlIA 8 Chemistry IIA Met301 Communication Skills ! Mathematics lIB ChE33 I Process Economics ! Year III Chemistry IlIA Met361 Extraction Metallurgy 1 Chemieal Engineering lJA Part 1 Met391 Metallurgy Laboratory 2 Elective I OR Industrial Experience Met.392 Elective Units (see note below) 4 Year IV Chemical Engineering IIA Part 2 16 Chemical Engineering lIB Year IV 8 and one of:- aMathematics IIIB Chemistry liB, IIIB, Geology I, Biology I, Physics Ib 6 Met300 subjects 6 Industrial Experience Elective units (see note below) 2 Year V Chemical Engineering III 16 Elective II Year V _ _ _ Projects II Metallurgy 400 units 11 Met401 Directed Reading 2 [Similar programmes can be made to major in Mathematics, Biology or Geology] l A candidate must have taken Physics IA to enrol for Physics II as the Science subject. 13 Total units 78 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING * First half year IN CIVIL ENGINEERING ** Second half year ] To include Topics A, C. ID and The first four years are identical with the RE. programme except that ,. To include Topics F, G. K and Electives I and II must consist of Science subjects Parts I and II a or a Schedule B elective respectively. Electives Year V Of the elective units in the combined degree course, no more than four may ~e taken from Science Subject Part I the list for Elective I in the Bachelor of Metallurgy degree schedule. Mathemalics II Topic B 4 IEM2B) should be included as an elective. Science Subject Part II 5 Science Subject Part III The elective list covering subiects which may be taken in lieu of Mathematics IIIB is given 8 in Schedule B of the degree of Bachelor of Mathematics. Note 17 Students wishing to major in Mathematics should ensure that Mathematics liB in the B.E. programme is replaced by Mathematics IIA as necessary co- and pre-requisites to Mathematics IIC and Mathematics lilA respectively. 154 255 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Subject Units IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ME482 **Engineering Economics In addition to the requirements for the B.E. with the relevant elective One unit selected from- ME381 *Methods Engineering } . requirements selecions as shown in Appe~dix A, the combined ~egree .1 ME383 **Quality Engineering student is required to undertake one year 111 the relevant non eng111eer ME413 De~gn of Cranks~fts, Flywheels & other Rotating Member. ing faculty. This year may be taken after completion of the third or ME414 Des~gn of Hydraulic & Pneumatic Power Systems ME419 *Deslgn of Conveyors & Materials Handling Equipment the fourth year of a B.E. programme. For some, there may be adv~n ME449 Reliability Analysis of Mechanical Systems tages for taking this year after completing the four year B.E. reqUIre \ffi487 "'Operations Research - Deterministic Models ments but before taking out a B.E. degree. Year V 15 CE 303 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Structural Design 2 ME313 *Engineering Design 1 IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME333 **Dynamics of Machines 1 Subject Units ME496 • Project/Seminar 4 lElectives 6 Year I Engineering I 4 1 See Elective Requirements - Appendix A. Mathematics I 4 Physics IA 4 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING Chemistry 15 2 ME121 Workshop Practice 1 IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ME122 Process Technology Year I Met1S1 Microstructure of Materials Engineering I 4 Mathematics I 4 With approval of Head of Department, Chemistry I 17 (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS, Physics IA 4 Metl51 and ME122. Chemistry IS 2 Year Il ME121 Workshop Practice 1 Mathematics IIA 4 ME122 Process Technology Mathematics IIC 4 Metl51 Microstructure of Materials Physics II 4 17 ME201 *Laboratory Measurements 1 With approval of Head of Department, Chemistry I ME202 * Dynamics of Engineering Systems 1 (4 units) may be taken in lieu of Chemistry IS, ME251 *Fluid Mechanics 1 Met151 and ME122. Year II * *rhermodynamics 1 ME271 Mathematics IIA 4 16 Mathematics lIC 4 Year III Physics II 4 Mathematics IlIA 8 ME201 *Laboratory Measurements Mathematics IIB 4 ME202 *Dynamics of Engineering Systems ME214 *Mechanics of Solids ME251 *Fluid Mechanics ME223 **Mechanical Technology ME271 **Thermodynamics ME232 **Dynamics of Machines ME24i Properties of Materials 16 ** Year ill Year IV 16 Mathematics IlIA 8 Mathematics EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information 1 1m 4 ME214 *Mechanics of Solids I EE204 ~ * Introduction to Electrical Energy ME223 **Mechanical Technology GE350 Seminar ME232 **Dynamics of Machines 1 ME212 *Engineering Design ME241 **Properties of Materials 1 ME213 **Engi~eering Design ME301 Engineeringg Computations 16 ME342 *Properties of Materials Year IV ME343 * *Mechanics of Solids EE203 *Introduction to Electrical Information ME352 *Fluid Mechanics EE204 **Introduction to Electrical Energy ME361 *Automatic Control GE350 Seminar ME372 **Hea,t Transfer ME212 *Engineering Design ME373 * *Thermodynamics * First half year 14 ME481 *Engineering Administration ** Second half year * First half year ** Second half year Subject Units SUbject Computer Numbers for Engineerin~ Courses ME213 **Engineering Design 1 The s~bjelCts S'el~ shiould be wriJtten on rtIhe enrolment form m tlu:: ME342 *Properties of Materials 1 followmg mamrer: . 1 ME343 **Mechanics of Solids B.E. and B.Sc. (Ene.) in Chemical Engineering ME381 * Methods Engineering 1 Computer MB383 * * Quality Engineering 1 SUBJECT NAME Computer Number Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS ME384 **Design for Production 1 *Operations Research - Deterministic Models 1 ME487 721100 Chemistry I *Operations Research - Probabilistic Models 1 ME488 *' 511101 ChEI01 Industrial Process lElectives 2 Principles 14 521101 CEllI Statics Year V 541101 MElll Graphics * Engineering Design 1 541102 ME112 Engineering Draw- MB313 . ing & Elementary Design ME333 ** Dynamics of Machines 1 1 661100 Mathematics I ME361 "-'Automatic Control 741200 Physics IA Accounting & Financial Studies 2 ME385 741300 Physics IB ME496 Project/Seminar 4 5 541201 MEI21 Workshop Practice lElectives 511102 Elective-Industrial Exp. * First half year 14 511103 Industrial Experience ** Second half year 512200 Chemical Engineering I 512201 ChE201 Fuels & Combusion 1 Sea elective requiremeNts-Appendix A 512202 ChE202 Industrial Chemical Processes & Equipment 512203 ChE203 Laboratory 512204 ChE211 Fluid Statics & Dynamics 512205 ChE212 Heat 512208 ChE221 Separation Processes 512207 ChE231 Design (Chern. Eng. I) 512210 Chemical Engineering I Part I 512220 Chemical Engineering I Part 2 722200 Chemistry IIA 662200 Mathematics lIB 662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 662202 Topic F 662210 Mathematics lIB Part I 662220 Mathematics liB Part 2 513100 Chemical Engineering lIA 513101 ChE301 Computations 513103 ChE311 Thermodynamics 513104 ChE312. Reaction Engineering 513102 ChE302 Unit Operations Lab. 513105 ChE313 Transport Principles 513106 ChE321 Continuous Contacting Processes 513107 ChE322 Particulate Systems 513110 Chemical Engineering lIA ChE 301, 311, 312 Part I 513120 Chemical Engineering lIA ChE 302, 313, 321, 322 Part 2 513200 Chemical Engineering liB 513222 ChE314 Process Control 513221 ChE331 Process Economics 513223 ChE332 Equipment Design 513210 Chemical Engineering lIB Part 1 513220 Chemical Engineering lIB Part 2 509100 Elective I 509101 Elective IA a5S 259 COIIIPuter Comllllter Number SUBJECT NAME Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS Computer Number SUBJECT NAME Compnter... Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS General Elective Snbjects 513224 ChE341 Fuel Technology I 523202 GE350 Seminar 513225 ChE342 Furnace Helat Transfer 523107 CE351 Civil Engineering Systems I 514100 Chemical Engineering III 514111 ChE402 Seminar "'" 523108 C~372 J'ransportation Eng- 514112 ChE431 Process Engineering Ineenng plus at least 6 of 543101 ME301 Engineering Computations 514113 ChE411 Advanced Combustion 509100 Elective. I 514115 CbE412 Radiant Heat Transfer Components of Elective I 524101 CE414 Structural Analysis 514116 CbE413 Selected Topics iII Heat &. & Design II Mass Transfer 524103 CE414A Structural Analysis 514117 ChE414 Advanced Reaction Engineering II 514118 ChE415 Advanced Transport Themy 524104 CE414B Structural Design 514119 ChE416 Advanced Process Control II 514110 ChE421 Multicomponent Separations 524403 CE425 Earth & Rock 514120 ChE422 Particle Mechanics Engineering 514121 ChE432 Environmental Control 524102 CE452 Engineering Con- struction 514114 CbE433 Process Evaluation.. & Optimization 524404 CE453 Project 514123 ChE403 Advanced Computa,tions 544102 ME482 Engineering Economics 514200 Projects II 509200 Elective II 509200 Elective II Electives 514220 Process Engineering 524029 CE415 Elastic Continua 514240 Design Project 524030 CE416 Plastic Frame Design 524031 CE417 Steel Beams, Columns & Frames B.E. and B.8c. (Eng.) in CivU EnginerinK 524032 CE418 Brickwork & Timber Design 524033 CE419 Engineering Seismology 521101 CEl11 Statics 524034 CE426 Advanced Properties of Materials 541101 MEllI Graphics 524035 CE427 Concrete Technology 541102 ME112 Engineering Draw- 524036 CE428 Soil Mechanics ing & Elementary Design 524037 CE429 Foundation Engineering 541103 ME131 Dynamics 524038 CE433 Theoretical Hydrodynamics 661100 Mathematics I 524039 CE434 Open Channel Flow 741200 Physics IA 524040 CE435 River & Coastal Engineering I 721900 Chemistry IS 524041 CE442 Water Resources Engineering 521104 CEI71 Engineering Survey- 524042 CE443 Water Quality Management ing I 524050 CE454 Civil Engineering Systems II 662200 Mathematics lIB 662109 Topic CO 524045 CE473 Engineering Surveying II 662104 Topic D 524046 CE474 Transportation Planning 662204 Topic H 524047 CE475 Highway Engineering 522107 CE212 Mechanics of Solids 522106 CE221 Properties of B.E. in Computer Engineering Materials 522105 CE222 Materials Technology 721900 Chemistry IS 522202 CE231 Fluid Mechanics I 661100 Mathematics I 522203 CE241 Water Resources 741200 Physics IA Engineering 521101 CE 111 Statics 732900 CE223J Engineering Geology 531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals 532103 EE203 Introduction to 541101 MEllt Graphics Electrical Information 541102 MElt2 Engineering Draw- 532104 EE204 Introduction to ing & Elementary Design Electrical Energy 541201 MEl21 Workshop Practice 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice 541103 ME131 Dynamics 542203 ME271 Thermodynamics 111182 Met182 Electronic Structure 523101 CE313 Structural Analysis of Materials & Design I 523102 CE324 Soil Mechanics 662200 Mathematics 1m 662102 Topic B 523301 CE332 Fluid Mechanics II 662109 Topic CO 662104 Topic D 260 261' (Ena.) Computer Computer NAMES OF COMPONENTS B.E. and B.Sc. in E1ecCricai Eogineering Number SUBJEcr NAME Number Computer ~':::tt~~er SUBJECT NAME Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS 532106 EE211 Energy Conversion 532107 EE221 Semi-conductor 721900 Chemistry IS Devices 661100 Mathematics I 532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits 741200 Physics IA 532109 EE261 Information Structures & Programming 521101 CEl11 Statics 742101 PH221 Electromagnetics & 531203 EE131 Circuit Fundamentals Quantum Machines 541101 MElll Graphics 509400 Electives Elective components 541102 ~112 Engineering Draw- 533107 EE323 Linear Electronics mg & Elementary Design 533108 EE324L Electonics Labor- 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice atory 541103 ME131 Dynamics 533115 EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology 111182 Met182 Electronic Structure of Materials 533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit Analysis 662200 Mathematics lIB 662102 Topic B EE341 Automatic Control 533213 662109 Topic CO 533219 EE361 Introduction to Logic & Assembly Languages 662104 Topic D 533220 EE362 Switching Theory & 662210 Mathematics lIB Part 1 Logical Design 662220 Mathematics lIB Part 2 523202 GE350 Seminar 543101 ME301 Engineering 532106 EE211 Energy Conversion Computations 532107 EE221 Semi-Conductor 509400 Electives Elective component. Devices 534109 EE421 Electronic Design A 532108 EE232 Electrical Circuits 534110 EE422 Electronic Design B 742101 PH221 E1ectromagnetics & 534124 EE463 Computer Operating Quantum Mechanics Systems 509400 Electives Elective components EE464 Compiler Construction 534143 533201 EE313 Power Systems 534102 EE480 Project/Directed Reading 533106 EE314 Electrical Machines 534101 EE491 Seminar 533107 EE323 Linear Electronics 509400 Electives Elective components 533115 EE325 Introduction to Digital Technology List I 533217 EE333 Advanced Circuit 533113 EE344 Communications Analysis 533116 EE345 Digital Signal 533213 EE341 Automatic Control Processing EE344 Communications 534139 EE441 Sample Data Control 533113 Systems, 533219 EE361 Introduction to Logic 534140 EE442 Nonlinear Optimal & Assembly Languages Controh 523202 GE3'50 Seminar 534132 EE443 Optimization Tech 509400 Electives Elective components niques 534102 EE480 Project/Directed 534141 EE446 Linear Optimal Reading Control 534101 EE491 Seminar 534145 EE462 Topics in Switching Theory, 509400 Electives Elective components 544451 ME401 Systems Analysis 544452 ME402 Systems Planning, Other 300·400 Level Subjects Organization & Control 544417 ME404 Mathematical Programming, If counted as subjects place on the left hand side of the enrolment form, if elective 544462ME405 Advanced Engineering units place on the right hand side level with or below 509400 Electives. Computations 533111 EE315 Power Electronics 544841 ME487 Operations Research: Deterministic Models 533'108 EE324L Electronics Laboratory 544842 ME488 Operations Research: 533110 EE342 Linear System Theory Probabilistic Models 533116 EE345 Digital Signal Processing 544843 ME489 Operations Research: 533218 EE351 Electromagnetic Propagation & Applications in Industry Antennas 410103 Commercial Programming 533220 EE362 Switching Theory & Logical 410104 Systems Analysis & Design Design 663114 EM3U Operations Research 533208 EE380 Project/Directed Reading 663117 EM30 Mathematical Logic 663112 EM3Z Mathematical Principles 534107 EE415 Power Systems of Numerical Analysis t Not offered in 1978 262 Other 300-400 Level sobject (cont.) Compote. 534144 EE416 Advanced Electrical Machine Nomber SUBJECT NAME £::t:!er NAMES OF COMPONENTS Theory 534109 EE421 Electronic Design A 534110 EE422 Electronic Design B B.E. in Mechanical Engineel'inK 534139 EE441 Sample Data Control Systemsl Years m & IV 534140 EE442 Nonlinear Optimal Controh 534132 EE443 Optimization Techniques 523304 CE303 Structural Design 534141 EE446 Linear Optimal Control i 523202 GE350 Seminar 534134 EE447 Digital Communications 543101 ME301 Engineering 534142 EE453High Frequency Circuits & Computations Devicesl . 543302 ME313 Engineering Design 534145 EE462 Topics in Switching Theoryl 543301 ME333 Dynamics of Machines 534124 EE463 Computer Operating Systems 543102 ME342 Properties of Mater- 534143 EE464 Compiler Construction ials , Not offered in 1978 543103 ME343 Mechanics of Solids 543201 ME352 Fluid Mechanics Industrial Experience Units 543204 ME361 Automatic Control 543202 ME372 Heat Transfer 543505 ME373 Thermodynamics Compote. Compoter 509400 Electives Number SUBJECT NAME Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS Elective components 544101 ME481 Engineering Admin- istration 509400 Electives 531302 EE092 Industrial Experience 544102 ME482 Engineering 531303 EE093 Industrial Experience Economics 531304 EE094 Industrial Experience 544203 ME496 Project/Seminar 531306 EE096 Industrial Experience Elective components 531307 EE097 Industrial Experience II 1 unit selected from 543501 ME381 Metods Engineering BoE. & B.Sc. (Eng.) in Mechanical & Industrial Engineering 543502 ME383 Quality Engineering Years I & n 544404 ME413 Design of Crankshafts etc. 544403 ME414 Design of H. & P. 721900 Chemistry LS Power Systems 661100 Mathematics I 544409 ME419 Design of C. & M.H. 741200 Physics IA Equipment 521101 CE111 Statics 544418 ME449 Reliability Analysis 541101 MEllI Graphics for Mechanical Systems 541102 ME112 Engineering Draw- 544841 ME487 Operations Research: ing & Elementary Design Deterministic Models 541201 ME121 Workshop Practice 541202 ME122 Process Technology Departmental Technical Electives 541103 ME131 Dynamics 111151 MetI51 Microstructure of Materials If the following are to be counted as subjects they should be written on the left hand side of the enrolment form but if they are to be elective units they should be 662200 Mathematics lIB 662109 Topic CO written as follows: 662104 Topic D 509400 Electives 544451 ME401 Systems Analysis 662204 Topic H 544452 ME402 Systems Planning, Organization & Control 532103 EE203 Introduction to- 544417 ME404 Mathematical Programming, Electrioal Information 544462 ME;405 Advanced Engineering Computa 532104 EE204 Introduction to tions Electrical Energy 544453 ME407 Environmental Engineering, 542201 ME201 Laboratory Measure- ments 544404 ME413 Design of Crankshafts etc. 542104 ME202 Dynamics of 544403 ME414 Design of H & P Power Engineering Systems Systems 542302 ME212 Engineering Design 544405 ME415 Design of C & H Equipment 542303 ME213 Engineering Design 544406 ME416 Design of Pressure Vessels etc.l 542105 ME214 Mechanics of Solids I 544407 ME417 Design of W & S P G R Units 542304 ME223 Mechanical Technology 544409 ME419 Design of Conveyors etc. 542301 ME232 Dynamics of Machines 544419 ME434 Adv. K & D of Machines, 542102 ME241 Properties of Materials 544401 ME444 Properties of Materialsl 542202 ME251 Fluid Mechanics 542203 ME271 Thermodynamics 264 ~'::.'b~~er NAMES OF COMPONENTS ~::.v:!~er NAMES OF COMPONENTS Departmental Technical Electives (cont.) 544102 10.fE482 Engineering Economics 544402 ME445 Mechanics of Solids 544801 NA481 Shipyard Production 544416 ME448 An Introduction to Photo- , & Management mechanics1 544411 ME453 Fluid Mechanics 544418 ME449 Reliability Analysis for Mech- anical Systems, 1 544602 NA402 Special Purpose Ships ! 544411 ME453 Fluid Mechanics, 544604 NA431 Ships Machinery 544601 NA452 Theoretical Naval 544461 ME454 Turbomachinery, Architecture 544413 ME474 Heat TransfeH 544504 NA496 Project/Seminar 544423 ME476 Developments in the Use of Solar 509400 Electives Energy, 544463 ME483 Production Engineering, 544841 ME487 Operations Research General Engineering Subjects Deterministic Models 544842 ME488 Operations Research 523202 GE350 Seminar Probabilistic Models, 504101 GE471 Energy 544843ME489 Operations Restarch-Applica tions in Industry 504102 GE472 Energy , Not offered in 1978 500100 GE501G Air Pollutiol11 Studies Computer SUBJECT NAME Computer B.E. in Industrial Engineering Number Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS Years m & IV 523202 GE350 Seminar B.Met. & B.8c.(Met.) 543101 ME301 Engineering Computations 661100 Mathematics I 543302 ME313 Engineering Design 741200 Physics IA 543301 ME333 Dynamics of Machines 511101 ChE101 Industrial Process Principles 543102 ME342 Properties of Materials 541101 MElli Graphics 543103 ME343 Mechanics of Solids 541102 ME112 Engineering Draw- 543204 ME361 Automatic Control ing & Elementary Design 541201 543501 ME381 Methods Engineering MEI21 Workshop Practice 111122 543502 ME383 Quality Engineering Metl21 Chemical Metallurgy 111141 Metl41 Mechanical Properties 543503 ME384 Design for Production of Materials 544841 ME487 Operations Research- 111151 Metl51 Microstructure of Detenninistic Models Materials 544842 ME488 Operations Research 111181 Metl81 Atomic Structure of Probabilistic Models Materials 509400 Electives Elective components 111182 Met182 Electronic Structure 416105 ME385 Accounting & of Materials Financial Studies 112211 Met211 Metallurgical 544203 ME496 Project/Seminar Computations 662101 Topic A 509400 Electives Elective components 662109 Topic CO 751100 Psychology I 662202 Topic F 301100 Sociology I 112212 Met212 Metallurgical 421100 Economics I Stoichiometry 4311 00 Legai Studies I 112213 Met213 Applied Statistics 412600 Organisational Behaviour 112221 Met221 Metallurgical 433200 Industrial Law Thermodynamics 422110 Industrial Relations II 112231 Met231 Rate Processes 413612 Theories of Organisation 112241 Met241 Microplasticity 422202 Labour Economics 112251 Met251 Metallography 112261 Met261 Extraction Metallurgy 112271 Met271 Fabrication Metal- B.E. in Naval Architecture lurgy Yeai' IV 509100 Elective I Elective .COJ;t111qnen~ 513221 ChE331 Process Economics 113301 Met301 Communication Skills 523202 GE350 Seminar 113365 Met361 Extraction Metallurgy 544101 ME481 Engineering Adminis!. 113391 Met391 Physical Metallurgy Laboratory 266 267 Computer Computer Computer Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS Number SUBJECT NAME Number NAMES OF COMPONENTS 113392 Met392 Chemical Metallurgy Industrial Experience Units Laboratory 111102 Met092 Industrial Experience 509200 Elective II Elective components 111103 Met093 Industria1 Experience Other Met300... subJects 111104 Met094 Industrial Experience 113323 Met311 Statistical Design & 111105 Met095 Industrial Experience Optimisation of Met. 111106 Met096 Industrial Experience Processes r I 113313 Met312 Modelling & Control ! of Met. Processes B. Surv. 113324 Met321 Heterogeneous Equilibria 421100 Economics I 113322 Met322 Electrochemistry & Corrosion I 661100 Mathematics I 113331 Met331 Transport Processes I 741200 Physics IA in Metallurgical Systems 521110 SV111 Surveying I 113332 Met332 Fluid Mechanics of 521111 SV121 Survey Camp I Metallurgical Processes I Topic CO 113341 Met341 Fracture & Failure 662200 Mathematics lIB 662109 Analysis I 662104 Topic D 113351 Met351 Metallography 1 662204 Topic H 113352 Met352 Physical Metallurgy 522408 CE201 Civil Engineering IS 113353 Met353 Solidification Pro- cesses 532103 EE203 Introduction to Electrical Information 113354 Met354 X-ray & Electron Metallography 522404 SV212 Surveying II 113362 Met362 Hydro- and Electro- 522405 SV222 Survey Camp II Extraction Meta11urgy 522406 SV231 Survey Computation I 113366 Met363 Metallurgical Process 522410 SV271 Basic Regional & Theory Urban Economics 113364 Met364 Refractories 432300 SV291 Introduction to Legal 113371 Met371 Materials Se1ection Studies 113372 Met372 Fabrication Processes 352200 Geography 1m 113373 Met373 Polymer Technology 523333 CE302 Civil Engineering lIS 113374 Met374 Welding & Non- 523305 SV313 Surveying III destructive Testing 523330 SV323 Survey Camp III 113381 Met381 Metal Physics 523326 SV332 Survey Computations n 114405 Met401 Directed Reading 523327 SV341 Astronomy I Other Met400 Subjects 523328 SV351 Geodesy I 114406 Met402 Metallurgy Seminar 523329 SV361 Photogrammetry I 114434 Met411 Metallurgical 433300 SV392 Property & Survey Computations 'Law 114435 ,Met421 Heterogeneous 412600 Organisational Behaviour Equilibria 523108 CE372 Transportation Engg. 114431 Met431 Heat Transfer 524125 SV414 Surveying IV 114436 Met432 Fluid Mechanics of 524128 SV452 Geodesy II Metallurgical Processes 524130 SV462 Photogrammetry II 114433 Met433 Metallurgical Rate Processes 524135 SV472 Land Valuation 114442 Met441 Applications of 524136 SV473 Town Platuting Fracture Mechanics 524133 SV481 Project 114451 Met451 Electron Metal- 509400 Electives 524126 SV415 Surveying V (Elective) lography 524127 SV442 Astronomy II (Elective) 114452 Met452 Physical Metallurgy 524129 SV453 Geodesy III (Elective) 114453 Met453 Metallography 524131 SV463 Photogrammetry III (Elect) 114461 Met461 Extraction Metallurgy 114462 Met462 Reactor Analysis 114471 Met471 Materials Selection I 114472 Met472 Welding & Non- \I destructive Testing 114481 Met481 Dislocation Theory 114482 Met482 Metal Physics 114483 Met491 Laboratory Project 269 268 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCASTLE NEW SOUTH WALES ------'\ -- \ ------\ LEGEND ~--- \ \ BuiLDINGS DESIGNATiON \ \ ARTS/A~INISTRATION \ \ lG " LOWEll GROUND FLOOR "'""" G "GROlfWFLOOR \ 1 " FiRST flOOR ~ \ ADMINISTRATION LG, G'!l CLASSICS lG I -- \ CO/ll1UNITYPROGRAMI1fS lG \ COMPUTING CENTRE G ENGLISH 1 \ H[R$U 1 \ HISTORY lG \ LINGUISTICS 1 ~\ MODER.~ LANGUAGES G PHILOSOPHY 1 lG " trNIVERSITYCOUNSELLlNGSERV!CE ;" HAIN LECTURE THEATRE B " GEOLOGY C PHYSICS o " LECTURE THEATRE E " (fI(MIS}RY G " " BASDEN THEATRE ;" " BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES ,J" loIEOiCAlSCIENCES ;" " AUCHHUTY liBRARY l ;" METALLURGY ;" ARCHITECTURE " DRAMA THEATRE "P SOCIAL SCIENCES R, S " GEOGRAPHY R " ;" (01+l[R([ S " ECONOMICS S , LEGAL STUDIES S , , , TEMPORARY BUILDING5 T " MATHEMATICS V .... DRAMA V 8EHAVIOURALSCWiCES EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY £NG!NEERINGCOMPLO CHEMICAL ENGW~ER!NG EA C1V!LENG!NEERIIiG EA ELECTRiCAL ENGINEERING [A MECHANICAL ENGHiFERHIG EA ENG!NEERINGTH(ATR[ [F & CLASSROOMS WllON CfI,APlAINCYSERVICE HEALTHSERV!CE ,[[:..IAROSHALL CENTRAL FACILITiES HI" BEDROOIIIBLOCI(S liB.HC WARDENS'RESIODiCE WR M!SCELLANEOUS (OMI()NWEALTH(!n'lK COMMUNITY CHILD CARt: CENTRE CARPARK NEV«:ASTLE COLLEGE GREAT HAll OF LODGE AOIIANCED EDUCATION / AUCHMUTY SPORTS CENTRE / STAFF HOUSE SPORTS PAVILION TENNIS COURTS ,," ;; " , , ,," , '" , CP , , / , I , , ,, , ,